Law 56/2003, of 16 December, of Employment, establishes, in its Article 3, that it corresponds to the Government, on a proposal of the current Ministry of Labor and Immigration, and prior report of this Ministry to the Sectoral Conference of Employment and Industrial Affairs, the elaboration and approval of the regulatory provisions in relation to, among others, occupational and continuing vocational training in the State field, as well as the development of such management.

Article 26.1 of Law 56/2003 of 16 December 2003, following the amendment by Royal Decree-Law 3/2011 of 18 February 2011, of urgent measures for the improvement of employability and reform of policies In the field of employment, it is concerned with the vocational training subsystem for employment, in which, since the entry into force of Royal Decree 395/2007 of 23 March, which regulates it, the arrangements for vocational training in the field of employment have been integrated labour-training and continuing training. This subsystem, according to the legal provisions laid down in the Organic Law of the European Communities, of Qualifications and Vocational Training, will be carried out in the framework of the National System of Qualifications and Vocational Training. of the National Employment System.

For its part, the Organic Law of June 19, the Organic Law of 19, understands the National System of Qualifications and Vocational Training as the set of instruments and actions necessary to promote and develop the integration of offers of vocational training and the assessment and accreditation of professional skills. The main instruments of this System are the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications and the procedure for recognition, evaluation, accreditation and registration of the same. Article 8 of the Organic Law of 19 June provides that certificates of professional competence prove the professional qualifications of those who have obtained them and that they will be issued by the competent administration, on a basis of official and valid throughout the national territory. In addition, Article 10.1 indicates that the General Administration of the State, in accordance with the provisions of Article 149.1.30ª and 7th of the Constitution and after consulting the General Council of Vocational Training, shall determine the qualifications and certificates of professionalism, which shall constitute the offers of vocational training referred to in the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications.

The National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications, according to Article 3.3 of Royal Decree 1128/2003, of 5 September, which regulates the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications, in the wording given to the By the same token, Royal Decree 1416/2005 of 25 November provides the basis for drawing up the training offer leading to the acquisition of vocational training qualifications and certificates of professionalism and the modular training offer. the cumulative associated with a competition unit, as well as other training offers adapted to collectives with specific needs. In accordance with Article 8.5 of the same royal decree, the training offer of the certificates of professionalism will be adjusted to the indicators and minimum quality requirements that guarantee the fundamental aspects of a system training, to be established by mutual agreement between the educational and labour administrations, after consultation of the General Council for Vocational Training.

Royal Decree 34/2008 of 18 January, governing certificates of professionalism, as amended by Royal Decree 1675/2010 of 10 December 2010, has updated, in line with the regulations mentioned above, the regulation of the certificates set out in the previous Royal Decree 1506/2003 of 28 November 2003 laying down the guidelines for certificates of professionalism, which have been repealed.

In that Royal Decree 34/2008, as amended by Royal Decree 1675/2010, the structure and content of the certificates of professionalism are defined, from the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications and the guidelines established by the European Union, and it is established that the Public Service of State Employment, with the collaboration of the National Focal Points, will prepare and update the certificates of professionalism, which will be approved by royal decree.

In this regulatory framework it is appropriate for the Government to establish five certificates of professionalism of the professional family Administration and management of the professional areas of Administration and Audit, Information Management and Communication, and Finance and Insurance, which will be incorporated into the National Directory of certificates of professionalism by levels of professional qualification, taking into account the professional competence required by the productive activities, such as In Article 4.4 and in Annex II to Royal Decree 1128/2003, previously cited.

With the entry into force of this royal decree, the new certificate of professionalism "Marketing and administration of financial products and services", which in the same is established, replaces the certificate of professionalism of the occupation of the commercial manager of financial services, established in Royal Decree 2029/96 of 6 September, which, consequently, is repealed. and the certificate of professionalism of the occupation of administrative employee of financial institutions, established in Royal Decree 2025/96 of 6 September, which, consequently, is repealed.

With the entry into force of this royal decree, the new certificate of professionalism "Activities of administrative management", which in it is established, replaces the certificate of professionalism of the occupation of Employee office, established in Royal Decree 311/96 of 23 February, which, consequently, is hereby repealed and to the certificate of professionalism of the occupation of Commercial Administrative, established in Royal Decree 306/96, of 23 February, which, in consequence, is repealed.

On the other hand, according to the provisions of Article 7 of Royal Decree 34/2008 of 18 January, the certificates of professionalism established in Royal Decree 1210/2009 of 17 July 2009, for which they are established, are updated. five certificates of professionalism of the professional family Administration and management which are included in the National Directory of Professional Certificates.

In the process of drawing up this royal decree has issued report the General Council of Vocational Training, the General Council of the National Employment System and has been informed the Sectoral Conference of Employment and Labor.

In its virtue, on the proposal of the Minister of Labour and Immigration and after deliberation of the Council of Ministers at its meeting of May 6, 2011,

DISPONGO:

Article 1. Object and scope of application.

This royal decree aims to establish five certificates of professionalism of the professional family Administration and management which are included in the National Directory of Professional Certificates, regulated by the Royal Decree 34/2008 of 18 January, governing certificates of professionalism, as amended by Royal Decree 1675/2010 of 10 December 2010.

Such certificates of professionalism are official and valid throughout the national territory and do not constitute a regulation of professional practice.

Article 2. Certificates of professionalism that are established.

The certificates of professionalism that are established correspond to the professional family Administration and Management and are the ones listed below, the specifications of which are described in the following annexes:

Professional Family: Administration and Management:

Annex I. Administrative and general auxiliary operations: Level 1.

Annex II. Data recording and processing operations and documents: Level 1.

Annex III. Administrative Management Activities: Level 2.

Annex IV. Marketing and Administration of Products and Financial Services: Level 3.

Annex V. Documentary and management assistance in offices and offices: Level 3.

Article 3. Structure and content.

The content of each professionalism certificate responds to the structure set out in the following sections:

(a) In paragraph I: Identification of the certificate of professionalism

(b) In paragraph II: Professional profile of the certificate of professionalism

(c) In paragraph III: Training of the certificate of professionalism

(d) In paragraph IV: Prescriptions of trainers

e) In paragraph V: Minimum requirements for spaces, facilities and equipment.

Article 4. Requirements for access to the training of certificates of professionalism.

1. The competent labour administration shall be responsible for verifying that the trainees have the training and professional qualifications to take advantage of the training in accordance with the terms set out in

following paragraphs.

2. In order to qualify for the training of the training modules for certificates of professionalism in vocational qualification levels 2 and 3, students must meet one of the following requirements:

a) Be in possession of the Graduate Degree in Secondary Education Required for Level 2 or Bachelor's degree for Level 3.

b) Be in possession of a certificate of professionalism of the same level of the module or training modules and/or the certificate of professionalism to which you wish to access.

(c) Be in possession of a level 1 certificate of professionalism of the same family and professional area for level 2 or of a level 2 professionalism certificate of the same family and professional area for level 3.

d) Meet the academic requirement of access to mid-grade training cycles for level 2 or higher grade level 3, or have exceeded the corresponding access tests regulated by the administrations education.

e) Having passed the university access test for over 25 years and/or 45 years.

f) Having sufficient training or professional knowledge to enable training to be used.

Article 5. Trainers.

1. The requirements on training and professional experience for the delivery of certificates of professionalism are those set out in paragraph IV of each certificate of professionalism and must be complied with both in person and in person. distance.

2. In accordance with Article 13.3 of Royal Decree 34/2008 of 18 January, they may be recruited as experts for the provision of certain training modules specified in paragraph IV of each of the Annexes to the certificates of professionalism, qualified professionals with professional experience in the field of the unit of competence to which the module is associated.

3. In order to prove the required teaching competence, the trainer or expert must be in possession of the certificate of professionalism of occupational trainer or equivalent training in didactic training methodology for adults.

The requirement set out in the preceding paragraph will be exempt:

(a) Those who are in possession of the degrees of graduate in Pedagogy, Psychopedagogy or Master in all their specialties, or degree of graduate in Psychology or degree of graduate in Pedagogy or graduate of specialization in Psychopedagogy.

(b) Those who hold an official university degree other than those referred to in the previous paragraph and who are also in possession of the teaching certificate issued by the Ministry of Education or equivalent.

(c) Those who credit a proven teaching experience of at least 600 hours in the last seven years in vocational training for employment or the education system.

4. Trainers who provide distance training must have training and experience in this mode, in the use of information and communication technologies, as well as to meet the specific requirements set out for each of them. certificate of professionalism. To this end, the competent authorities shall develop specific programmes and actions for the training of these trainers.

Article 6. Contracts for training.

1. The theoretical training of contracts for training may be carried out at a distance up to the maximum of hours likely to be developed in this modality, which is established for each training module in the certificate of professionalism.

2. The training of training modules which are not developed at a distance may be carried out in the workplace or in face-to-face training.

Article 7. Distance learning.

1. Where the training module includes distance learning, it shall be carried out with didactic supports authorised by the competent labour administration to enable a system-based learning process for the participant to be met by the accessibility and design requirements for all and will necessarily be complemented with tutorial assistance.

2. The training of the training modules taught through distance learning will be organised in groups of up to 25 participants.

3. Training modules which, in their entirety, are developed at a distance will require at least one final test of an in-person nature.

Article 8. Centers authorized for your partition.

1. Training centres and institutions which provide training leading to a certificate of professionalism must comply with the requirements of trainers and the minimum requirements for spaces, facilities and equipment. established in each of the training modules which constitute the certificate of professionalism.

2. Centres providing exclusively the theoretical training of contracts for training shall be exempt from the requirements on spaces, facilities and equipment as laid down in the previous paragraph, in any event to be ensured by the institutions. persons with disabilities the necessary technological supports and the elimination of potential physical and communication barriers.

Article 9. Correspondence with vocational training qualifications.

The accreditation of the units of competence obtained through the improvement of the professional modules of the vocational training qualifications will provide the effects of exemption from the module or training modules of the certificates of professionalism associated with those competition units set out in this royal decree.

Additional disposition first. Level of the certificate of professionalism in the European Qualifications Framework.

Once the relationship between the national qualifications framework and the European qualifications framework is established, the corresponding level of professionalism certificates set out in this royal decree will be determined. within the European Qualifications Framework.

Additional provision second. Equivalences with previous professionalism certificates.

The equivalence to all effects of the following certificates of professionalism is declared:

Certificates of professionalism to be repealed

Equivalent professionalism
Royal Decree 2029/1996, of 6 September, establishing the certificate of professionalism of the occupation of Commercial Manager of financial services. Royal Decree 2025/1996, of 6 September, establishing the certificate of professionalism of the occupation of Financial entities administrative employee.	Marketing and administration of financial products and services
Decree 311/1996, of 23 February, establishing the certificate of professionalism of the occupation of office employee. Royal Decree 306/1996, of 23 February, for which the certificate of professionalism of the business administration occupation.	Administrative Management Activities.

First transient disposition. Modification of training plans and training actions.

In the training plans and in the training actions that are already approved, under the Order TAS, 718/2008, of March 7, for which the Royal Decree 395/2007, of March 23, is developed, for which the subsystem is regulated In the case of training for employment, training in the field of supply and the establishment of the regulatory bases for the award of public grants for financing, on the date of entry into force of this royal decree, which include training associated with the certificates of professionalism which are now repealed, the training may be replaced by the which is associated with the certificates of professionalism declared equivalent in the second provision, subject to the approval of the Administration which approved it and provided that the requirements of the trainers and the requirements are met minimum spaces, facilities and equipment set out in the certificate.

Second transient disposition. Low in the Specialty File.

The specialties corresponding to the certificates of professionalism repealed will cause low in the file of specialties from the nine months after the entry into force of this royal decree. During this period these certificates shall remain valid for the purposes specified in this royal decree. In any event, the training actions linked to these certificates must be initiated before the end of the nine-month period.

Transitional provision third. Request for the issue of the repealed certificates of professionalism.

1. Persons who, as provided for in the first transitional provision of Royal Decree 34/2008 of 18 January, have completed with a positive assessment the training associated with one of the certificates of professionalism of which they are repealed, during the life of the same, they shall have a period of five years to request their expedition, to count from the entry into force of the present royal decree.

2. They may also apply for the issue within five years of completion with a positive assessment of the training of such certificates of professionalism:

a) People who, having taken part of that formation during the actual decree that is now repealed, complete the same after their repeal.

b) Persons who undertake the training of these certificates of professionalism under the training plans and the training actions that are already approved at the date of entry into force of this royal decree, by virtue of the Order TAS 718/2008, dated March 7.

Transitional disposition fourth. Provisional accreditation of centres.

The training centres which at the entry into force of this royal decree were included in the registers of the competent authorities and approved to provide training in the training courses corresponding to one or more of the certificates of professionalism which are now repealed, shall be deemed to be provisionally accredited for the purposes of the distribution of training actions linked to the certificates of professionalism established in this royal Decree and declared equivalent in the second, previous provision authorisation from the competent authority. This accreditation will have effects for one year from the entry into force of this royal decree and until the completion, if any, of the approved training actions. After this period, in order to be able to provide training aimed at obtaining the certificates of professionalism established in this royal decree, the training centres must ask the competent authorities for their accreditation, which must comply with the requirements set out in the certificates.

Single repeal provision. Regulatory repeal.

The Royal Decree 2029/1996 of 6 September, establishing the certificate of professionalism of the occupation of the commercial services of financial services, Royal Decree 2025/1996 of 6 September 1996, is hereby repealed. the certificate of professionalism of the occupation of the administrative employee of financial institutions, the Royal Decree 311/1996, of 23 February, establishing the certificate of professionalism of the occupation employed office and Royal Decree 306/1996 of 23 February 1996 establishing the certificate of professionalism of the occupation of commercial administrative.

Final disposition first. Competence title.

This Royal Decree is dictated by the powers conferred on the State in Article 149.1.1ª, 7. and 30. of the Spanish Constitution, which attributes to the State exclusive competence for the regulation of the basic conditions guaranteeing the equality of all Spaniards in the exercise of rights and in the fulfilment of constitutional duties; labour law; and the regulation of conditions for obtaining, issuing and approving of academic and professional qualifications and basic standards for the development of Article 27 of the Constitution, in order to ensure compliance with the obligations of the public authorities in this field.

Final disposition second. Update of the certificates of professionalism established in Royal Decree 1210/2009 of 17 July, establishing five certificates of professionalism of the professional family Administration and management which are included in the National repertoire of certificates of professionalism.

According to the provisions of Article 7 of Royal Decree 34/2008 of 18 January, the updating of the certificates of professionalism established in Royal Decree 1210/2009 of 17 July 2009, for which the establish five certificates of professionalism of the professional family Administration and management, which are included in the National Directory of Professional Certificates, in the following terms:

One. The certificate of professionalism established as "Annex I Administrative activities in relation to the customer" is amended, replacing in the section number of maximum hours susceptible to distance training of the training units UF0321 and UF0322 of the Form "MF0233_2 Ofimatica", the duration of the same for those appearing in the "Annex III Administrative management activities" of this royal decree. Replacing in the number of maximum hours susceptible to distance training of the training module "MF0973_1 Recording of data", the duration of the same by those appearing in " Annex II Recording and processing operations data and documents " of this royal decree. Replacing in the number of maximum hours susceptible to distance training of the training unit UF0350 of the training module "MF0976_2 Commercial administrative operations", the duration of the same for the one shown in the "Annex" III Administrative management activities " of this royal decree.

The full table of section IV "Prescription of the trainers" is replaced by the following:

Modules	Required Accreditation	Professional experience required in scope of the competency
		With accreditation	No accreditation
MF0975_2: Receive and Communication Techniques	Licentiate, engineer, architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. • Diplomate, technical engineer, technical architect, or degree degree or other equivalent titles. • Senior Technical Management and Management and Trade and Marketing family. • Certificates of professionalism Level 3 of the professional area of Administration and Audit of the professional family Administration and management.	2 years	4
MF0976_2: Administrative operations	• Licensed, engineer, architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. • Diplomate, technical engineer, technical architect, or corresponding degree degree or other equivalent titles. • Technician Superior of the professional family of Administration and Management and Commerce and Marketing. • Certificates of professionalism of level 3 of the professional area of Administration and Audit of the professional family Administration and management.	2 years	4 years
MF0973_1: Data Recording	• Licensed, engineer, architect, or degree title other equivalent titles. • Diplomate, technical engineer, technical architect or corresponding degree of degree or other equivalent titles. • Technical and Technical Superior Professional management and management and information and communications families. • Certificate of professionalism level 2 and 3 of the area of Information Management and Communication of the professional family Administration and management. • Certificates of professionalism Computer and communications professional family level 3.	1 year	3 years
MF0978_2: File Management	• Licensed, engineer, architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. • Diplomat, technical engineer, technical architect or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. are the main technical and technical fields of the European Community, European Community, the European Community, the European Community, the European Community, the European Community, the European Community, the European Administration and management and IT and communications.	2 years	4 years
MF0977_2: Foreign language for administrative management in relation to the client	• Licensed in Philology, Translation and Interpretation of the corresponding foreign language or equivalent degree title. • Any other higher titration with the following training complementary: • Have passed a cycle of studies leading to the obtaining of the Bachelor's degree in Philology, Translation and Interpretation in foreign language or equivalent qualification. < The_table_table_izq"> • Certificate or diploma of official accreditation of the linguistic competence of the relevant language as the Advanced Level Certificate of the Official Language Schools or other recognised equivalents or superiors. • University degree courses in a language-speaking country foreign, if any, with the corresponding approval.	2 years	Essential accreditation
MF0233_2: Ofimatica	• Licentiate, engineer, architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. • Diplomate, technical engineer, technical architect, or corresponding degree degree or Other equivalent titles • Senior technician of professional management and management and IT and communications families. • Level 3 certificates of professionalism Management and IT professional families and communications.	2 years	4 years

Paragraph "V Minimum requirements for spaces, facilities and equipment" is amended, replacing the spaces in the management classroom and the language classroom with which it appears in " Annex IV Marketing and administration of financial products and services " of this royal decree.

Two. The certificate of professionalism established as 'Annex II Accounting management and administrative management for audit' is amended by replacing the number of maximum hours susceptible to distance training of the training units UF0321 and UF0322 of the Form "MF0233_2 Ofimatica", the duration of the same for those appearing in the "Annex III Administrative management activities" of this royal decree.

The full table of section IV "Prescription of the trainers" is replaced by the following:

Modules	Required Accreditation	Professional experience required in scope of the competency
		With accreditation	No accreditation
MF0231_3: Accounting and Taxation	• Licentiate, engineer, architect or corresponding degree degree or other equivalent titles. • Diplomate, technical engineer, technical architect or corresponding degree of degree or other equivalent titles.	2 years	Essential accreditation
MF0232_3: Audit	• Bachelor, engineer, architect or corresponding degree degree or other equivalent titles. • Diplomate, technical engineer, technical architect or corresponding degree of degree or other titles equivalents.	2 years	Essential accreditation
MF0233_2: Ofimatica	• Licensed, engineer, architect, or corresponding degree degree or other equivalent titles. • Diplomate, technical engineer, technical architect or corresponding degree degree or other equivalent titles • Superior Technical of the professional families of Administration and Management and Informatics and Communications. • Certificates of professionalism of level 3 of the professional families of Administration and management and Computing and communications.	2 years	4 years

Three. The certificate of professionalism established as "Annex III Financing of undertakings" is amended, replacing the section with the number of maximum hours susceptible to distance training of the training units UF0321 and UF0322 of the Module training "MF0233_2 Ofimatica", the duration of the same for those listed in "Annex III Administrative management activities" of this royal decree.

The full table of section IV "Prescription of the trainers" is replaced by the following:

Modules	Required Accreditation	Professional experience required in scope of the competency
		With accreditation	No accreditation
MF0498_3: Accounting and budgetary analysis	Licentiate, engineer, architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. • Diplomate, technical engineer, technical architect, or degree degree or other equivalent titles.	2 years	Essential accreditation
MF0232_3: Products, services, and financial assets	• Licentiate, engineer, architect or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. • Diplomate, technical engineer, technical architect or degree degree or other equivalent titles.	2 years	Essential accreditation
MF0500_3: Treasury Management	• Licentiate, engineer, architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. • Diplomate, technical engineer, technical architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles.	2 years	Essential accreditation
MF0233_2: Ofimatica	• Bachelor, engineer, architect or corresponding degree degree or other equivalent titles. • Diplomate, technical engineer, technical architect or corresponding degree of degree or other titles Equivalent • Higher Technician of professional management and management and IT and communications families. • Level 3 certificates of professionalism for families Administration and Management and Computer and Communications professionals.	2 years	4 years

Four. The certificate of professionalism established as "Annex IV Integrated Human Resources Management" is amended, replacing the number of maximum hours susceptible to distance training of the training units UF0321 and UF0322 of the Training module "MF0233_2 Ofimatica", the duration of the same for those appearing in the "Annex III Administrative management activities" of this royal decree. Replacing the training unit "UF0348 Using the relational databases in the data management and storage system" of the training module "MF0987_3 File Information Systems Management" by the same one that appears in the "Annex V Documentary and management assistance in offices and offices" of this royal decree.

The full table of section IV "Prescription of the trainers" is replaced by the following:

Modules	Required Accreditation	Professional experience required in scope of the competency
		With accreditation	No accreditation
MF0237_3: Administrative management of personnel	Licentiate, engineer, architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. • Diplomate, technical engineer, technical architect, or degree degree or other equivalent titles.	2 years	Essential accreditation
MF0238_3: Human Resource Management	• Licentiate, engineer, architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. • Diplomate, technical engineer, technical architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles.	2 years	Essential accreditation
MF0987_3: Information Systems and File Management	• Licentiate, engineer, architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. • Diplomate, technical engineer, technical architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles.	2 years	Essential accreditation
MF0233_2: Ofimatica	• Bachelor, engineer, architect or corresponding degree degree or other equivalent titles. • Diplomate, technical engineer, technical architect or corresponding degree of degree or other titles Equivalent • Higher Technician of professional management and management and IT and communications families. • Level 3 certificates of professionalism for families Administration and Management and Computer and Communications professionals.	2 years	4 years

Five. The certificate of professionalism established as "Annex V Assistance to the management" is amended, replacing the UC0983_3, UC984_3 and UC0985_2 Competition Units with both the name and the contents of the certificate. reference ADG309_3, RD107/2008, of 1 February.

The full table of section IV "Prescription of the trainers" is replaced by the following:

Modules	Required Accreditation	Professional Experience required in scope of the competency
MF0982_3 Management and management of address communications	• Licensed, engineer, architect, or degree title or other equivalent titles. • Diplomate, technical engineer, technical architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles.	2 years
MF0983_3: Management of meetings, travel and events	• Licensed, engineer, architect or degree title or other titles equivalent. • Diplomate, technical engineer, architect technical or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles.	2 years
MF0986_3: Elaboration, treatment and presentation of working documents	• Licensed, engineer, architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. • Diplomate, technical engineer, architect technical or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles.	2
MF0984_3: Professional English for Address Assistance	• Licensed in Philology, Translation, and Interpretation of the corresponding English language or degree of equivalent degree. • Any other higher titration with the following supplementary training: • Haber exceeded a cycle of studies leading to the attainment of the Bachelor's Degree in Philology, Translation and Interpretation in English or equivalent qualifications. • Certificate or diploma of official accreditation of the linguistic competence of the relevant English language as the Advanced Level Certificate of the Official Language Schools or other recognized equivalent or higher education. • University degree courses in a country of English language, if any, with the corresponding approval.	2 years
MF0985_2: Foreign language other than English for address assistance	• Licensed in Philology, Translation and Interpretation of the corresponding foreign language or equivalent degree. • Any other higher titration with the following complementary training: • Having passed a cycle of studies leading to obtaining the Degree in Philology, Translation and Interpretation in Foreign Language or Certification equivalent. • Certificate or diploma of official accreditation of the language proficiency of the relevant language as the Advanced Level Certificate of the Official Schools of Languages or other equivalents or recognized superiors. • A university degree completed in a foreign language speaking country, if any, with the corresponding approval.	2 years

By amending in the same Annex the section "V Minimum requirements for spaces, facilities and equipment", replacing the spaces of the management classroom and the language classroom as shown in " Annex IV Marketing and administration of financial products and services " of this royal decree.

Final disposition third. Regulatory development.

The Minister of Labor and Immigration is authorized to dictate how many provisions are necessary for the development of this royal decree.

Final disposition fourth. Entry into force.

This royal decree will enter into force on the day following its publication in the "Official State Gazette".

Given in Madrid, on May 9, 2011.

JOHN CARLOS R.

The Minister of Labor and Immigration,

VALERIAN GOMEZ SANCHEZ

ANNEX I

I. IDENTIFICATION OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM

Denomination: Administrative and general services auxiliary operations.

Code: ADGG0408.

Professional Family: Administration and Management.

Professional Area: Information and Communication Management.

Professional qualification level: 1.

Professional reference qualification:

ADG305_1 Administrative and general services auxiliary operations (RD 107/2008 of 1 February).

Relationship of competency units that configure the certificate of professionalism:

UC0969_1: Perform and integrate basic administrative support operations.

UC0970_1: Transmit and receive operational information in routine management with external agents of the organization.

UC0971_1: Perform playback and file auxiliary operations on conventional or computer support.

General competition:

Distribute, reproduce and transmit the information and documentation required in administrative and management tasks, internal and external, as well as perform elementary data verification procedures and documents requirements for higher level technicians effectively, in accordance with established instructions or procedures.

Professional Environment:

Professional scope:

This professional develops his or her activity as an employed person, in any private or public sector or entity, primarily in offices, offices, or administration departments or general services.

Productive Sectors:

It is present in all the productive sectors, as well as in the Public Administration, highlighting for its high degree of transectoriality.

Occupations or related jobs:

4423.1013 Telephone Central Operators.

4424.1016 Teleoperators.

4412.1057 Receptionist-phone calls in offices, in general.

4446.1010 Post-window employees.

4221.1011 Classifiers/-correspondence delivers/as.

9431.1020 Computers.

5500.1036 Takers.

General Services Auxiliary.

Office Auxiliary.

File Auxiliary.

Information Auxiliary.

Duration of the associated training: 430 hours.

MF0969_1: Basic office administrative techniques. (150 hours)

• UF0517: Business and human resources organization. (30 hours)

• UF0518: Auxiliary management of mail and parcel delivery in the enterprise. (30 hours)

• UF0519: Auxiliary management of economic and commercial documentation. (90 hours)

MF0970_1: Basic communication operations. (120 hours)

• UF0520: Communication in professional relationships. (50 hours)

• UF0521: Oral and written communication in the company. (70 hours)

MF0971_1: (Cross) Replay and File. (120 hours)

• UF0513: Auxiliary file management on conventional or computer support. (60 hours)

• UF0514: Auxiliary management of playback on conventional or computer support. (60 hours)

MP0112: Module of professional non-work practices of auxiliary operations of administrative and general services. (40 hours)

II. PROFESSIONAL PROFILE OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM

Competition Unit 1

Denomination: Perform and integrate basic administrative support operations.

Level: 1.

Code: UC0969_1.

Professional realizations and realization criteria

RP1: periodically record updates of information regarding the organization, its departments and areas, and the personnel assigned to them, according to the instructions received, in order to have the information necessary to offer a good service.

CR1.1 The different departments and sections, their functions, and the staff assigned to them, their positions and responsibilities, are correctly identified through the organization's organization, after contrasting the validity of the same, using the available computer applications.

CR1.2 The physical location of the various areas and persons within the organization, and their access/telephone, telematic, fax or other references, are updated, periodically identifying them accurately, to through the available-computer or conventional means.

CR1.3 Records for the localization of departments and personnel within the organizational structure-functional organizational charts, space distribution, phone listings, emails, or others-are maintained updated with the changes that occur, using the available computing applications.

CR1.4 Information-communication resources, tools and components-brochures, internal or external journals, publications, or other-are maintained in the work area, under the precise conditions of order and updating, organization protocol.

RP2: To support the management of correspondence, internal and external, conventional or electronic, and parcel delivery, quickly and efficiently, and following the instructions received to distribute it to corresponds.

CR2.1 The means for sending and receiving correspondence-fax, burofax, conventional mail, electronic or other-are used with dexterity and precision asking or, if necessary, completing the necessary supporting documents for your registration.

CR2.2 Conventional or electronic correspondence, and parcel received or issued, are recorded in accordance with internal rules, through the conventional or computer media available in the organization.

CR2.3 Conventional or electronic correspondence, and parcel, received or issued, are organized by classifying them according to the criteria fixed-normal, urgent, certified, other-generating, if necessary, reproductions, returns and/or queries that are relevant.

CR2.4 The correspondence once recorded, classified and/or reproduced is distributed among the persons and/or the internal or external services of the organization accurately, in accordance with the deadlines, and in the format and number of copies required, according to the instructions received.

CR2.5 The necessary identifying data for the communications to be issued-recipient, acknowledgement of receipt, others-are checked that they are in accordance with the data of the recipient, provided by the superior or obtained from the bases of data.

CR2.6 The usual usage correspondence is prepared for shipment-folded, enveloped, sealed, others-according to the instructions and procedures set.

CR2.7 The packaging and/or packaging, if any, is done using the relevant materials, ensuring their physical protection quickly and accurately, and taking into account the style and image of the organization and the regulations in effect.

CR2.8 The routine procedures related to the management of correspondence and parcel delivery, carried out outside the organization, are carried out in accordance with the principles of integrity and responsibility, and applying the criteria of optimization of costs proposed by the superior.

CR2.9 The legal regulations of security and confidentiality in communication systems and, where appropriate, in the handling of correspondence and parcel delivery, are strictly applied in the registration, distribution and handling of the information.

RP3: Cotejar and record commercial, administrative, treasury, or other documents within the scope of the organization, following the instructions received, through specific or generic IT applications, ensure the reliability of the information.

CR3.1 Data relating to client files, suppliers, warehouse tokens, product references, tariffs, or other business records are updated in accordance with the instructions received and the available means -manuals or computer systems.

CR3.2 Orders are recorded with correction and through the existing means-manuals or IT-, within the time limits set, in accordance with the established specifications and current legislation.

CR3.3 The data from commercial, administrative, treasury or other documents, from the scope of the organization, are checked that they are correctly recorded in the conventional or computer files, communicating to whom proceed, through the channels established by the organization, the misstatements, faults or impairments detected.

CR3.4 The listings of documents derived from administrative management are collated through the available IT tools-spreadsheets or other-with which they originate them, checking the correctness of the data available, their presence, duplicity or absence, and reporting differences to the person responsible for their verification.

RP4: Perform, under the supervision of a superior, basic management related to the collection, payment, income or reimbursement, with institutions, clients, suppliers or other agents, following the procedures and instructions received, in order to comply with the rights and obligations to cash-related third parties.

CR4.1 The instructions received are interpreted rigorously, requesting the necessary clarifications until their correct understanding.

CR4.2 Charges against third parties are performed, accurately checking the organization, motive, amount, or other relevant aspects of the charges.

CR4.3 The collection justification documents are delivered to the affected person at the time of receipt of the amount.

CR4.4 Cash charges are checked that they are in full, in the amount required and that they comply with the law in force, proceeding, if any, to the return of the correct change.

CR4.5 The supporting documents are correctly completed for recovery purposes.

CR4.6 Payments in front of institutions or clients are made on the basis of the information received, with diligence, by collecting and verifying that the receipt of payment received meets the established requirements.

CR4.7 The diligent guards in the entities and administrations are collected according to the established procedure, giving the appropriate person.

CR4.8 The final balance generated by the different collection and payment operations is checked by verifying that it conforms to the justifications for the different operations performed.

CR4.9 Cash handling and related operations are performed in accordance with the principles of integrity, responsibility and confidentiality.

RP5: Organize the usual material resources of the service or office, managing their distribution, ensuring their constant existence and guarding them, according to the instructions received.

CR5.1 Office materials or materials are monitored by verifying their existence in the required quantities and conditions.

CR5.2 Loans, attention to requests or requests for material, distribution or other actions on resources, are performed in accordance with established internal procedures or rules, ensuring, where appropriate, their operation.

CR5.3 The requested material resources are provided, verifying compliance with the rules of use, access, and quantities provided.

CR5.4 Office material forecast listings are updated with the established periodicity and procedure, through the conventional media or available computer applications.

CR5.5 Orders based on delivery needs and deadlines are previously reported to the top hierarchical for their approval.

CR5.6 Office material tokens are kept up to date through established computer or documentary means, in terms of orders and deliveries made, incidents, and data from suppliers or others.

CR5.7 The relevant information-number of units, prices, new materials, or others-for the correct management of the provisioning, is promptly transmitted to the person responsible.

CR5.8 The order sheet is checked, in the order received, that the materials conform to the required quality and quantity, and that all necessary supporting documentation is present.

CR5.9 The items of defective or non-order material are returned in accordance with the internal procedures or rules established and previously reported to the hierarchical superior.

RP6: Integrate the own performance of the administrative support activities in the work group or department, according to guidelines received and with guidance to the results, contributing to create a climate of work productive, to meet the stated goals.

CR6.1 The guidelines, procedures and responsibilities assigned to the implementation of the administrative support activities are confirmed with the direct responsible, paying special attention to the coordination criteria and results, and scoring, if necessary, the given specifications.

CR6.2 Administrative support activities are carried out, in line with the coordination guidelines received from the direct responsible, with a shared responsibility criterion, minimising their own behaviour. passivity or inhibition in the face of the tasks or results achieved and respecting the rules of the organization.

CR6.3 The resources, equipment and materials assigned to the group or department for the performance of the work, are used and/or are replenished, provided that they are specified, providing the necessary care and communicating, if necessary, to the responsible direct or people indicated by the, the detected failures or needs.

CR6.4 Administrative support activities are developed reflecting on professional performance the image of the organization, meeting the criteria and quality guidelines established.

CR6.5 The performance of the activities itself is reviewed, in reference to the coordination guidelines received and quality criteria, taking proactive behavior towards the correction of possible errors and improvements of the own action, taking into account ethical values in the professional field.

CR6.6 The potential improvements identified in the development of administrative support activities are communicated and proposed to the direct responsible, explaining the possible benefits and, where appropriate, difficulties.

Professional Context

Production media

Local networks. Computer and office equipment, programs and applications: operating systems, text processors, databases, spreadsheets, application of email management, Internet browsers, computer applications for collection, antivirus, firewall. Conventional archives, copiers, fax, computer and conventional media. Mobile phones. Recovery registration equipment. Material resources. Manual of work procedures. Manual or quality criteria of the organization. The organization's communication channels.

Products and results

Commercial, administrative, treasury, or other documents made in accordance with the instructions received. Correspondence and parcels received, franked, deposited, delivered and distributed. Commercial and administrative documentation collated. Correctly formalized and/or cross-checked basic registers. Charges, payments, income or refunds, simple and small amounts. Transmission of the image of the company. Compliance with internal and external standards to the organization. Optimal use of computer equipment and resources. Responsible use of resources, equipment and work materials. Integration into the activities of the work group and or department. Results-oriented work activities. Productivity. Review and incorporation of improvements in your own professional performance.

Information used or generated

Guidelines, organization manual-organization regulations, operational manuals, document issuance manuals, or others-use of computer equipment and applications, office equipment. List of prices and offers. Orders, albarans, invoices, checks, credit/debit cards, business cards. Information on the sector. Specialist journals. Stock information of office material. Regulations on data protection, electronic and labour security.

Competition Unit 2

Denomination: Transmit and receive operational information in routine management with external agents of the organization.

Level: 1.

Code: UC0970_1.

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP1: Confect notifications, notices, information labels or other internal and routine documents, derived from the communication process, that do not present difficulties, following the instructions received and using the conventional or computer media, for location on the indicated media.

CR1.1 The instructions received are interpreted precisely, requesting the necessary clarifications until they are properly understood.

CR1.2 The available templates for information documents are selected, if any, among the existing ones in the organization, according to the type of content, goal, and location of the organization.

CR1.3 Internal and routine documents are made through computer applications or using conventional means, following the instructions or models received, and respecting the rules of spelling and grammar.

CR1.4 The elaborate documents are presented to the top in the time and form, according to the rules and internal uses.

RP2: Maintain effective interpersonal communications in order to be effective in the professional activities of your field of action.

CR2.1 The correction and understanding of the content and meaning of the communication are assured, in situations of verbal interaction with members of the working environment and/or coordinators-reception of information or instructions of work, transmission of information or other information, with effective communication.

CR2.2 In professional actions that require communication with one or more members of the workbench, they are performed directly, clearly, and assertive.

CR2.3 Information, clarifications or necessary resources are requested from the direct responsible or the relevant members of the working environment, in situations of doubt or deficiencies, for the performance of the action itself. professional.

CR2.4 Own critical opinions are expressed, if appropriate, describing in a concrete and objective way the subject matter, pointing out the positive aspects, or showing empathy, without verbal or gestural disqualifications and without value judgments.

CR2.5 Other members of the work environment are being criticized in a serene way and without aggressive or negative reactions, differentiating when it comes to constructive criticism or not, and identifying, where appropriate, the opportunity to make changes or improve your own performance.

CR2.6 Conflicts in work situations are faced by keeping an attentive listener, applying specific control guidelines, requesting and proposing suggestions and alternatives for resolution.

RP3: Transmit and receive presentially, operational and routine information from different regular partners of the organization, with clarity and precision, showing the corporate image of the organization, in order to bring Basic communication efforts are made.

CR3.1 The transmission and reception of operational and routine information, in person, is carried out promptly and through a courteous treatment to the interlocutor, applying the communication protocols established by the organization.

CR3.2 The attentive and effective listening behaviors are integrated in the transmission and reception of the information, in the field of their competence, attending to aspects of verbal, non-verbal and verbal communication.

CR3.3 The presentation to external partners-customers, suppliers, or other agents-is done by identifying and displaying the organization's corporate image.

CR3.4 The identifying data of the interlocutors, if any, are recorded in the appropriate control documents, requesting and checking the identification documents established by the internal rules.

CR3.5 The messages received and/or to be transmitted are annotated with the appropriate means-electronic agenda, notes books, others-with precision and clarity, making sure that the annotations made through the required questions.

CR3.6 Messages are transmitted with clarity and simplicity, ensuring their understanding by the caller.

CR3.7 The information requested and not available, or in doubt, is required of the relevant persons or sources within the organization, through established internal procedures and channels.

CR3.8 The required supplementary questions and/or information that exceeds your scope of action are directed towards the appropriate persons within the organization.

CR3.9 The relevant negative responses are expressed in an assertive, clear and concise way, explaining what is necessary, avoiding justification and expressions of gratitude or understanding towards the other. professionals who require it.

CR3.10 The quality of the customer's own service, if any, is controlled by requesting information on the satisfaction achieved with the information provided.

CR3.11 Internal security, registration, and confidentiality rules apply in all communications rigorously.

RP4: Receiving and issuing telephone and telematic calls from clients or users, meeting them in their demands for operational and routine information, applying the organization's action protocols and using with accuracy of available telephony equipment.

CR4.1 Telephone and telematics calls are served with courtesy and readiness, according to the organization's protocols or uses.

CR4.2 Telephone and telematic calls are accurately identified as to the identity of the source and subject matter that motivates it-requested information, person or department of contact requested, or other aspects.

CR4.3 Telephone and telematic calls are accurately oriented through the available telephone resources or equipment to the requested persons or services, transmitting the identification of the external partner and the reason for the call.

CR4.4 Messages for other members of the organization are disappointed, ensuring their understanding, and scoring them through the resources available for transmission.

CR4.5 Received messages are transmitted to the exact recipient accurately and quickly, orally or in writing through the means established by the organization.

CR4.6 Internal security, registration, and confidentiality rules apply in all communications rigorously.

Professional Context

Production media

Local network. Computer, telematics and office equipment, software and applications-user environments-: operating systems, text processors, databases, customer relationship management programs -CRM. multifunction, mobile phones, fax. Functional organigams, and distribution of areas and spaces. Sales argumentation. Manual of work procedures. Manual or quality criteria of the organization. The organization's communication channels.

Products and results

Operational and routine information transmitted to clients, suppliers, or other external partners. Application of the protocol of the organization. Information obtained from internal sources and persons for transmission. Application of communication skills. Calls issued and received through telephone equipment and telematic telephone centres Prstation of the service according to the standards of quality, protocols of performance and established procedures. Transmission of the corporate image. Effective working relationships. Effective interpersonal communications in the work environment. Integration into the activities of the working group. Active participation in the working meetings. Assertive professional behavior. Review and incorporation of improvements in your own professional performance.

Information used or generated

Data protection regulations. Corporate image manual. Communications manual. Official bulletins. Telephone and switchboard equipment manuals used.

Competition Unit 3

Denomination: Perform auxiliary playback and file operations on conventional or computer support.

Level: 1.

Code: UC0971_1.

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP1: To maintain in optimal operating conditions the equipment and resources of reproduction and file, detecting and subhealing the incidents, or managing their repair, according to the indications of the manuals and instructions received, in order to promote the normal functioning of the office.

CR1.1 Reproduction equipment-photocopiers, scanners, multifunction printers, players, others-are reviewed periodically, checking all indicators and identifying possible incidents according to the usage manuals.

CR1.2 Reproduction equipment is maintained in operational conditions, systematically reviewing it, replacing consumables-paper, toner or ink cartridges, others-and cleaning the glasses or lenses, if necessary.

CR1.3 The consumables that are sold out are requested with sufficient time, through established procedures and times.

CR1.4 The operating errors of the playback equipment are remedied, if appropriate, by identifying the faults and following the instructions given in the use manuals, or by managing their repair.

CR1.5 Deficiencies in file resources-archives, folders, separators, or others-are detected, notifying the incident to the person responsible for their healing.

CR1.6 Failures in teams that exceed their responsibility are communicated to the supplier organizations in accordance with the established procedure, verifying their timely solution.

RP2: Archive and access documentation, in conventional or digital support, by entering the precise codes and respecting the procedures of the organization and the instructions received, so that a search is allowed fast.

CR2.1 File support is selected based on the frequency of query or utilization, and according to the instructions received.

CR2.2 Documents to be archived in conventional or digital support are grouped by differentiating them by their content and the classification characteristics set by the organization.

CR2.3 The classification criterion of the documentation is identified, according to the instructions received by the superior.

CR2.4 The documents are sorted by applying the classification criteria of the organization, or assigned by the parent.

CR2.5 The codes are entered by being mapped, according to the order set by the document or information type.

CR2.6 The documents and information to be archived are located in the archive, using with correction the available means and applying the established criteria that guarantee the conservation and access effectively and efficiently.

CR2.7 Documents and access information restricted or confidential, are protected in accordance with established procedures, with accurate indicators.

CR2.8 The information archived in conventional support, is delivered by following the instructions received, and respecting the internal procedures and regulations in force.

CR2.9 Loans or requests for documentation, distribution, or other actions on archived documents are performed in accordance with established internal procedures or rules.

CR2.10 The criteria for security, confidentiality and access to archived information are strictly adhered to, following, where applicable, the instructions and procedures established by the organization.

RP3: Transfer and expunge the archived documents conventionally or electronically in accordance with the rules and deadlines and the instructions received, to keep the file system up to date and operational.

CR3.1 The documentation to be transferred or expunge is precisely located in the physical files, through the search and placement instruments, if any.

CR3.2 The documents to expunge are grouped according to the type of information they contain -confidential or other.

CR3.3 Conventional or computer documents are expunging, destroying them with appropriate equipment or procedures, according to the type of information they contain and following the instructions and deadlines received.

CR3.4 The removal and destruction of information and documentation is verified, following established procedures and with electronic or conventional means at your disposal.

CR3.5 The physical or computer documents or files are transferred from the source places to the destination, following the instructions received and in accordance with the current regulations.

CR3.6 The criteria for security, confidentiality and access to archived information are strictly adhered to, following, where appropriate, the instructions and procedures established by the organization.

RP4: Update and extract different types of information, using computer applications from databases or others, according to the established rules and the instructions received, to show and consult the stored information, and provide it to the person requesting it.

CR4.1 The contents of the databases are organized by ordering and classifying them according to the instructions received, and depending on the information to be presented.

CR4.2 Database queries are performed with precise criteria, according to the instructions received, and based on the information to be presented.

CR4.3 Database backups are made through the tools available at the end of the operations run.

CR4.4 Updating and removing records from databases are performed, accurately applying cascading actions, checking that there is pre-modification backup.

CR4.5 The databases are protected using the tools available, observing the different levels of security offered by the IT application and those other than the internal and external regulations, checking that it has been performed with the required security.

CR4.6 The criteria of security, confidentiality and custody, of the information used or generated, are strictly respected, following, where appropriate, the instructions and procedures established by the organization.

RP5: Obtain the necessary copies of the working documents in conventional or computer support, in the quantity and quality required by the characteristics of the document itself, and according to the instructions received, respecting the environmental protection rules.

CR5.1 The parameters related to the information to be copied-size, location, color, photographs, or others-are accurately identified, according to the instructions and manuals of use of the reprographic tools, prior to your copy.

CR5.2 Existing reprographics-photocopiers, scanners, recorders or others-are used precisely, according to the instructions received, the use manuals, and using environmental impact criteria.

CR5.3 Copies are provided in the format-extensions, reductions, copies to two faces, other, order, number and time required, and applying sustainability criteria.

CR5.4 The criteria of security, confidentiality and access to the information obtained are strictly respected, following, where appropriate, the instructions and procedures established by the organization.

CR5.5 The rules for the prevention of risks in the use of reprographic equipment are respected using the necessary protective equipment, showing awareness of the consequences of their non-use.

RP6: Perform basic functional binding tasks-stapled, wrapped, others, ensuring the correct arrangement and arrangement of the document, using the most appropriate formats and according to the instructions received.

CR6.1 The established maintenance and appropriate adjustments, for proper operation of the binding and shearing equipment, are performed periodically, following the protocols for each component of the equipment, discarded the waste in accordance with its existing nature and regulations.

CR6.2 The materials required for binding are prepared according to the type and size of the document to be bound, or the instructions received.

CR6.3 The documentation is organized, ordering it according to the established criteria and the correct use of the available means.

CR6.4 The dimensions of the supports used in the binding are modified according to the instructions received, using the available tools with precision and security-shears or other tools.

CR6.5 The materials from the covers of the documents to be bound are chosen according to the manuals of use and the orders received.

CR6.6 The documentation is bound-encumped, stapled, spiralled, ringed, or other forms of basic binding-depending on the characteristics of the document and in accordance with the instructions received.

CR6.7 The bound document is checked to meet the quality criteria set by the top and the organization.

RP7: Scanning or reproducing the appropriate documents in digital format, ensuring the highest quality of the documents according to the manuals and instructions received, in order to preserve them and file them.

CR7.1 The documents to be scanned are checked that they have not been previously digitized, to avoid duplication.

CR7.2 The basic structure of folders that will contain the new documents is accurately identified for the correct location of the documents and their subsequent recovery.

CR7.3 The printed document type is identified, in terms of its characteristics-color, images, photographs-determining the format to be scanned more precisely, according to the instructions received.

CR7.4 The scanned document is named according to the defined naming rules, referencing it, if any, according to the established fields of the document.

CR7.5 The scanned document is stored in the corresponding folder accurately, according to the instructions received or established procedures, associating, if any, other related documents for your quick Rear location.

CR7.6 The generated electronic documents are checked, verifying that the quality is not less than the documents that originated them, that are complete, readable in all parts, and contains the consecutive pages.

CR7.7 The incidences detected in the scanning process or in the electronic document produced, are subsated or communicated to the superior, ensuring the optimal quality of the final product obtained.

Professional Context

Production media

Local networks. Computer and office equipment, programs and applications: operating systems, text processors, databases, scanning software, antivirus, firewall. Conventional archives, computer and conventional media. Reprographic equipment: photocopiers, scanners, recorders, multicopetracks, others. Assembly table. Materials and useful printing, reproduction and functional binding: paper, cardboard, cantills, others. Shears. Drillers.

Products and results

Information available in an organized and structured manner to facilitate your recovery. Documentation and information correctly registered, archived and protected. Photocopies, recording of information on different media, documents scanned in full mode, with image quality not inferior to the original document. Bound documents-encumbed, stapled, spiralled, ringed or other. Optimal use of computer equipment and resources. Coded and restricted access information. Optimal transmission of the company image. Compliance with internal and external standards to the organization. Implementation of sustainability standards

Information used or generated

Guidelines, organization procedure manuals-organization regulations, organization quality criteria, operational manuals, file, communication emission and documents, or other-, style manuals, use of computer equipment and applications, of office equipment. Data protection, security and electronic and work access. Company's own documentation: reports, offers, presentations, or others. Manuals for: internal procedure, style manuals, use of computer equipment and applications, office equipment. Documents to be digitized copies or originals. Information digitisation formats. Catalogs and user guides.

III. TRAINING OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM

FORMATIVE MODULE 1

Denomination: Basic office administrative techniques.

Code: MF0969_1.

Professional qualification level: 1

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC0969_1 Perform and integrate basic administrative support operations.

Duration: 150 hours.

FORMATIVE UNIT 1

Naming: Business Organization and Human Resources.

Code: UF0517.

Duration: 30 hours.

Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1 and RP6.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Represent basic functions and fundamental information flows in specific public or private organizational structures, through organization charts.

CE1.1 Recognize the core functions developed in specific, public or private organizations and entities.

CE1.2 Define the concept of department and the most common criteria used in the departmentalization of certain private organizations and institutions.

CE1.3 Identify the basic information generated in the development of the fundamental functions of specific organizations, specifying their travel or flow between departments and, where appropriate, from or to the outside.

CE1.4 Differ between formal and informal organization.

CE1.5 Precise the basic elements of the organization of the State: Central, Autonomous, and Local Administration, as well as the European Union.

CE1.6 Define the function of the organization chart as an instrument of graphical representation of organizational structures.

CE1.7 Distinguished the basic types of organizational charts based on their usefulness to represent specific organizational aspects.

CE1.8 In practical scenarios of simulation, suitably characterized, in which simple activities developed in specific organizational structures are proposed:

-Relate the proposed activities to the basic functions they perform.

-Identify the most representative departments according to the related functions.

-Specify the information flows between the various proposed departments.

-Describe the departments and the different information flows identified in a simple organization chart.

C2: Identify the professional performance criteria that allow the integration and cooperation of administrative support activities in a working group or department, contributing to create a climate of productive work, in accordance with a defined personal and professional ethics.

CE2.1 Describe the key elements that characterize a type administrative support task force.

CE2.2 Explain the development phases of a type administrative support task group, and the factors that can modify its dynamics, identifying how it can affect the incorporation of a new member into the group.

CE2.3 Describe the main functions to be performed in working groups of type administrative support, specifying the functional and hierarchical relationships that they carry, as well as the relationships with other groups of job.

CE2.4 Define what a teamwork, team spirit and synergy consists of, identifying possible strategies or variants in the forms of work.

CE2.5 Justify the ethical-personal values that determine professionalism, as well as its importance in the integration and active participation in a type of administrative support team.

CE2.6 Explain the meaning of quality processes in an organization and its relationship with professional performance in administrative support activities, identifying what criteria or indicators affect the performance itself professional.

CE2.7 In conveniently characterized simulation scenarios, in which specific roles are proposed, concrete instructions and different work patterns given by a coordinator of a working group administrative support activities:

-Specify the fundamental objective of the work instructions.

-Identify the administrative support activities to be performed by each member of the workgroup.

-Identify defined coordination guidelines and people with whom to coordinate to perform assigned administrative support tasks.

-Precise the degree of autonomy for its realization.

-Precise the results to be obtained.

-Who, how, and when to control compliance with the instructions.

-Describe the quality criteria that should guide professional performance in administrative support activities.

-Identify, through the performance in the simulations, the personal and professional ethical values that have been evidenced.

CE2.8 In case studies, through simulations and "rol-playing", they are conveniently characterized, in which they are part of a working group of type administrative support, already operating, with certain objectives and roles, with a coordinator:

-Identify the roles that each member of the group plays.

-Specify the administrative support activities that require the collaboration of others and what procedures to follow for this.

-Specify the quality criteria for the administrative support job to perform.

-Describe what personal action guidelines are essential to integrate into a type of administrative support task force, in terms of the personal attitude towards the work and the rest of the members.

-Identify, through the performance in the simulations, the personal and professional ethical values that have been evidenced.

Contents

1. The organization of public and private entities

-Business functions:

▫ Classes.

▫ Hierarchy.

-The administrative function:

▫ Definition.

▫ Objectives.

-The structure of the company:

▫ Organization Concept.

▫ Organization Principles.

▫ Formal and informal organization.

-The departments:

▫ Description.

▫ Typology.

▫ Criteria for assigning activities to departments.

-The organization chart:

▫ Description.

▫ Objectives.

▫ Requirements.

▫ Classes.

▫ Benefits and drawbacks.

-Organization of the physical environment of the host space.

▫ Environmental conditions.

▫ Disposition and types of auxiliary materials.

▫ Furniture.

-Basic Organization of the State and European Union:

▫ Central Administration.

▫ Autonomic Administration.

▫ Local Administration.

▫ European Union.

2. The organization of human resources

-The organization in administrative support activities.

▫ Organization and coordination criteria.

▫ Work procedures.

▫ Organization quality indicators.

▫ Guidelines for obtaining results.

-Groups.

▫ Elements.

▫ Structure.

▫ Classification.

-Phases and behavior of team or group work.

▫ The identification of the group: the ideal of the group.

▫ The rules of the group.

▫ The roles in the group.

▫ The power and cohesion of the group.

▫ Benefits and drawbacks of teamwork.

▫ Finality of group dynamic techniques.

▫ Factors that modify group dynamics.

▫ Group coordinator functions: task level and relationship level.

-The group job in administrative support activities.

▫ Features of a type administrative support task group.

▫ Functions in a type administrative support task group.

▫ Degree of participation.

FORMATIVE UNIT 2

Denomination: Auxiliary management of correspondence and parcel delivery in the enterprise.

Code: UF0518.

Duration: 30 hours.

Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP2.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Apply basic technical reception, sorting, and distribution of parcel and mail and telematics.

CE1.1 Distinguished the fundamental types of written, internal and external communications, commonly used in particular organizations and institutions, specifying their function and basic elements.

CE1.2 Identify the various means for sending mail and parcel delivery, determining their shipping cost and time.

CE1.3 Identify significant and relevant items for the correspondence and parcel record both received and issued.

CE1.4 Explain the fundamental criteria and procedures used for the written communications and correspondence file.

CE1.5 Apply the most appropriate procedure and means for packaging or packaging of specific documentation and articles or products.

CE1.6 Identify the basic requirements required in mailing and parcel delivery by conventional mail.

CE1.7 Describe the basic functions and procedures relating to the telematic media used in the reception, distribution, and file of internal and external communications.

CE1.8 Identify the legal regulations of security and confidentiality in the handling of correspondence and parcel delivery.

CE1.9 In practical simulation scenarios, conveniently characterized, in which internal and/or external written communications are proposed:

-Define precisely the recipient, and the means and procedures for its distribution, in internal communications and in correspondence received from abroad.

-Apply the means, rates, and shipping procedures in the correspondence issued to the outside.

-Operate properly with telematic media-fax, email, others-, if applicable, to receive, register, distribute, and archive written communications and correspondence.

-Classify communications based on your sender, receiver, and subject.

-Register and properly archive communications and/or correspondence.

CE1.9 In practical simulation cases, conveniently characterized, in which the shipment of a given parcel is proposed:

-Embaling or properly packaging the delivered documents and/or items.

-Apply shipping rates and procedures.

Contents

1. Treatment of internal and external correspondence and parcel delivery

-Written communication in public and private companies.

▫ Functions.

▫ Elements.

▫ Types: Business letters and administrative documents.

▫ The correct expression of written texts.

-Managing the receipt of the correspondence.

▫ Selection and classification.

▫ Log.

▫ Distribution.

-Preparing the correspondence.

▫ People who make it.

▫ Number of copies.

▫ Signature of the correspondence.

-Packaging and packaging of documentation and products.

▫ Media.

▫ Materials.

▫ Procedures.

-Managing the output of the correspondence.

▫ Tasks before you proceed to the shipment.

▫ Output Log Book.

-Means used in mailing and parcel shipping:

▫ Post Office.

▫ Messaging.

▫ Telefax.

▫ Email: function, elements, and benefits and drawbacks.

-Sending the correspondence.

▫ Products and services that offers mails.

▫ Formas on which the shipment can be made.

▫ Rates and time in the mailing.

-Security and confidentiality legal regulations.

-The written communications and correspondence file.

▫ File process.

▫ File control.

▫ Document classification system.

-Internet as a means of communication.

▫ Internet Definition.

▫ The web page.

▫ The portals.

▫ File Transfer.

▫ Receiving and sending communications via e-mail.

FORMATIVE UNIT 3

Denomination: Auxiliary management of economic and commercial documentation.

Code: UF0519.

Duration: 90 hours.

Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP3, RP4, and RP5.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Apply the registration and classification techniques of the basic administrative documentation, specifying their function, elements and fundamental requirements, through appropriate computer applications.

CE1.1 Explain the most common administrative documentation recording methods and procedures.

CE1.2 Differentiate key information fields from records for files or files from customers, suppliers, products, and employees based on their function.

CE1.3 Distinguished the fundamental information that must include an order for goods or services by relating it to the information fields of product, customer, and/or supplier records.

CE1.4 Describe the basic regulations governing the production of the most common commercial and administrative documentation.

CE1.5 Explain the key elements and requirements of the albarans, delivery notes, and invoices, relating them to the information fields of product, customer, and/or supplier records.

CE1.6 Distinguished model, sections, and basic data for a simple payroll.

CE1.7 Precise the basic functions of billing and customer and supplier management computing applications.

CE1.8 In practical simulation scenarios, conveniently characterized, where basic administrative documentation of simple business operations is provided:

-Check that there is correspondence between the information provided by orders, orders, invoices, and means of payment, proposing, where appropriate, any corrections that may be made.

-Classify documents based on information provided by significant fields.

-Update the conventional files of customers, suppliers, and products with the information included in the documents provided.

-Register documents provided in conventional files.

-Update and record the information provided by the proposed documents using the basic functions of warehouse, billing, and customer and vendor management computing applications.

CE1.9 In practical simulation scenarios, conveniently characterized, in which simple payrolls and corresponding means of payment are provided:

-Distinguished the relevant information provided by the proposed payroll.

-Check that there is correspondence between the information provided by the payslips and the means of payment by proposing, where appropriate, the corrections that proceed.

-Update the employee file with the data provided by the payroll.

-Register the payslips provided.

C2: Operate with basic means of payment, identifying the fundamental requirements of the supporting documents of the operations, the issuers and receivers, and the necessary amounts and calculations.

CE2.1 Distinguished function, elements, and basic requirements of the most common means of payment.

CE2.2 Describe the basic regulations governing the most common means of payment.

CE2.3 Differentiate the key variables involved in the calculation of the amount of simple cash operations.

CE2.4 Formulate the basic procedures for the calculation of amounts corresponding to simple cash operations.

CE2.5 Identify the basic functions of financial institutions by linking them to the most common payment and payment management documents and procedures.

CE2.6 Identify the principles of integrity, responsibility, and confidentiality to all treasury-related operations.

CE2.7 In practical scenarios of simulation, suitably characterized, in which basic administrative documentation of simple cash operations and simulated money is provided:

-Classify documents based on the information provided.

-Verify the basic calculations of the amounts of the media and payment and payment supporting documents provided.

-Draw the statistics of the payment and payment receipts provided by calculating the resulting balance.

-Check the correspondence between the information provided by the means of payment and the prepared slog proposing, where appropriate, the corrections that come.

-Update the conventional files from the provided documents.

-Update and record the information provided by the proposed documents using the basic functions of treasury management software applications.

-Identify the validity of cash.

-Use simulated cash in spot operations by performing the required calculations correctly.

-Perform the frame of the proposed operations.

C3: Apply documentation stock control procedures, office equipment and equipment, and registration and access methods, and the established security stock.

CE3.1 Distinguished the basic functions of stock inventories and office equipment.

CE3.2 Describe the professional risks arising from the control of diverse office material.

CE3.3 Describe the usual procedures for receipt, registration, storage, and delivery of documentation, material, and office equipment.

CE3.4 Explain the most common security stock control and inventory control methods.

CE3.5 Proceed to the delivery and distribution of documentation, material, and office equipment.

CE3.6 In convenient simulation scenarios, conveniently characterized, providing documentation and basic information about simple inventory management operations:

-Register the inputs and outputs in store tokens.

-Calculate the volume of stocks.

-Inventing stocks.

Contents

1. Basic administrative documentation auxiliary management

-Administrative documents in public and private entities.

▫ Elements.

▫ Functions.

▫ Features.

▫ Classification.

▫ Log methods.

▫ Basic rules for processing.

-Administrative documents in the management of sales:

▫ The order: items, requirements, classes, issue, receive, and control.

▫ The delivery note: elements, requirements, issue, and verification.

▫ The invoice: items, requirements, issue, verification, and rectification.

▫ The receipt: concept, parts, and bank address.

-Administrative documents in productive and personal management:

▫ Work orders.

▫ Payroll: components and logging.

-Other administrative and business documents:

▫ Instances.

▫ Certificates.

▫ Acts.

▫ Reports.

▫ Memories.

-Billing and Payroll Computing Operations:

▫ Registration of billing information (customers and suppliers).

▫ Updating billing information (customers and suppliers).

▫ Record of the payroll (personal) information.

▫ Updating the payroll (personal) information.

2. Basic cash management

-Basic collection and payment operations:

▫ Types of operations.

▫ Functions.

▫ Features.

▫ Management forms.

-The collection and payment means:

▫ Concept.

▫ Functions.

▫ Payment and Payment Forms.

-Cash collection and payment documents:

▫ The money.

▫ The check: concept, requirements, types, endorsement, endorsement, and image.

▫ The receipt: concept and content.

▫ Transfer and entry into account: concept and form.

▫ Debit cards.

-Payment and payment documents on credit:

▫ I will pay: concept and requirements.

▫ The change letter: concept, requirements, parts, endorsement, endorsement, default, and effects remittance.

▫ Credit cards.

-The Box Auxiliary Book:

▫ Elements.

▫ Fulfillment in computing application.

▫ Box Arqueing.

▫ Cuadre.

-The Banking Auxiliary Book:

▫ Elements.

▫ Fulfillment in computing application.

▫ Banking reconciliation.

-Principles of confidentiality in treasury operations.

-Cash management and IT operations:

▫ Electronic Banking.

▫ Electronic wallet.

▫ Internet Payments.

▫ Internet shopping.

3. Basic stock management and control

-Office equipment and equipment:

▫ Description.

▫ Material types: fungible and non-fungible.

▫ Common office equipment.

-Stock provisioning.

▫ The provisioning function.

▫ The store.

▫ Stock types.

-Basic stock management.

▫ The store tabs.

▫ The entries in store.

▫ The exits in store.

▫ Stock valuation criteria.

▫ The reorder orders.

▫ The spreadsheet in warehouse management.

-Basic stock control.

▫ Stock control tab: concept and model.

▫ Stock inventory: concept, process, and structure.

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Unit

20

Number of total hours of the training units	N. 30
		30	30
Training Unit 1-UF0518	30	20
		90	80

Sequence:

The units in this module can be programmed independently.

FORMATIVE MODULE 2

Naming: Basic communication operations.

Code: MF0970_1.

Professional qualification level: 1

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC0970_1 Transmit and receive operational information in routine demarches with external agents of the organization.

Duration: 120 hours.

FORMATIVE UNIT 1

Denomination: Communication in professional relationships.

Code: UF0520.

Duration: 50 hours.

Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP2.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Apply effective communication techniques, in situations of professional relations with internal or external persons of the organization, selecting the appropriate action guidelines according to the different elements, barriers, difficulties and alterations.

CE1.1 Differentiate between information and communication processes, identifying the operation of an effective communication process and the elements involved.

CE1.2 Explain what the active listener consists of in an effective communication process and its verbal, nonverbal, and paraverbal components.

CE1.3 Based on the development of duly characterized cases of work situations, in which different forms of distortion, interference, barriers, difficulties, and other changes in communication are experienced interpersonal:

-Identify in each case, the specific causes that have resulted in problems in communication.

-Explain how they interact in interpersonal communications, the level of task-rational-, with the level of relationship-emotional-, and the main difficulties that affect the results of work.

CE1.4 From a properly characterized case study, in which a communication is observed between two interlocutors who use some listener signals:

-Discriminate the different signs and signals of listening in communication between interlocutors.

-Define the main actitudinal components for an empathetic and effective listening.

-Identify the skills to use in effective listening.

-Identify the most common errors that are committed in the effective listener.

-Explain the usefulness and benefits of effective listening in interpersonal communications.

CE1.5 From observing a simulated professional situation, in which effective listening skills are put into practice:

-Identify the most common errors that are committed in the active listener.

CE1.6 In different cases of interpersonal relationship in work environments and through simulations:

-Define strategies and action guidelines for the achievement of effective communications from the issuer's point of view.

-Apply effective communication guidelines in each case.

-Identify, once the simulation is done, the critical points of the developed communication process, explaining strengths and weaknesses.

-Explain the possible consequences of a non-effective communication, in a given job context.

-Define personal improvement aspects in interpersonal communication, setting priorities.

-Identify, through the performance in the simulations, the personal and professional ethical values that have been evidenced.

C2: Apply assertive behavior patterns in communication processes in working groups, using them according to different professional situations related to administrative support activities.

CE2.1 Explain the difference between response styles in verbal interaction: Asertive, aggressive and non-assertive, the verbal and non-verbal behavior of each and its effects.

CE2.2 Explain what each of the main techniques of assertiveness consists of: striped disk, bank of fog, free information, negative assertion, negative interrogation, self-disclosure, viable compromise, among others.

CE2.3 In different cases properly characterized, in which interpersonal communication processes are simulated in the administrative support activities, apply the verbal and non-verbal guidelines of the assertive behavior. for:

-Exposition opinions, expectations, or desires to an alleged work situation in a group.

-Give negative or reject responses to a particular request or request from another member.

-Make requests or request clarifications, information to a member of the alleged working group and/or instructions to the direct person.

-Express criticism of other members of an alleged work group related to professional activity.

-Receive criticism from a suspected member of the work group showing signs of positive behavior.

-Defend opinions to an alleged workgroup that does not share its own point of view.

C3: Apply basic guidelines for the treatment of conflict situations in professional action, taking into account different behaviors and their possible consequences.

CE3.1 Define the most common conflicts that typically arise in professional relationship situations with people internal or external to the organization.

CE3.2 Identify the most common causes of conflicts in working environments, differentiating between those who are referred to the tasks of administrative support activities-procedures, objectives, responsibilities, or others-, or those referred to interpersonal relationships-personal style of relationship, communication problems, personal attitudes or others.

CE3.3 Describe the patterns of verbal and nonverbal behavior that reveal control over your own emotions.

CE3.4 Justify the importance of personal action in dealing with conflict situations, and the consequences for different types of behavior.

CE3.5 In case studies, through operational simulations and rol-playing, they are conveniently characterized in which relationships and roles are proposed in situations of conflict in the performance of the activities of the administrative support:

-Identify conflict types and their possible causes.

-Propose action guidelines for the treatment of identified conflict situations and the most appropriate conditions to intervene, depending on the technique to deal with conflicts.

-Act by applying the defined guidelines: Identifying the right time to intervene-when the tension has been lowered-using attentive listening behaviors, expressions of empathy, respect and tolerance to the discrepancies, opinions, arguments and actions of others.

-Present clear and orderly and, according to the basic guidelines of emotional control, your point of view, being objective and separating at all times the person of the problem.

-Ask through questions and with empathetic expressions, possible alternatives and make acceptable proposals for your solution.

-Review your own performance, identifying failures, improvements, and priorities.

-Identify, through the performance in the simulations, the personal and professional ethical values that have been evidenced.

Contents

1. Communication processes and techniques in professional situations of reception and transmission of information

-Communication as a process.

▫ Functions.

▫ Elements.

▫ Difference between information and communication.

▫ Communication phases.

▫ Languages used for communications.

▫ Communication classes: auditory, visual, and tactile.

▫ Selecting and organizing the message content.

-Effective communication techniques.

▫ Factors that influence listening behaviors and signals.

▫ Barriers and difficulties.

▫ Solutions.

▫ Effective communications: feed-back, empathetic and active listening.

-Communication and enterprise.

▫ Communication principles.

▫ Forms of communication in the enterprise: internal and external.

▫ Internal communications: vertical, cross-cutting, and formal and informal.

▫ External communications: input and output.

▫ Media employees in business communications.

▫ Urgent communications.

-The communication flows:

▫ Flowcharts.

▫ Graphic information.

-Communication and corporate image guidelines.

2. Patterns of assertive behavior in work situations

-Response styles in verbal interaction:

▫ Asertivo

▫ Aggressive.

▫ Nonassertive.

-Verbal behavior.

-Non-verbal behavior.

-Main assertiveness techniques: striped disk, fog bank, negative assertion, negative interrogation, self-disclosure, free information, viable commitment.

3. Conflicts with internal or external people in the enterprise

-The conflict in the working relationships.

▫ Characteristics of the conflicts.

▫ Types of conflicts: group, individual, economic policy, peaceful, violent, positive, negative.

-Treatment of conflicts.

▫ Conflict identification.

▫ Causes and consequences of conflicts.

▫ Task-related conflicts.

▫ Conflicts related to interpersonal relationships.

▫ Basic behaviors and signals.

▫ Personal acting guidelines as a form of solution: the dialog.

▫ Conflict as an opportunity for change.

FORMATIVE UNIT 2

Denomination: Oral and written communication in the company.

Code: UF0521.

Duration: 70 hours.

Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP3, and RP4.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Apply written communication techniques in the preparation and completion of notices, labels or other similar information documents, using manual or electronic writing instruments.

CE1.1 Identify language features and relevant linguistic aspects in writing texts or short messages.

CE1.2 Precise spelling rules in the drafting of short texts.

CE1.3 Identify the means and tools used in the elaboration of notices, labels, or other information documents-standard paper type, rotuders, others.

CE1.4 Distinguished print or communications forms-notices, labels, internal notes, or others-based on the type of information you want to transmit.

CE1.5 Defer typographical and letter-drawn formats to represent or roll, depending on the size and typology of the document.

CE1.6 From assumptions, conveniently characterized, in which basic information is provided:

-Draft simple texts for incorporation into notices, labels, notes and standard documents in public and private offices and organizations, without spelling, proper lexicon and presented in the format correct.

CE1.7 In a convenient simulation scenario, conveniently characterized, of different types of written communications directed to organizations or institutions, public and/or private, and using the instruments of writing manuals or electronics.

-Apply written communication and tag-out techniques based on the type of communication.

-Compose the basic text of the document by complying with the spelling and syntactic rules in proper languages.

-Select the font and text typology that best suits the type of message to be transmitted, or document to be labeled.

-Adapt the written formats to the document size.

-Adapt the language used in communications to the recipient and the message type.

-Use the word processing or self-editing computer applications with rigor in the elaboration of written written communications.

C2: Use basic technical communication techniques, transmitting operational and corporate image information in accordance with routine socio-professional uses and customs, of organizations and type partners.

CE2.1 Identify the oral communication and gestural protocol of customary use in an organization to transmit the oral information.

CE2.2 Identify quality of service parameters in communication procedures: Empathy, kindness, understandable language, or others.

CE2.3 Describe the appropriate form and attitude in the transmission and receipt of operational and corporate image information.

CE2.4 Identify internal rules for security, registration, and confidentiality in face-to-face communication.

CE2.5 In practical scenarios, conveniently characterized, through simulated situations of transmission and reception of operational information:

-accurately identify the caller and the object of the communication.

-Apply body expression techniques in the host with correction.

-Identify showing a positive image, applying the appropriate protocol rules and quality of service parameters.

-accurately adjust the lexicon and expressions used to the caller type.

-Transmit messages with clarity and precision, ensuring understanding by the caller.

-Transmit the corporate image according to the proposed guidelines.

-Ensure that information is clearly transmitted, in a structured way, accurately, with courtesy, with respect and sensitivity.

-Distinguished errors committed and propose the necessary corrective actions.

C3: Use basic telephone and telematics communication techniques to provide operational information, applying corporate image protocols and patterns in business performance.

CE3.1 Identify basic telephone communication techniques in the issue and reception of calls-smile, tone, speech, positive language, others.

CE3.2 Distinguished the elements needed to make an effective phone call at its various stages: Preparing, presenting and performing a call.

CE3.3 Different types of treatments according to the characteristics of the interlocutors.

CE3.4 To differentiate and manage the basic functions of the telephony equipment-fixed, mobile, centralite, extensions, others-applying basic rules of use-waiting times, basic information when hanging, transfer of call, others- in simulated situations.

CE3.5 Identify internal rules for security, registration, and confidentiality in telephone and telematics communication.

CE3.6 In practical scenarios of simulation, duly characterized, of telephone and telematic communications type:

-Start a telephone and telematics conversation.

-Project the corporate image.

-Identify and identify the interlocutors.

-Use appropriate treatments depending on the type of caller.

-Request and/or provide information.

-Collect and/or transmit the telephone messages accurately.

-Respect the opinions of the interlocutors, even if they are contrary to their own.

-Manage calls simultaneously.

-End a telephone conversation by applying the proposed protocols.

Contents

1. Oral communication

-The oral language.

▫ Concept and features.

▫ Characteristics of the oral messages.

▫ Elements of oral communication.

▫ Functions of oral communication.

▫ Oral communication classes: immediate, individual, or collective.

▫ Planning for oral communication.

▫ Oral communication forms: interview, meeting, debate.

-Non-verbal communication.

▫ Messages in non-verbal communication: volunteers and involuntary.

▫ Non-verbal resources in oral communication: intonation, gestural, and space.

▫ Important aspects of nonverbal communication: look, posture, gestures.

-Verbal and non-verbal communication in face-to-face communication.

▫ Corporate image and behavior guidelines.

▫ Rules for conversing.

▫ Rules for listening.

▫ Quality criteria: empathy, kindness.

▫ Treatment of objections.

▫ Complaints and complaints.

-Telephone communication.

▫ The phone in the business activity.

▫ Call home guidelines: voice, smile, silence, expression, etc.

▫ Rules for making a phone call.

▫ Steps to answer a phone call.

▫ Treatment protocols.

▫ Barriers and difficulties in the transmission of information.

▫ Types of phone calls.

▫ Telephone communication systems in the enterprise.

▫ Search for phone information.

-Security, registration, and confidentiality rules in face-to-face and telephone communication.

2. Written communication

-Writing as a means of communication.

▫ The written message: concept.

▫ Features of the written message.

▫ Written communications types.

▫ Principles in writing for the effectiveness of the written message.

▫ Planning of the texts.

▫ The syntactic and grammatical correction.

▫ The punctuation marks.

▫ Abbreviations and acronyms.

-Written communication equipment and systems.

▫ Communication systems: concept.

▫ The computer.

▫ Other communication tools: fax.

-Short internal written communications.

▫ Concept.

▫ Internal communications types.

▫ The warnings: concept and shape of elaboration.

▫ The labels: media types and roles, instruments, and techniques.

▫ Internal regime statements: concept and form of elaboration.

3. Applications and IT media that are involved in managing business communication

-The email:

▫ Elements that compose it.

▫ Post mailing.

▫ Mail receipt.

▫ Post file.

-The electronic calendar:

▫ Contacts.

▫ Tasks.

▫ Notes.

▫ Calendar.

-Text processor:

▫ Structure of a text processor.

▫ Functions of a text processor.

▫ Document Management.

▫ Document models: fax, memo, etc.

▫ Document Format Application.

▫ Editing documents.

▫ Printing documents.

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Unit

formative Unit 2-UF0521

Number of total hours of the training units	N.
		50	50		40
70	50

Sequence:

The units in this module can be programmed independently.

FORMATIVE MODULE 3

Naming: Playback and File.

Code: MF0971_1

Professional qualification level: 1

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC0971_1 Perform playback and file auxiliary operations on conventional or computer support

Duration: 120 hours.

FORMATIVE UNIT 1

Naming: Auxiliary file management on conventional or computer support.

Code: UF0513.

Duration: 60 hours.

Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP2, RP3, and RP4.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Use the basic functions of common operating systems in the management and search of folders and files.

CE1.1 Identify the basic functions of an operating system in a network environment.

CE1.2 Determine the organization principles of operating systems through the different files and folders that integrate them, using schemas based on their hierarchy.

CE1.3 Differentiate between the own file management applications of an operating system and the other applications that are included within it.

CE1.4 Explain the fundamental operating system capabilities that enable you to search, archive, and maintain the security, integrity, and confidentiality of your information.

CE1.5 Distinguished the basic functions of operating systems in file and folder management.

CE1.6 In a convenient, convenient scenario, operating system utilization:

-Create folders by identifying them with a name that allows their location and recovery.

-Change the name of a folder according to the received indications.

-Select the files and documents that contain the folders using the appropriate keys if needed.

-Make copies and moves of files, documents, and/or folders to other locations.

-Set file passwords.

-Quickly and accurately search for files and/or folders according to the criteria set.

-Back up files and documents.

-Remove folders and files.

C2: Apply basic and common file and classification techniques in the encoding and organization of type administrative documentation, using physical or computer files.

CE2.1 Identify the different conventional file systems, sorting and sorting.

CE2.2 Describe the various coding techniques in document organization.

CE2.3 Identify the capabilities of a computer application that backs up.

CE2.4 Distinguished between the different criteria of homogeneity and operability of the files.

CE2.5 Different protection and security measures in different document types.

CE2.6 In a convenient, convenient scenario, in which type documentation is provided:

-Identify the different file supports based on the frequency of query or utilization of the documentation provided.

-Classify documents based on the type of company and frequency of use.

-Apply the file classification rules: Alfabetic, numeric, alphanumeric, or other.

-physically organize the documentation in the proposed file.

-Use software to store and locate documents in an organized and accessible way.

CE2.7 In a convenient, convenient scenario, you specify the tasks to be developed and the available file system:

-Apply file administrative processes-classification, encoding, prefile, file-managing and organizing documentation into physical files on paper or through computer procedures.

-Apply the control processes and follow up of documents provided by completing the corresponding forms.

CE2.8 Use antivirus programs periodically, keeping them updated to ensure the security of archived documentation.

C3: Use the basic techniques of access, delivery, transfer, and removal of documents and files, depending on the different levels of access, conservation, and validity.

CE3.1 Identify the processes for delivering, transferring, and removing documents and files.

CE3.2 Precise file access tools, according to different environmental circumstances.

CE3.3 Different file and document transfer and removal resources.

CE3.4 Determine the criteria that ensure the security and confidentiality of the documentation.

CE3.5 In a convenient simulation scenario, conveniently characterized, access, conservation and surveillance of a file system:

-Describe mechanics for document control.

-Perform document transfer according to a proposed transfer plan.

-Remove files, documents, and backups from them according to the media provided.

-Identify the documentation of the files according to their treatment: Management files, intermediate and historical.

-Relate the applicable conservation criteria according to the document type.

C4: Use the basic functions of required databases, by entering, ordering, querying, and presenting information in an up-to-date manner.

CE4.1 Identify the basic functions of a database.

CE4.2 Distinguished the different objects in a database in terms of its features and utilities.

CE4.3 Recognize the different travel, selection, and data entry options on the different objects in the database without error.

CE4.4 Identify criteria for performing simple queries and obtaining accurate information according to the instructions provided.

CE4.5 Distinguished between the different filter types that exist based on the information to be located on the different objects in the database.

CE4.6 Recognize existing tools in the application for simple reporting appropriate to the instructions provided.

CE4.7 Distinguished the different print options on each of the objects in the database.

CE4.8 Explain the fundamental capabilities of the application that allow you to query, process, edit, archive, and maintain the security, integrity, and confidentiality of the information.

CE4.9 In practical cases, sufficiently characterized and by using a database computing application:

-Open and close a database.

-Enter records, modifications, ups, and downs from the data provided.

-Filter and sort the information according to the instructions provided.

-Get the required data or information from simple queries.

-Archive the information and back up the database on the provided media.

-Print tables, queries, and reports by configuring the print options as requested.

-Apply procedures that ensure the confidentiality of information.

Contents

1. Common operating systems.

-Operating system.

-Workbench. Interface.

▫ Parties.

▫ Displacement.

▫ Configuration.

-Folders, directories, operations with them.

▫ Definition.

▫ Creation.

▫ Name change.

▫ Opening.

▫ Copied.

▫ Location change.

▫ Removal.

-Ficheros, operations with them.

▫ Definition.

▫ Creation.

▫ Name change.

▫ Opening.

▫ Copied.

▫ Location change.

▫ Saved.

▫ Removal

-Applications and tools.

-Scan/navigation.

-Configuring items.

-User accounts. Usage.

-Backup. Media.

-Operations in a network environment.

▫ Access.

▫ Search for network resources.

▫ Operations with network resources.

2. Administrative documentation file and classification

-The file in the enterprise.

▫ Description.

▫ Purpose.

▫ File importance for the enterprise.

▫ File types.

▫ Equipment and materials for the file.

▫ Running a file.

▫ Maintenance of a file.

▫ File process of a document.

▫ Rules that govern document preservation.

▫ Destruction of documents.

▫ Confidentiality and security of information.

-Organization of the file.

▫ Centralized.

▫ Decentralized.

▫ Mixed.

▫ Active.

▫ Semiactive.

▫ Inactive or passive.

-Administrative documentation sorting and sorting system.

▫ Sort and sort concept.

▫ Alphabetical classification.

▫ Numeric classification.

▫ Mixed system.

▫ Logging.

▫ Geographic Criterion.

▫ Classification by Materials.

3. Database.

-Entry and exit of the application.

-The application window.

-Basic objects.

▫ Tables.

▫ Queries.

▫ Forms.

▫ Reports or reports.

-Creation.

-Opening.

-Saved.

-Close.

-Backup.

-Recovery and maintenance tools.

4. Inserting data into tables.

-Records and fields.

-Introduction of data.

-Movements by fields and records.

-Removing records.

-Modification of records.

-Coping and moving data.

-Searching and replacing data.

-Application of filters.

-Field alphabetic sorting.

-Formats of a table.

-Basic operations with Tables.

▫ Changing the name.

▫ Removal.

▫ Copied.

▫ Export and Import.

5. Selection queries.

-Creation.

-Saved.

-Execution.

-Modifying the criteria.

-Print results.

-Remove.

6. Forms and reports.

-Introduction, modifying, and removing data in forms.

-Application of filters in forms.

-Creating reports with the wizard.

-Publishing reports to the text processor for improvement.

-Printing forms and reports.

FORMATIVE UNIT 2

Denomination: Auxiliary management of playback on conventional or computer support.

Code: UF0514.

Duration: 60 hours.

Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP5, RP6, and RP7.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Check the basic functioning of the reproduction, computer and functional binding equipment-photocopiers, printers, scanners, reproducers, drillers, binders or others-identifying the elementary incidents, in accordance with the use manuals and support systems.

CE1.1 Identify the basic incidents of playback and computer equipment.

CE1.2 Identify the cleaning and maintenance tasks of binding tools, and the appropriate settings for proper operation.

CE1.3 Defend basic maintenance and cleaning operations on playback and computer equipment.

CE1.4 Different consumable resources-inks and liquids, paper, tape, and print, toner, or other cartridges-based on playback and computer equipment.

CE1.5 Take the commitment to maintain and care for equipment, and take full advantage of the means used in the process, avoiding unnecessary costs and costs.

CE1.6 In a simulated simulation scenario, related to the operation of playback, computer, and functional binding equipment:

-Point and clean machines.

-Detect small mechanical breakdowns by solving, if possible, the observed contingencies.

-To provide the necessary materials for the machines.

-Perform basic operating tests for computer and playback equipment.

-Perform basic maintenance tasks for computer and office equipment.

-Replace consumables, among various types provided, on the appropriate equipment.

-Take the necessary security measures to check basic operation in safe mode.

-Use the protection equipment according to the connectors and terminals involved.

-Communicate, if applicable, to whom the contingency cannot be repaired.

C2: Use reprographic tools, obtaining copies in documentary and/or digital format of type documentation, according to defined quality criteria and standards.

CE2.1 Identify, on real machines, the functions of reprographic equipment and the basic parts that compose them.

CE2.2 Explain the usefulness of the different machines used in the reprografia of the administrative and management documentation through catalogues and user guides.

CE2.3 Accurately differentiating methods of reproduction: reprographics, multicopista, photocopying, and digitalization.

CE2.4 Identify the different types of documents in terms of their characteristics-color, images, photographs-determining the precise format according to different types of reproduction.

CE2.5 Distinguished use procedures depending on the equipment to be used-photocopiers, printers, scanners, reproducers, or others.

CE2.6 Distinguished the different types of paper formats that are most used in an office according to the objectives of the document that they must support.

CE2.7 In a convenient, convenient scenario, related to the reproduction of physical copies:

-Photocopy and print by sorting and interleaving the original documents based on the document type.

-Photoccopy double-leaf booklets "erasing" the central black groove as best as possible.

-Photocopy documents by "the two sides" to conform identical to the original ones.

-Photocopy documents by making the necessary extensions and reductions.

-Photocopy and print by extending or reducing the original documents based on the document type.

-Reduce the number of paper copies by applying sustainability criteria.

-Demonstrate interest in performing the jobs with a good finish.

CE2.8 In a convenient, convenient scenario, related to the reproduction of digital copies:

-Check that the documents to be played/scanned have not been previously reproduced or digitized to avoid duplication.

-Save the documents by naming them according to the defined naming rules, and referencing them, if any, to the indicated fields.

-Check that the resolution of the scanned electronic documents corresponds to the required one.

-Check that the digitized document is complete, readable on all parts, and contains consecutive pages.

-Retrieve the digitized documents to proceed to later playback.

-Duplicate digitized documents on the provided media.

C3: Use precision-functional materials and binding tools, taking into account the characteristics of the standard documents, while respecting the safety and sustainability criteria.

CE3.1 Identify the documentation to be bound by describing the characteristics for binding, and the most appropriate sorting criteria.

CE3.2 Distinguished the various tools and tools in the performance of functional binding operations-manual guillotine, paper drilling machines, shears, or others-identifying their mechanisms, functions and usage.

CE3.3 Different types of materials-cantills, staples, spirals, rings, covers, or others-used in functional binding.

CE3.4 Identify recycling systems based on the nature of the waste produced in functional binding.

CE3.5 Describe the professional risks arising from the use of machines and functional binding tools and their protective equipment.

CE3.6 Distinguished, depending on the type of functional binding, the different related quality criteria.

CE3.7 In a convenient convenient scenario, in which the tasks to be developed and the functional binding means are specified.

-Check the operational status of the functional binding tools.

-Organize the documentation to be bound, ordering it according to the established criteria and the correct use of the available means.

-Use the shearing or other useful analogues by performing different paper cuts accurately, observing the corresponding safety measures.

-Use the paper punch machine correctly.

-Enring in its various forms-wenched, stapled, spiralled, ringed or other-the documentation provided, assigning the type of covers according to the characteristics of the document and according to the information provided.

-Dismiss the waste in different recycling packaging according to its nature.

-Use the necessary precautions and protective equipment to safely perform functional binding.

-Check that the functional binding performed meets the quality criteria provided and inherent in the type of binding.

Contents

1. Reproduction in reprographic equipment

-Reprogram equipment.

▫ Elements.

▫ Types: Photocopiers and printers.

▫ Features.

▫ Operation.

▫ Technical instructions.

▫ Puestá en gait.

▫ Maintenance and cleanup.

-Media in playback:

▫ Papers for reprographics.

▫ Cartulina for reprographics.

▫ Carton.

▫ Plastics.

▫ Digital.

-Consumables for reprographics equipment:

▫ Toner.

▫ Tintas.

-The reproduction of the originals.

▫ Original types.

▫ Compatibility of digital originals.

-Reprogram production.

▫ Quality in playback.

▫ Modifiable parameters.

▫ Playback tests.

▫ Adjustments during playback.

-Safety, health and environmental standards in reprographics operations.

▫ Safety rules in the operations of commissioning, handling, and maintenance of equipment.

▫ Specific risks and factors involved.

▫ Waste Management Procedures.

2. Functional binding operations of documents.

-Functional binding:

▫ Features and applications.

▫ Functional binding types: canutil, spiral, rings.

▫ Equipment tuning.

▫ Maintenance.

-Materials and binding tools:

▫ Papers to cover.

▫ Cartulins.

▫ Plastics: transparencies.

▫ Grapes and rings.

-Binding operations:

▫ Igualado.

▫ Alzado.

▫ Drilled.

▫ Numbered.

▫ Engomado.

▫ Graped.

-Binding machines:

▫ Court (manual guillotine, shear).

▫ Legacy (flat folding).

▫ Plastified (plasticizer).

-Safety, health and environmental standards in functional binding operations:

▫ Risks.

▫ Protection systems.

▫ Secure work procedures.

▫ Waste disposal and recycling.

-Quality control in functional binding:

▫ Process quality criteria.

▫ Guidelines for product inspection.

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Unit

formative Unit 2-UF0514

Number of total hours of the training units	N.
		60	60		50
60	40

Sequence:

The training units for this module can be programmed independently.

NON-WORKING PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE MODULE FOR ADMINISTRATIVE AND GENERAL SERVICES AUXILIARY OPERATIONS

Code: MP0112.

Duration: 40 hours.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Perform basic operations for the reception, sorting and distribution of parcel and conventional mail and telematics.

CE1.1 Operate properly with telematic means -fax, email, others-, if applicable, to receive, register, distribute and archive written communications and correspondence.

CE1.2 Collaborate in the classification of communications based on your sender, receiver, and subject.

CE1.3 Register and properly archive communications and/or correspondence.

CE1.4 Use the means, rates, and shipping procedures in the correspondence issued to the outside.

CE1.5 Participate in the packaging and packaging of the documentation and/or the delivered items.

C2: Perform registration and classification operations of basic administrative documentation, stock control of material and office equipment, and basic calculation in treasury operations.

CE2.1 Check, Sort and Register Albarans, Bills, and Payment Means.

CE2.2 Verify the basic calculations of the amounts of the collected and paid media and justifications.

CE2.3 Apply the principles of integrity, responsibility and confidentiality to all cash-related operations.

CE2.4 Participate in the record of the entries and exits in store tokens.

C3: Perform basic telephone, telematic, and face-to-face communication operations to provide operational information, applying corporate image protocols and patterns in business performance.

CE3.1 Participate in a telephone and telematic conversation, using appropriate treatments depending on the type of caller.

CE3.2 Collect and/or transmit the telephone messages accurately and respect the opinions of the interlocutors, even if they are contrary to their own.

CE3.3 Ensure that information is clearly transmitted, in a structured way, accurately, with courtesy, with respect and sensitivity.

CE3.4 Apply body expression techniques in the receiving with correction.

CE3.5 Apply internal rules for security, registration, and confidentiality in telephone and telematics communication.

C4: Perform basic and common file and classification operations in the encoding and organization of type administrative documentation, using physical or computer files.

CE4.1 Collaborate on file administrative processes-classification, coding, prefile, file-managing and organizing documentation in physical files on paper or through computer procedures.

CE4.2 Apply the file classification rules: Alfabetic, numeric, alphanumeric, or other, and physically organize the documentation in the proposed file.

CE4.3 Use software to save and locate documents in an organized and accessible way.

CE.4.4 Apply the criteria that ensure the security and confidentiality of the documentation.

C5: Perform and check the basic functioning of the reproduction, computer and functional binding equipment-photocopiers, printers, scanners, reproducers, drillers, binders or others-identifying the elementary incidents, in accordance with the use manuals and support systems.

CE5.1 Participate in basic maintenance and cleaning operations on playback and computer equipment.

CE5.2 Use the various consumable resources-inks and liquids, paper, tape, and print, toner, or other cartridges-based on playback and computer equipment.

CE5.3 Replace consumables, among various types provided, on the appropriate equipment.

CE5.4 Photocopying and binding documentation in its different forms.

CE5.5 Demonstrate interest in performing the jobs with a good finish.

CE5.6 Use the necessary precautions and protective equipment to safely perform functional binding.

C6: Participate in the company's work processes, following the rules and instructions set out in the job center.

CE6.1 Behave responsibly in both human relationships and the jobs to be performed.

CE6.2 Respect the procedures and rules of the work center.

CE6.3 Diligently undertake tasks according to the instructions received, trying to bring them into line with the company's work rate.

CE6.4 Integrate into the production processes of the job center.

CE6.5 Use the established communication channels.

CE6.6 To respect at all times the measures of risk prevention, occupational health and environmental protection.

Contents

1. Auxiliary mail and parcel management operations.

-Receiving and selecting.

-Record and sort: means and criteria used.

-Distribution: Packaging, Packaging, Shipping Procedures, and Rate Application.

2. Auxiliary operations of basic economic and commercial documentation.

-Checking, sorting, and recording orders, albarans, and invoices.

-Updating client and vendor files.

-Employee file update and payroll record.

-Checking basic collection and payment documents.

-Classification of treasury documents.

-Updating and registering treasury documents.

-Cuadre of treasury operations.

-Record of inventory entries and exits.

-Calculation and inventory of stocks.

3. Basic operations in face-to-face, telephone and telematic communication.

-Behavior and body expression.

-Using language in communication.

-Handling of telephone and telematic equipment.

-Running telephone and telematic conversations.

-Using appropriate treatments in communication.

-Respect for the opinions of the interlocutors.

4. File auxiliary operations on conventional or computer support.

-Obtaining and sorting documentation.

-Organization and documentation file.

-How to store the documentation.

-Selecting, copying, and moving files.

-Searching and removing files.

-Applying information confidentiality procedures.

5. Backup operations on conventional or computer-based support.

-Cleaning and tuning of reprographic equipment.

-Sourcing of materials.

-Safety measures in the operation of equipment.

-Using protective equipment.

-Reproduction of physical and digital copies.

-Organization of the documentation to be bound.

-Preparing the appropriate binding tools.

-Encuaderation in its various forms.

-Check the quality of the finished product.

-Disposal of waste in recycling packaging.

6. Integration and communication in the workplace

-Responsible behavior in the job center.

-Respect to the procedures and rules of the work center.

-Interpreting and diligently performing the instructions received.

-Recognition of the organization's production process.

-Using the communication channels set in the job center.

-Adequation to the company's work rate.

-Tracking the regulations for risk prevention, occupational health and environmental protection.

IV. PRESCRIPTIONS OF TRAINERS

Modules	Required Accreditation	Professional experience required in scope of the competency
		With accreditation	No accreditation
MF0969_1: Office Basic Administrative Techniques	• Licensed, engineer, architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. • Diplomate, technical engineer, technical architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles • Technical and Technical Superior of the professional family of Administration and management. • Professional area level 2 and 3 professionalism certificates Management and Information Management of the Professional Administration and Management Family.	1 year	3 years
MF0970_1: Basic communication operations	• Licensed, engineer, architect, or corresponding degree title or other titles equivalent. • Diplomate, technical engineer, technical architect or title (a) a corresponding degree or other equivalent qualifications. • Technical and Technical Superior of the professional family of administration and management. • Certificates of professionalism level 2 and 3 of the professional information and communication management area of the professional family of administration and management.	1 year	3 years
MF0971_1: Reproduction and File	• Licensed, engineer, architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. • Diplomat, technical engineer, technical architect or corresponding degree degree or other equivalent titles. • Technical and Technical Superior of the professional management and management families and graphic arts. • Level 2 and 3 Level Professional Certificates in the Management area Information and communication from the Professional Administration and Management family.	1 year	3 years

V. MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR SPACES, FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT

Forming Space	Surface m2 15 pupils	Surface m2 25 pupils
Classroom	45	60

Forming Space

M1	M2	M3
	X	X	X

Forming Space
Classroom	-Audio-visual equipment. -network-installed PCs, projection cannon, and internet. -Specialty-specific Sofware. -Pizarra to write with marker. - Flip-chart. -Classroom material. -Table and chair for the trainer. -Table and chairs for students

It should not be interpreted that the various identified learning spaces should necessarily be differentiated by closure.

Facilities and equipment must comply with the relevant industrial and hygienic regulations and will respond to the universal accessibility and safety measures of the participants.

The number of units to be provided with the tools, machines and tools specified in the training space equipment will be sufficient for a minimum of 15 students and must be increased, if applicable, to attend to the top number.

In the event that the training is addressed to persons with disabilities, the adaptations and reasonable adjustments will be made to ensure their participation in equal conditions.

ANNEX II

I. IDENTIFICATION OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM

Denomination: Data and document recording and processing operations.

Code: ADGG0508.

Professional family: Administration and management.

Professional area: Information and communication management.

Professional qualification level: 1.

Professional reference qualification:

ADG306_1 Data and document recording and processing operations. (RD 107/2008 of 1 February)

Relationship of competency units that configure the certificate of professionalism:

UC0973_1: Enter data and texts into computer terminals under security, quality and efficiency conditions.

UC0974_1: Perform basic data and text processing operations, and documentation confection.

UC0971_1: Perform playback and file auxiliary operations on conventional or computer support.

General competition:

Perform data recording operations, as well as transcribe, reproduce and archive the required information and documentation in administrative and management tasks, in accordance with instructions, regulations and procedures established, in a coordinated manner and with criteria of quality, productivity, safety and respect for the environment.

Professional Environment:

Professional scope:

This professional develops his or her activity as an employee, in any company or entity in the private or public sector, mainly in offices, offices or administration departments.

Productive Sectors:

It is present in all the productive sectors, as well as in the Public Administration, highlighting for its high degree of transectoriality.

Occupations or related jobs:

4301.1025 Computer data-recorders/-recorders.

Office Auxiliary.

File Auxiliary.

Operator/Documentary.

Scanning Auxiliary.

Duration of the associated training: 440 hours.

Relationship of training modules and training units:

MF0973_1: (Cross) Data Recording (90 hours).

MF0974_1: Data processing, texts, and documentation (150 hours).

• UF0510: Word processors and basic information presentations (60 hours).

• UF0511: Basic data processing and spreadsheets (50 hours).

• UF0512: Transmission of information by conventional and computer media (40 hours).

MF0971_1: (Cross) Replay and File (120 hours).

• UF0513: Auxiliary file management on conventional or computer support (60 hours).

• UF0514: Auxiliary management of playback on conventional or computer support (60 hours).

MP0110: Non-work practices module of Data and Document Recording and Processing Operations. (80 hours)

II. PROFESSIONAL PROFILE OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM

Competition Unit 1

Denomination: Introduce data and texts in computer terminals in terms of security, quality and efficiency.

Level: 1.

Code: UC0973_1.

Professional realizations and realization criteria

RP1: Organize the professional performance according to the recording objectives and the guidelines received, integrating it into the working group and adapting the process to the safety and occupational health standards, for contribute to the creation of a climate of productive work and meet the objectives with efficiency.

CR1.1 Daily recording actions-previous, during and after-are organized in advance, confirming with the direct responsibility the instructions, procedures and responsibilities assigned, establishing maximum times according to the objectives to be met.

CR1.2 Professional performance is performed according to a shared responsibility criterion with the rest of the members of the working group, adjusting at all times to the parameters of professionalism, personal relationship and values ethics in the professional field, reflecting the image of the organization and meeting the criteria and quality guidelines established.

CR1.3 The documents that contain the data to be written are organized, arranged in an orderly manner in the workspace, using manual management file procedures.

CR1.4 The established maintenance and appropriate adjustments for proper operation of the computer terminals are carried out periodically following the protocols for each component of the equipment, disposing of the waste according to its nature.

CR1.5 The replenishment of the material resources of work and the assigned computer terminals is requested, whenever necessary, communicating to the direct person or persons indicated by him, the anomalies or needs detected.

CR1.6 The documents, tables, or other writings that contain the data to be copied, as well as the display screen, are placed in the position where the lighting system does not produce glare, oscillations, reflexes or shines.

CR1.7 The documents that contain the data to be written are located to the right or left of the monitor, depending on the direction of reading.

CR1.8 Lighting, air conditioning, acoustic conditioning, wiring, shapes, dimensions and regulations of furniture and the different parts of the seat are adapted according to the ergonomic safety standards and health to mitigate fatigue or other risks.

CR1.9 The working position in the data recording is maintained according to the appropriate health and safety conditions.

CR1.10 The performance of recording activities and their professional performance are reviewed, in reference to the coordination guidelines received and quality criteria, taking proactive behavior towards the correction of possible errors and improvements in own professional performance.

CR1.11 The possible improvements identified in the recording procedure or in your organization, communicate and/or propose to the direct responsible, explaining the possible benefits and, if any, difficulties.

RP2: Write data and texts quickly and accurately, following the instructions received and the ergonomic rules, to ensure correct recording in the shortest possible time.

CR2.1 The data and texts to be copied are recorded with speed and speed, demonstrating a high degree of skill and achieving a minimum speed of three hundred clicks per minute or the minimum required by the organization.

CR2.2 The procedures and typing techniques set in the recording are met with mastery and precision according to the procedures, reaching between three hundred and three hundred and twenty-five clicks per minute and one level a maximum error of five percent, on all types of data and texts, or other levels set by the organization.

CR2.3 The reading of the data or texts to be copied is done concurrently with the writing.

CR2.4 Voice dumps are recorded by adjusting the playback media to write speed, achieving a high degree of accuracy in recording the data.

CR2.5 The data tables are copied by following the structure of the data tables and using the procedure set according to the computer application used.

CR2.6 The routine actions identified on the keyboard-function keys, key combination, or other-are performed accurately and quickly, following the structure of the same with computer contextualization criteria.

CR2.7 The different characters of the computer terminal are located with agility and precision, minimizing the errors committed, not exceeding a five percent error level or the minimum required by the organization.

CR2.8 The position of the body, hands, and wrists for the recording are located, accurately complying with the standards of postural hygiene and ergonomics.

CR2.9 The security and confidentiality criteria of the information are rigorously respected.

RP3: Ensure the correction of the recorded data and texts, verifying them with the originals, highlighting the errors and correcting them by using orthographic and/or typing rules, in order to deliver to the recipient of a quality job.

CR3.1 The criteria set in the organization's quality manuals apply to the development of the job.

CR3.2 The recorded data and texts are verified, with immediacy and efficiency, by comparing character to character, and word to word, during and/or after the recording process, detecting the errors committed.

CR3.3 Detected typing errors are corrected during the development of recording, changing, overwriting, or deleting them as more efficient at any time.

CR3.4 The identification of errors and subsequent collation is performed on the document or copy thereof, using signs of correction of typing errors, ensuring the reliability and quality of the process.

CR3.5 The punctuation marks and word division at the end of the line are corrected, checking the correct expression and understanding of the written messages, introducing or modifying the ones that are timely, according to the rules set spelling.

CR3.6 The use of abbreviations and signs is verified by correcting according to the established spelling rules, if applicable.

CR3.7 The data and texts contained in the verified document or file are recorded according to the established procedure, preventing the non-verified information from being transferred accidentally.

CR3.8 The security and confidentiality criteria of the information are rigorously respected.

Professional Context

Production media

Local networks. Computer and office equipment, programs and applications: operating systems, text processors, databases, spreadsheets, antivirus, firewalls. Conventional archives, copiers, fax, computer and conventional media. Manual of work procedures. Manual or quality criteria for the organization.

Products and results

Data and texts recorded without inaccuracies, clean, organized and presented within the deadlines. Documentation correctly registered. Optimal use of computer equipment and resources. Optimal transmission of the company image. Compliance with internal and external standards to the organization. Integration of the activity itself into those of the working group. Results-oriented work activities. Productivity and efficiency.

Information used or generated

Guidelines, organization manual-organization regulations, organization quality plan, operational manuals, document issuance manuals, or others-of the use of computer equipment and applications, office. Data protection, electronic and labor security.

Competition Unit 2

Denomination: Perform basic data and text processing operations, and documentation confection.

Level: 1.

Code: UC0974_1.

Professional realizations and realization criteria

RP1: Treat documents from originals or drafts, using computer processing applications of texts or presentations, in order to adjust the formats rigorously, according to the instructions received and corporate image standards.

CR1.1 The information to be transcribed is checked, through the search tools, that is not saved in another document, file or location, avoiding duplication.

CR1.2 The document to be transcribed is created by naming it easily identifiable and classifiable, from templates available in its case, in the format and in the required place, and according to the instructions received, in order to quickly locate the user's terminal, network, or other.

CR1.3 Page formats are set, defining margins, dimensions, and orientation, headers and footers, columns, borders, shading, or others, and adjusting to the originals.

CR1.4 The formats and styles of the characters used in the document are adjusted to the original, defining the type, size and color of the letter, spaces between characters, style, special effects, or others.

CR1.5 The paragraph formats are suited to those of the original as to their alignment, indentation, numbering, bullets, interlinings, tabulations, edges, shading, or other characteristics of the paragraphs.

CR1.6 The illustrations of the documents-images, drawings, text boxes, graphics, mathematical expressions, diagrams or others-are inserted into the appropriate position, adjusting their characteristics to the originals and following the corporate image rules.

CR1.7 The correctness of the documents is checked through the available IT tools, modifying them, if any, according to the established procedure.

CR1.8 The printing of the documents is performed according to the established procedure and the protocols of the installed printers, assuring the quality in terms of distribution of the text, numbering, order and orientation of the pages, or other environmental impact criteria marked by the organization.

CR1.9 The security and confidentiality criteria of the information are rigorously respected.

RP2: Develop tables and charts according to the documentation provided, using spreadsheet or other computing applications, in order to obtain the expected results based on the instructions received.

CR2.1 Sheet formats are set based on the documentation provided and the instructions received.

CR2.2 The worksheets to be built are created, sorted with easily identifiable and classifiable names, and saved in the format and place-terminal of the user, network, or other-required.

CR2.3 The transcribed data is presented using the character, cell, and range formats, as well as the data types-text, numeric, date, time, or other-correctly, taking into account the object of the document.

CR2.4 The basic formulas and functions used in spreadsheets are used accurately, checking the results obtained.

CR2.5 The standard charts obtained, if any, are inserted with the format, color and a representative title, using the precise data ranges in order to display the spreadsheet data accurately, quickly and clear.

CR2.6 Data integrated into spreadsheets are organized by sorting and filtering them with the appropriate IT tools, ensuring their manageability.

CR2.7 The configuration of the pages and the print area is set through the appropriate utilities for later printing.

CR2.8 The security, confidentiality, and protection measures set by the organization are applied with rigor, setting the passwords and accurate access controls on convenient cells, sheets, and books.

RP3: Get the working documents through the available IT utilities, to transmit them to internal recipients effectively in the required format, quantity and quality, following the instructions received and respecting the environmental protection rules.

CR3.1 The criteria set in the organization's quality manuals apply to the development of the job.

CR3.2 Print options-number of pages, print order, pages per sheet, others-are configured according to the instructions received, respecting environmental protection rules.

CR3.3 Printing the contents of databases through tables or others is performed using the printing elements according to the instructions received.

CR3.4 The recovered and/or elaborated documentation is accurately printed through the corresponding computer applications or office equipment available, responding to request.

CR3.5 Required documents are provided in the format-extensions, reductions, other-, number, deadline, and procedure set.

CR3.6 The established maintenance and appropriate adjustments for proper performance of printing equipment are performed periodically following the protocols for each component of the equipment, disposing of the waste according to its nature.

CR3.7 The necessary clarifications regarding the doubts raised in the obtaining and transmission of documents, the necessary resources or, where appropriate, the replacement of the printing equipment are requested from the designated officials of Assertive manner, clearly and accurately expressing the reasons for the request and choosing the right time and conditions.

CR3.8 Effective interpersonal communication in the procurement and transmission of documents and information is performed, where appropriate, in a clear and concise manner, with assertiveness and respect towards others, ensuring the correction and understanding of the content and meaning of the communication.

CR3.9 The incidences arising in the development of the activity are faced by keeping an attentive listening, applying specific guidelines of control of their own emotions, requesting or contributing the necessary clarifications that facilitate your resolution.

CR3.10 The available internal computer messaging utilities are used in accordance with their usage manuals, transmitting the required documents, and securing their receipt.

CR3.11 The criteria for security, confidentiality and custody of the information obtained and transmitted are strictly adhered to, following, where appropriate, the instructions and procedures established by the organization.

Professional Context

Production media

Computer and office equipment, programs and applications: computer networks operating systems, text processors, databases, spreadsheets, presentation programs, antivirus, firewalls. Conventional archives, computer media, copiers, fax, printers, and office supplies. Manual of work procedures. Manual or quality criteria of the organization. The organization's communication channels.

Products and results

Information and documentation submitted correctly meeting delivery times. Documentation transcribed and presented in the absence of errors, neat and orderly. Updated and obtained information in databases. Optimal use of computer equipment and resources. Coded and restricted access information. Optimal transmission of the company image. Compliance with internal and external standards to the organization. Respect for the environment. Effective working relationships. Effective interpersonal communications in the work environment. Assertive professional behavior. Application of criteria of confidentiality, security and custody of documentation and information.

Information used or generated

Regulations concerning: Copyright, prevention of occupational risks, protection and conservation of the environment, data protection, electronic security, electronic administration. Manuals: style, internal procedure, use of computer equipment, office machines and computer applications. Information published on the network. Various publications: Official newsletters, specialist journals, statistical bulletins, others.

Competition Unit 3

Denomination: Perform auxiliary playback and file operations on conventional or computer support.

Level: 1.

Code: UC0971_1.

Professional realizations and realization criteria

RP1: Maintain in optimal operating conditions the equipment and resources of reproduction and file, detecting and subhealing the incidents or managing their repair, according to the indications of the manuals and instructions received, in order to promote the normal functioning of the office.

CR1.1 Reproduction equipment-photocopiers, scanners, multifunction printers, players, others-are reviewed periodically, checking all indicators and identifying possible incidents according to the usage manuals.

CR1.2 Reproduction equipment is maintained in operational conditions, systematically reviewing it, replacing consumables-paper, toner or ink cartridges, others-and cleaning the glasses or lenses, if necessary.

CR1.3 The consumables that are sold out are requested with sufficient time, through established procedures and times.

CR1.4 The operating errors of the playback equipment are remedied, if appropriate, by identifying the faults and following the instructions given in the use manuals, or by managing their repair.

CR1.5 Deficiencies in file resources-archives, folders, separators, or others-are detected, notifying the incident to the person responsible for their healing.

CR1.6 Failures in teams that exceed their responsibility are communicated to the supplier organizations in accordance with the established procedure, verifying their timely solution.

CR1.7 The consumables that are sold out are requested with sufficient time, through established procedures and times.

RP2: Archive and access documentation, in conventional or digital support, by entering the precise codes and respecting the procedures of the organization and the instructions received, so that a search is allowed fast.

CR2.1 File support is selected based on the frequency of query or utilization and according to the instructions received.

CR2.2 Documents to be archived in conventional or digital support are grouped by differentiating them by their content and the classification characteristics set by the organization.

CR2.3 The classification criterion of the documentation is identified according to the instructions received by the superior.

CR2.4 The documents are sorted by applying the classification criteria of the organization or the one assigned by the top.

CR2.5 The codes are entered by being mapped, according to the order set by the document or information type.

CR2.6 The documents and information to be archived are located in the archive, using with correction the available means and applying the established criteria that guarantee the conservation and access effectively and efficiently.

CR2.7 Documents and access information restricted or confidential, are protected in accordance with established procedures, with accurate indicators.

CR2.8 The information archived in conventional support, is delivered by following the instructions received and respecting the internal procedures and regulations in force.

CR2.9 Loans or requests for documentation, distribution, or other actions on archived documents are performed in accordance with established internal procedures or rules.

CR2.10 The criteria for security, confidentiality and access to archived information are strictly adhered to, following, where applicable, the instructions and procedures established by the organization.

RP3: Transfer and expunge the archived documents conventionally or electronically in accordance with the rules and deadlines and the instructions received, to keep the file system up to date and operational.

CR3.1 The documentation to be transferred or expunge is precisely located in the physical files, through the search and placement instruments, if any.

CR3.2 The documents to expunge are grouped according to the type of information they contain -confidential or other.

CR3.3 Conventional or computer documents are expunging, destroying them with appropriate equipment or procedures, according to the type of information they contain and following the instructions and deadlines received.

CR3.4 The removal and destruction of information and documentation is verified, following established procedures and with electronic or conventional means at your disposal.

CR3.5 The physical or computer documents or files are transferred from the source places to the destination, following the instructions received and in accordance with the current regulations.

CR3.6 The criteria for security, confidentiality and access to archived information are strictly adhered to, following, where appropriate, the instructions and procedures established by the organization.

RP4: Update and extract different types of information, using computer applications from databases or others, according to the established rules and the instructions received, to display and consult the information stored, and provide it to anyone who requests it.

CR4.1 The contents of the databases are organized by ordering and classifying them according to the instructions received and based on the information to be presented.

CR4.2 Database queries are performed with precise criteria, according to the instructions received and based on the information to be presented.

CR4.3 Database backups are made through the tools available at the end of the operations run.

CR4.4 Updating and removing records from databases are performed, accurately applying cascading actions, checking that there is pre-modification backup.

CR4.5 The databases are protected using the tools available, observing the different levels of security offered by the IT application and those other than the internal and external regulations, checking that it has been performed with the required security.

CR4.6 The criteria of security, confidentiality and custody, of the information used or generated, are strictly respected, following, where appropriate, the instructions and procedures established by the organization.

RP5: Obtain the necessary copies of the working documents in conventional or computer support, in the quantity and quality required by the characteristics of the document itself, and according to the instructions received, respecting the environmental protection rules.

CR5.1 The parameters related to the information to be copied-size, location, color, photographs, or others-are accurately identified, according to the instructions and manuals of use of the reprographic tools, prior to your copy.

CR5.2 Existing reprographics-photocopiers, scanners, recorders or others-are used precisely, according to the instructions received, the use manuals, and using environmental impact criteria.

CR5.3 Copies are provided in the format-extensions, reductions, copies to two faces, other, order, number and time required, and applying sustainability criteria.

CR5.4 The criteria of security, confidentiality and access to the information obtained are strictly respected, following, where appropriate, the instructions and procedures established by the organization.

CR5.5 The rules for the prevention of risks in the use of reprographic equipment are respected using the necessary protective equipment, showing awareness of the consequences of their non-use.

RP6: Perform basic functional binding tasks-stapled, wading, others-ensuring the correct arrangement and arrangement of the document, using the most appropriate formats and according to the instructions received.

CR6.1 The established maintenance and appropriate adjustments, for proper operation of the binding and shearing equipment, are performed periodically, following the protocols for each component of the equipment, discarded the waste in accordance with its existing nature and regulations.

CR6.2 The materials required for binding are prepared according to the type and size of the document to be bound, or the instructions received.

CR6.3 The documentation is organized, ordering it according to the established criteria and the correct use of the available means.

CR6.4 The dimensions of the supports used in the binding are modified according to the instructions received, using the available tools with precision and security-shears or other tools.

CR6.5 The materials from the covers of the documents to be bound are chosen according to the manuals of use and the orders received.

CR6.6 The documentation is bound-encumped, stapled, spiralled, ringed, or other forms of basic binding-depending on the characteristics of the document and in accordance with the instructions received.

CR6.7 The bound document is checked to meet the quality criteria set by the top and the organization.

RP7: Scanning or reproducing the appropriate documents in digital format, ensuring the highest quality of the documents according to the manuals and instructions received, in order to preserve them and file them.

CR7.1 The documents to be scanned are checked that they have not been previously digitized, to avoid duplication.

CR7.2 The basic structure of folders that will contain the new documents is accurately identified for the correct location of the documents and their subsequent recovery.

CR7.3 The printed document type is identified, in terms of its characteristics-color, images, photographs-determining the format to be scanned more precisely, according to the instructions received.

CR7.4 The scanned document is named according to the defined naming rules, referencing it, if any, according to the established fields of the document.

CR7.5 The scanned document is stored in the corresponding folder accurately, according to the instructions received or established procedures, associating, if any, other related documents for your quick Rear location.

CR7.6 The generated electronic documents are checked, verifying that the quality is not less than the documents that originated them, that are complete, readable in all parts, and contains the consecutive pages.

CR7.7 The incidences detected in the scanning process or in the electronic document produced, are subsated or communicated to the superior, ensuring the optimal quality of the final product obtained.

Professional Context

Production media

Local networks. Computer and office equipment, programs and applications: operating systems, text processors, databases, scanning software, antivirus, firewall. Conventional archives, computer and conventional media. Reprographic equipment: photocopiers, scanners, recorders, multicopetracks, others. Assembly table. Materials and useful printing, reproduction and functional binding: paper, cardboard, cantills, others. Shears. Drillers.

Products and results

Information available in an organized and structured manner to facilitate your recovery. Documentation and information correctly registered, archived and protected. Photocopies, recording of information on different media, documents scanned in full mode, with image quality not inferior to the original document. Bound documents-encumbed, stapled, spiralled, ringed or other. Optimal use of computer equipment and resources. Coded and restricted access information. Optimal transmission of the company image. Compliance with internal and external standards to the organization. Implementation of sustainability standards.

Information used or generated

Guidelines, organization procedure manuals-organization regulations, organization quality criteria, operational manuals, file, communication emission and documents, or other-, style manuals, use of computer equipment and applications, of office equipment. Data protection, security and electronic and work access. Company's own documentation: reports, offers, presentations, or others. Manuals for: internal procedure, style manuals, use of computer equipment and applications, office equipment. Documents to be digitized-copies or originals. Information digitisation formats. Catalogs and user guides.

III. TRAINING OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM

FORMATIVE MODULE 1

Naming: Data Recording.

Code: MF0973_1.

Professional qualification level: 1.

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC0973_1 Enter data and texts into computer terminals under security, quality and efficiency conditions.

Duration: 90 hours.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Dispose the different material elements and workspaces by applying resource optimization criteria, quality, safety, and health standards in data recording processes on computer terminals.

CE1.1 Identify different resource optimization factors-time planning, organization, cleanup, or others.

CE1.2 Identify the resources and procedures for adapting the different materials and environmental elements that mitigate fatigue or other safety and health risks.

CE1.3 Identify the criteria necessary for the organization of the resources.

CE1.4 Precise the elements, tools, and spaces required for data recording on computer terminals.

CE1.5 Describe the correct positions to be maintained by the professional in the recording of data, complying with the safety and health and postural hygiene regulations.

CE1.6 Explain what the ergonomic position is in the data recording.

CE1.7 In conveniently characterized simulation scenarios of the data recording activity:

-Schedule the activities necessary for data recording development, adjusting the time required for the fulfillment of previously marked targets.

-Precise the order in which the various documents are arranged to record and verify them.

-Identify necessary modifications in environmental ergonomics to mitigate risks in data recording.

-Explain the positive and negative consequences of adopting a correct position in data recording.

C2: Identify the criteria for professional performance in the data recording activity, that allow integration and cooperation in groups contributing to create a climate of productive work, according to an ethics personal and professional defined.

CE2.1 Describe the main functions to perform in type data recording work groups, specifying the functional and hierarchical relationships that they entail.

CE2.2 Define team work in a type data recording group by identifying possible strategies or forms of work.

CE2.3 Justify the ethical-personal values that determine professionalism, as well as its importance in the integration and active participation in a data recording work team.

CE2.4 Define quality criteria in data recording activity by identifying indicators that affect your own professional performance.

CE2.5 In conveniently characterized simulation scenarios, in which specific roles of a type data recording task force are proposed, concrete instructions and different work patterns given by a Supposed coordinator:

-Specify the objective and fundamental content of the work instructions.

-Identify the recording activities and roles to be performed by each member of the work group.

-Describe the basic personal action guidelines for the integration in the working group, in terms of the personal attitude towards the work and the rest of the members.

-Identify the defined coordination guidelines and the people with whom to coordinate in performing the assigned recording tasks.

-Precise the degree of autonomy of each member of the group in performing the recording activities.

-Describe the quality criteria that should guide your own professional performance.

-Identify personal and professional ethical values, as well as possible errors and needs for improvement in their own professional performance, evidenced in the simulation.

C3: Apply typing techniques on an extended keyboard, with precision, speed and quality of writing to the touch through specific computer applications.

CE3.1 Identify the composition and structure of an extended keyboard.

CE3.2 Properly Precise the computing terminal's commissioning functions.

CE3.3 Explain the typing technique, setting the differences between the different forms of keyboard configuration.

CE3.4 Define precisely the operation of the auxiliary keys: Shift, orthographic, numeric, interrogative, and admiring, tab, or other.

CE3.5 Transcribir proposed complex texts-formulas, jergas, languages, galimatias, or others-notes taken to dictation, voice dump, recordings or other supports, with speed, precision and perfect keyboard handling extended.

CE3.6 Identify the components and functions of the playback media required for the recording of dictation.

CE3.7 In case of properly characterized, copy or dictation of various complex texts:

-accurately use the dominant line, the lower lines, and the top lines.

-accurately use keyboard function characters.

-Quickly and accurately use the auxiliary keys.

-Record dictation accurately to speed up speed attainment.

-Develop a sufficient skill to reach between three hundred and three hundred and twenty-five pulsations per minute with a maximum error level of five percent on data in own or foreign languages.

-Justify the importance of body posture to the keyboard-position of the arms, wrists and hands-to acquire speed and prevent health risks.

C4: Record table data by applying typing techniques on a numeric keypad, with precision, speed, and quality of writing to the touch through specific computer applications.

CE4.1 Identify the composition and structure of a numeric keypad.

CE4.2 Properly Precise the starting functions of the computer terminal.

CE4.3 Explain the typing technique and the differences in the numeric keypad configuration.

CE4.4 Transcribir numerical data tables with speed, precision, and perfect handling of the numeric keypad.

CE4.5 Properly describe placement to the keyboard: Position of the body, arms, wrists, and hands.

CE4.6 In properly characterized case studies, copying multiple complex tables of numeric data into different computer applications:

-accurately use the dominant line, the lower lines, and the top lines.

-Using the auxiliary keys.

-Develop sufficient skill to not exceed a five percent error level.

C5: Modify the errors located in the data recording by resalting them and changing them by using document collation, spelling rules, typing, and in accordance with standardized quality standards.

CE5.1 Describe all the activities required for data verification and explain the logical sequence of operations.

CE5.2 Explain the basic elements and resources of locating and modifying typing errors.

CE5.3 Identify the tools available for correction of typing errors during recording development.

CE5.4 Identify standardized typing error correction signs.

CE5.5 Explain the spelling rules, as well as the word division at the end of the line.

CE5.6 Identify the most appropriate means, procedures, and criteria in the record of the documentation to be written.

CE5.7 In practical cases of simulation that are sufficiently characterized, related to the collation and verification of documents originating from the recording of data:

-Check that the document playback matches the original written or voice dump.

-Locate spelling or typing errors, using the document collation technique, through the text processing tools.

-Precise write errors, by using typing or spelling error correction signs, in the document itself or in the document itself.

-To immediately modify detected errors and efficiency.

-Register the document, once corrected, through the available computer media or documentaries.

-Explain concepts and describe the quality standards applicable to data recording jobs on computer terminals.

-Explain the consequences of documentation control on the data recording functions themselves, and their impact on the achievement of the organization's own goals and objectives.

-Explain the consequences of the confidentiality of the data to be recorded and its possible personal impact and for the image of the organizations.

Contents

1. Organization and maintenance of the workstation and the computer terminals in the data recording process.

-Schedule in the data recording process:

▫ The workspaces.

▫ The tools to use in the process.

▫ The activities to perform.

▫ The goals to be met.

-Organization of the activity time, work area, and documents to be written: optimization techniques, resources, and organization criteria.

-Programming of the data write activity.

-Maintenance and replacement of computer terminals and resources or materials.

-Body Posture to the computer terminal:

▫ Prevention of postural vices and tensions.

▫ Position of the arms, wrists, and hands.

-Mitigation of labour risks arising from data recording: ergonomie adaptation of tools and workspaces.

-Current safety, health and post-ural hygiene regulations.

2. Personal and professional performance in the data recording activity workbench

-Organization of work in data recording activity on computer terminals:

▫ Functions and instructions, objectives, shapes.

▫ Take action, attitude, and personal autonomy and in the group.

-Application of the concept of work in the team within the data recording activity in computer terminals: the team spirit and the synergy.

-Identifying professional performance parameters in the data recording activity:

▫ Organization quality indicators.

▫ Integration of professional habits.

▫ Work procedures that are subject to work health and safety standards.

▫ Coordination.

▫ The results orientation.

▫ Need for improvements and others.

-Characterization of professionalism: personal and professional ethics in the working environment.

3. Application of typing techniques on extended keyboards of computer terminals.

-Operating the extended keyboard of a computer terminal:

▫ Commissioning and configuration.

▫ Composition and extended keyboard structure.

▫ Auxiliary, function, and cursor movement keys.

▫ Key combination in text editing.

-Typing technique:

▫ Write-read Concurrency.

▫ Placing your fingers, hands, and wrists.

▫ Top, bottom, and dominant rows.

▫ Body position to the terminal.

-Developing skills on an extended speed and precision keyboard.

-Transscription of complex texts, data tables, voice dumps, recordings, and others.

-Application of postural and ergonomic hygiene rules to the keyboard of a computer terminal.

4. Application of typing techniques on numeric keyboards of computer terminals.

-Operating the numeric keypad of a computer terminal:

▫ Commissioning and configuration.

▫ Composition and structure.

▫ Function and cursor movement keys.

▫ Key combination in editing numeric data.

-Typing technique:

▫ Write-read Concurrency.

▫ Placing your fingers, hands, and wrists.

▫ Body position to the terminal.

-Developing skills on a numeric speed and precision keyboard.

-Transscription of complex data and numeric data tables in general.

5. Use of techniques for correction and assurance of results.

-Error correcting process:

▫ Data verification.

▫ Localization of errors and their correction with appropriate tools.

-Application in the process of correcting:

▫ grammatical, spelling, and typing rules.

▫ grammatical rules and techniques, and building sentences.

▫ Scores of punctuation. Word division.

-Knowledge of the type of acronyms and abbreviations. Using uppercase.

-Record the documentation to write to appropriate media.

-Quality motivation: ways to ensure and organize quality improvement.

-Ensuring the confidentiality of information and achievement of objectives.

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Module	Number of total hours of the module	Maximum hours Distance-
Formative Module-MF0973_1	90	85

FORMATIVE MODULE 2

Denomination: Data processing, texts, and documentation.

Code: MF0974_1.

Professional qualification level: 1.

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC0974_1 Perform basic data and text processing operations, and documentation confection.

Duration: 150 hours.

FORMATIVE UNIT 1

Denomination: Word processors and basic information presentations.

Code: UF0510.

Duration: 60 hours.

Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Use the basic functions of the word processor, with dexterity in the transcription of simple and elementary documents, obtaining exact copies, and inserting objects.

CE1.1 Identify basic functions, capabilities, and simple procedures for word processors and autoedit.

CE1.2 Identify the application interface by recognizing the usefulness of each of its parts.

CE1.3 Distinguished the different forms of saving a document and correct file locations.

CE1.4 Recognize the different travel options, selections, and operations with the text in the document.

CE1.5 Identify the capabilities of the program to improve the appearance of text.

CE1.6 Explain the process of creating simple tables and the method of writing and scrolling within them.

CE1.7 Identify the spelling correctors of the application.

CE1.8. Recognize the options that the application offers for the creation of individual envelopes and labels.

CE1.9 Recognize that documents are fit for printing, respecting environmental standards of paper and energy savings.

CE1.10 Identify functions and utilities that ensure the security, integrity, and confidentiality of information.

CE1.11 In practical cases sufficiently characterized for document transcription using the word processor:

-Open and close text processors.

-Use the displacements, selections, and operations with the text written in the document

-Save documents in the format and address provided, naming them significantly for later access.

-Configure the different pages of the document by using the original or proposed indications-margins, dimensions and orientation, headers and footers, columns, borders, shading, or others.

-Transcribate the documents accurately and with the appropriate skill, applying the formats and styles of text, tables indicated, or on the predefined templates.

-Correct errors committed when reusing or entering information.

-Locate possible inaccuracies when entering and manipulating data with the computer system, either manually or with the help of some delivery of the application itself-spell check or other.

-Integrate simple objects into the appropriate text, place, and form.

-Configure the different print options based on the information provided.

-Make the printing of the documents transcribed.

-Configure individual envelopes and labels for later printing.

-Use the functions and utilities of the word processor to ensure the security, integrity and confidentiality of the information according to the indications received.

C2: Use the necessary basic functions of graphical presentation applications, by introducing and updating data in simple documentation and information presentations.

CE2.1 Identify the basic utilities of a graphical presentation program by describing their functions.

CE2.2 Defer graphical presentation applications based on final results.

CE2.3 Identify the application interface by recognizing the usefulness of each of its parts.

CE2.4 Distinguished the different ways of saving a graphical presentation and correct file locations

CE2.5 Recognize the different travel options, selections, and operations with the objects in the presentation.

CE2.6 Identify the possibilities offered by the program to improve the appearance of the presentation.

CE2.7. Identify the different parts of simple charts for improvement using the tools that the application offers.

CE2.8 Identify the spelling correctors for the application.

CE2.9. Recognize that the slides are ready for printing, respecting the environmental standards of paper and energy saving

CE2.10 In properly characterized case studies, in which documentation is required:

-Save presentations in the format and address provided, naming them significantly for later access.

-Use the most appropriate format for each type of information for your final presentation.

-Introduce and modify data in presentations that match the information provided.

-Modify and remove presentations with accuracy and dexterity.

-Enter and modify charts and other contributed objects.

-Correct errors committed when entering or reusing information.

-Perform improvement operations on simple charts

-Locate the errors and inaccuracies produced in the presentations, proposing different alternatives.

-Print the presentations by configuring the different options based on the information provided.

-Use the functions and utilities of graphical presentation applications that ensure the security, integrity, and confidentiality of the information according to the instructions received.

Contents

1. The application of text processing.

-Input and output of the program.

-Description of the screen. (Interface).

-Document window.

-Top tool bars

-The help.

-Application files.

-File operations.

-Creating a new document.

-Opening an existing document.

-Save changes to a document.

-Duplicate a document with save as.

-Close a document.

-Cursor offset, introduction, selection, and operations with text.

-Insert Text Mode.

-Overwrite mode.

-Deleted a character.

-Cursor offset.

-Different ways to select text.

-Copy and paste options.

-Use and particularities of the clipboard.

-Inserting special characters (symbols, non-separation space).

-Insert date and time.

-Undo and Redo the latest changes.

2. Configuring, viewing, and printing documents on different media.

-Page Setup.

▫ Margins.

▫ Page Orientation.

▫ Paper size.

▫ Page Layout.

▫ Using the rule to change margins.

-Viewing the document.

▫ Zoom.

▫ Preview.

-Headers and footers. Creating, removing, modifying, and options.

-Printing documents.

▫ Paper formats.

▫ Print (options when printing).

-Creating individual envelopes and labels

▫ Selecting label and envelope models.

▫ Print options.

3. Using the different possibilities to improve the appearance of the text.

-Source.

▫ Type, style, size, color, underscore, and source effects.

▫ Change case to lowercase

▫ Quick keys associated with these operations.

-Paragraph.

▫ Paragraph alignment.

▫ Using different types of indents from the menu and from the rule.

▫ Paragraph and line spacing.

▫ Quick keys associated with these operations.

-Borders and Shading.

▫ Paragraph and text borders.

▫ Paragraph and text Sombreate.

▫ Quick keys associated with these operations.

-Lists numbered and bulleted lists.

-Tabulations.

▫ Using tabs.

-Inserting of newspaper columns.

-Correcting text with spelling and grammar tools.

▫ Correction once written, with context menu (right button).

▫ grammatical correction (from menu tools).

4. Creating simple tables, using, and handling.

-Insertion or creation.

-Edit.

-Displacements.

-Selection of cells, rows, columns, table.

-Modifying the size of rows and columns.

5. Design, organization, and file of graphical presentations.

-The corporate image of a company.

▫ Importance.

▫ Respect for organization style rules.

-Organization and file of presentations.

▫ Confidentiality of information.

-Delivery of the work done.

-Creation.

-Recording.

-Opening.

-Execution.

-Closed.

-Screen structure (Interface).

-Slides.

▫ Insertion.

▫ Removal.

▫ Replication.

▫ Sorting.

▫ Creating the background.

-Print slides on different media.

▫ Page Setup.

▫ headers, feet, and numbering.

▫ Configuring the different print formats.

▫ Print options.

6. Objects.

-Selection.

-Offset.

-Remove.

-Modifying the size.

-Duplicate.

-Relocation.

-Alignment and distribution within the slide.

-Work with texts.

▫ Insertion of text (from the slide, from the layout of the presentation).

▫ Modifying the text format.

▫ Alignment.

▫ Lists numbered.

▫ Bullets.

▫ Styles.

-Drawings.

▫ Lines.

▫ Rectangus and squares.

▫ Circles and ellipses.

▫ Autoforms.

▫ Shadows and 3D.

-Images.

▫ Predesigned and inserted.

-Graphics.

▫ Creation and modification.

-Word Art or artistic text.

FORMATIVE UNIT 2

Denomination: Basic data processing and spreadsheets.

Code: UF0511.

Duration: 50 hours.

Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP2.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Use the elementary functions of the spreadsheet, working out simple sheets and charts.

CE1.1 Identify the basic functions, capabilities, and simple procedures of the spreadsheet.

CE1.2 Identify the application interface by recognizing the usefulness of each of its parts.

CE1.3 Save books, respecting originals and correct file locations.

CE1.4 Recognize the different travel, selection, and data entry options in the spreadsheet.

CE1.5 Identify the possibilities offered by the program to improve the appearance of the spreadsheet.

CE1.6 Defer the use of the different formats that are given in a spreadsheet computing application.

CE1.7 Identify the spelling correctors of the application.

CE1.8 Identify the structure required to create basic formulas and functions.

CE1.9 Distinguished the elements that make up the different types of graphical representation.

CE1.10 Distinguished the different data sorting and filtering criteria.

CE1.11 Recognize that spreadsheets are fit for printing, respecting the environmental standards of paper and energy savings.

CE1.12 In sufficiently characterized case studies, using spreadsheets:

-Open and close spreadsheets.

-Group spreadsheets by the contents of your data in books.

-Save the spreadsheet in the format and address provided, naming them significantly for later access.

-Use the appropriate formats to the type of information provided.

-Apply simple formulas and functions in the cells, checking their operation and the expected result.

-Confect simple charts from cell ranges in the spreadsheet, opting for the appropriate format, according to the activity to be developed.

-Sort and filter the data included in a spreadsheet by applying the required criteria.

-Configure the different print options based on the information provided.

-Use the functions and utilities of the spreadsheet to ensure the security, integrity, and confidentiality of the information according to the instructions received.

Contents

1. The spreadsheet application.

-Input and output.

-Screen description (Interface).

-Application help.

-Display options (zoom, views, quiesce of zones in the spreadsheet).

-Displacements.

▫ Using keyboard.

▫ Using mouse.

▫ Large offsets.

▫ Scroll bars.

-Introduction of data.

-Data types:

▫ Numeric.

▫ Alphanumeric.

▫ Date/Time.

▫ Formulas.

▫ Functions.

-Storage and retrieval of a book.

▫ Opening an existing book.

▫ Saved from changes made.

▫ Creating a duplicate.

▫ Closed.

2. Editing and modifying data.

-Selecting:

▫ Ranges.

▫ Columns.

▫ Rows.

▫ Sheets.

-Modification of data.

▫ Editing the contents of a cell.

▫ Deleted the contents of a cell or range of cells.

▫ Using the spell checker.

▫ Use of search and replacement utilities.

-Modification of the appearance.

▫ Cell format.

▫ Width and high of columns and rows.

▫ By hiding and showing columns, rows, or spreadsheets.

▫ Spreadsheet format.

▫ Changing the name of a spreadsheet.

▫ Conditional formats.

-Autoformats or predefined styles.

-Insert and Remove:

▫ Cells.

▫ Rows.

▫ Columns.

▫ Sheets ce calculation.

-Coping or relocating:

▫ Cells or cell ranges.

▫ Spreadsheets.

-Range operations.

▫ Quick Fill.

▫ Selection of multiple ranges.

▫ Range names.

3. Basic formulas and functions.

-Operators and priority.

-Writing basic formulas.

-Copy of formulas.

-Relative, absolute, and mixed references.

-Predefined elementary math functions in the spreadsheet application.

-Rules for using the predefined functions.

-Using the most common elementary functions.

-Using the function wizard.

4. Insertion of elementary charts.

-Core core elements.

-Creation.

-Modification.

-Deleted.

5. Printing, sorting, filtering, and basic protection of sheets and books.

-Print areas.

-Print specifications.

-Page Setup.

▫ Margins.

▫ Guidance.

▫ headers and footers and page numbering.

-Preview.

-Print Formas.

-Printer configuration.

-Data list sorting, by one or more fields.

-Using Filters.

-Protecting a spreadsheet.

-Protection of a book.

FORMATIVE UNIT 3

Denomination: Transmission of information by conventional and computer media.

Code: UF0512.

Duration: 40 hours.

Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP 3.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Solve elementary contingencies for disconnection of computer equipment under security conditions.

CE1.1 Explain the basic functions of computer equipment through the manuals and user guides of the available equipment.

CE1.2 Identify the main components of computer equipment and its peripherals.

CE1.3 Identify the basic causes of a malfunction in a computer.

CE1.4 Describe the professional risks arising from the connection and disconnection of the computer equipment, and its protective equipment.

CE1.5 Take the commitment to care for equipment, in the elementary maintenance processes of computer equipment, avoiding unnecessary costs and costs.

CE1.6 In convenient simulation scenarios, where different elements of the computer equipment are provided:

-Detect the disconnected element based on the indicated failure.

-Adjust the connectors involved based on the terminal type, connected or disconnected, resolving the observed contingencies.

-Meet the security measures required to perform connection or disconnect operations in secure mode.

-Use the risk protection teams according to the connectors and terminals involved.

C2: Apply internal document transmission procedures in organizations through personal delivery and IT messaging utilities.

CE2.1 Identify different internal transmission procedures for documentation in organizations.

CE2.2 Explain the advantages of effective listening in professional performance and the use of the assertiveness techniques applicable to the receipt of instructions and the personal delivery of documents.

CE2.3 To differentiate personal and professional strategies and attitudes appropriate for the clarification and resolution of incidents in the personal delivery of documents.

CE2.4 Rate the importance of the documentation delivery within the set time, procedure, and format.

CE2.5 Explain the structure and functions of the internal IT messaging utilities, differentiating the different delivery options in relation to the importance, security and urgency of the document.

CE2.6 Value the importance of the application of the principles of security and confidentiality in the transmission and delivery of documents.

CE2.7 In simulation scenarios, where information is provided, with a view to the transmission of work documents through personal delivery and given instructions:

-Interpret the content of the work instructions by identifying the recipient, the deadline, and the criteria and delivery format of the documents.

-Apply effective listening skills at the receipt of instructions.

-Apply personal and professional performance guidelines in the delivery of the required documentation.

-Check that the documents are directed to the recipient and that the delivery is made in time.

-Check that the identity of the person to whom the documents are delivered corresponds to the recipient or authorized person according to the procedure.

-Apply, where appropriate, the appropriate techniques and attitude for the clarification and resolution of incidents in the delivery of the documentation.

-Set the security criteria in the documentation delivery.

-Evaluate the simulations identifying the personal and professional ethical values evidenced as well as the possibilities of improvement in the personal and professional performance of the interveners.

CE2.8 In practical scenarios where information is provided that is properly characterized in the transmission of working documents through internal IT messaging utilities, following working instructions set:

-Interpret the content of the work instructions by identifying the recipient, the deadline, and the criteria and delivery format of the documents.

-Attach the document or documents using the search and selection specific options.

-Send the message by checking that the document has been attached and is required, giving you the importance, urgency, receipt check, or other, with the corresponding commands, as instructed.

-Check that the message and documentation have been received by the recipient through the internal messaging utilities, as instructed.

-Set the security criteria in the documentation delivery.

Contents

1. Connection and operational operation of computer equipment

-Hardware.

-Typology and classifications.

-The computer. Types.

-Basic architecture of a computer.

-Components: Central Processing Unit (CPU), central memory, and memory types.

-Peripherals: Input and output devices, storage devices, and multimedia devices.

-Detection and resolution of faults in peripheral devices.

-Security rules in connection/disconnection of computer equipment.

2. Personal internal transmission of documentation.

-The active listening attitude in receiving work instructions.

▫ Basic principles of oral communication.

▫ Communication types (interpersonal, bulk, and organizational).

▫ Feed-back up and down in communication.

▫ Elements that accompany oral communication.

▫ Effective communication in interpretation of work instructions.

-Incidents in the transmission.

-Protocol.

▫ Receiving.

▫ Resolution.

▫ Communication of the resolution.

-Positive attitude in conflict resolution.

-Delivery of the documentation.

▫ Rules.

▫ Recipient.

▫ Pashes.

▫ Procedures.

▫ Set delivery formats.

3. Computerised internal transmission of documents.

-Operation.

-Types (Email and local network).

-Email managers.

▫ Windows.

▫ Writing and sending a message (setting priorities, attaching files).

▫ Read the mail.

▫ Mail response.

▫ Message Organization.

▫ Mail printing.

▫ Address Book.

▫ Message filtering.

-Intranet.

▫ Usage and handling.

▫ Document location for delivery or delivery by performing the basic operations of Open, Copy, Save, Remove, Move, and Create.

4. Security rules that ensure confidentiality in the transmission.

-Managing information security.

-Organization security policy.

-Identification and classification of assets to be protected.

-Personal responsibility for doctored documents.

▫ Confidentiality of the data processed.

▫ Rigourosity in the treated data.

▫ Use of data uniquely.

▫ Response and responsibility for errors or violations committed in data manipulation.

-Physical security.

-Authentication.

▫ Checking the identity of a user.

▫ Warranty on the data source.

▫ Use of digital certification and electronic signature.

-Confidentiality.

-Integrity.

▫ Data Validity modified or removed.

-Protection of information media and backup copies.

-Incident management and logging.

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Training Units

formative Unit 2-UF0511

Number of total hours of the training units	N. 60
	60	60	60		50
50	40
	40	30

Sequence:

The training units for this module can be programmed independently.

FORMATIVE MODULE 3

Naming: Playback and File.

Code: MF0971_1.

Professional qualification level: 1.

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC0971_1 Perform playback and file auxiliary operations on conventional or computer support.

Duration: 120 hours.

FORMATIVE UNIT 1

Naming: Auxiliary file management on conventional or computer support.

Code: UF0513.

Duration: 60 hours.

Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP2, RP3, and RP4.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Use the basic functions of common operating systems in the management and search of folders and files.

CE1.1 Identify the basic functions of an operating system in a network environment.

CE1.2 Determine the organization principles of operating systems through the different files and folders that integrate them, using schemas based on their hierarchy.

CE1.3 Differentiate between the own file management applications of an operating system and the other applications that are included within it.

CE1.4 Explain the fundamental operating system capabilities that enable you to search, archive, and maintain the security, integrity, and confidentiality of your information.

CE1.5 Distinguished the basic functions of operating systems in file and folder management.

CE1.6 In a convenient, convenient scenario, operating system utilization:

-Create folders by identifying them with a name that allows their location and recovery.

-Change the name of a folder according to the received indications.

-Select the files and documents that contain the folders using the appropriate keys if needed.

-Make copies and moves of files, documents, and/or folders to other locations.

-Set file passwords.

-Quickly and accurately search for files and/or folders according to the criteria set.

-Back up files and documents.

-Remove folders and files.

C2: Apply basic and common file and classification techniques in the encoding and organization of type administrative documentation, using physical or computer files.

CE2.1 Identify the different conventional file systems, sorting and sorting.

CE2.2 Describe the various coding techniques in document organization.

CE2.3 Identify the capabilities of a computer application that backs up.

CE2.4 Distinguished between the different criteria of homogeneity and operability of the files.

CE2.5 Different protection and security measures in different document types.

CE2.6 In a convenient, convenient scenario, in which type documentation is provided:

-Identify the different file supports based on the frequency of query or utilization of the documentation provided.

-Classify documents based on the type of company and frequency of use.

-Apply the file classification rules: Alfabetic, numeric, alphanumeric, or other.

-physically organize the documentation in the proposed file.

-Use software to store and locate documents in an organized and accessible way.

CE2.7 In a convenient, convenient scenario, you specify the tasks to be developed and the available file system:

-Apply file administrative processes-classification, encoding, prefile, file-managing and organizing documentation into physical files on paper or through computer procedures.

-Apply the control processes and follow up of documents provided by completing the corresponding forms.

CE2.8 Use antivirus programs periodically, keeping them updated to ensure the security of archived documentation.

C3: Use the basic techniques of access, delivery, transfer, and removal of documents and files, depending on the different levels of access, conservation, and validity.

CE3.1 Identify the processes for delivering, transferring, and removing documents and files.

CE3.2 Precise file access tools, according to different environmental circumstances.

CE3.3 Different file and document transfer and removal resources.

CE3.4 Determine the criteria that ensure the security and confidentiality of the documentation.

CE3.5 In a convenient simulation scenario, conveniently characterized, access, conservation and surveillance of a file system:

-Describe mechanics for document control.

-Perform document transfer according to a proposed transfer plan.

-Remove files, documents, and backups from them according to the media provided.

-Identify the documentation of the files according to their treatment: Management files, intermediate and historical.

-Relate the applicable conservation criteria according to the document type.

C4: Use the basic functions of required databases, by entering, ordering, querying, and presenting information in an up-to-date manner.

CE4.1 Identify the basic functions of a database.

CE4.2 Distinguished the different objects in a database in terms of its features and utilities.

CE4.3 Recognize the different travel, selection, and data entry options on the different objects in the database without error.

CE4.4 Identify criteria for performing simple queries and obtaining accurate information according to the instructions provided.

CE4.5 Distinguished between the different filter types that exist based on the information to be located on the different objects in the database.

CE4.6 Recognize existing tools in the application for simple reporting appropriate to the instructions provided.

CE4.7 Distinguished the different print options on each of the objects in the database.

CE4.8 Explain the fundamental capabilities of the application that allow you to query, process, edit, archive, and maintain the security, integrity, and confidentiality of the information.

CE4.9 In practical cases, sufficiently characterized and by using a database computing application:

-Open and close a database.

-Enter records, modifications, ups, and downs from the data provided.

-Filter and sort the information according to the instructions provided.

-Get the required data or information from simple queries.

-Archive the information and back up the database on the provided media.

-Print tables, queries, and reports by configuring the print options as requested.

-Apply procedures that ensure the confidentiality of information.

Contents

1. Common operating systems.

-Operating system.

-Workbench. Interface.

▫ Parties.

▫ Displacement.

▫ Configuration.

-Folders, directories, operations with them.

▫ Definition.

▫ Creation.

▫ Name change.

▫ Opening.

▫ Copied.

▫ Location change.

▫ Removal.

-Ficheros, operations with them.

▫ Definition.

▫ Creation.

▫ Name change.

▫ Opening.

▫ Copied.

▫ Location change.

▫ Saved.

▫ Removal

-Applications and tools.

-Scan/navigation.

-Configuring items.

-User accounts. Usage.

-Backup. Media.

-Operations in a network environment.

▫ Access.

▫ Search for network resources.

▫ Operations with network resources.

2. Administrative documentation file and classification

-The file in the enterprise.

▫ Description.

▫ Purpose.

▫ File importance for the enterprise.

▫ File types.

▫ Equipment and materials for the file.

▫ Running a file.

▫ Maintenance of a file.

▫ File process of a document.

▫ Rules that govern document preservation.

▫ Destruction of documents.

▫ Confidentiality and security of information.

-Organization of the file.

▫ Centralized.

▫ Decentralized.

▫ Mixed.

▫ Active.

▫ Semiactive.

▫ Inactive or passive.

-Administrative documentation sorting and sorting system.

▫ Sort and sort concept.

▫ Alphabetical classification.

▫ Numeric classification.

▫ Mixed system.

▫ Logging.

▫ Geographic Criterion.

▫ Classification by Materials.

3. Database.

-Entry and exit of the application.

-The application window.

-Basic objects.

▫ Tables.

▫ Queries.

▫ Forms.

▫ Reports or reports

-Creation.

-Opening.

-Saved.

-Close.

-Backup.

-Recovery and maintenance tools.

4. Inserting data into tables.

-Records and fields.

-Introduction of data.

-Movements by fields and records.

-Removing records.

-Modification of records.

-Coping and moving data.

-Searching and replacing data.

-Application of filters.

-Field alphabetic sorting.

-Formats of a table.

-Basic operations with Tables.

▫ Changing the name.

▫ Removal.

▫ Copied.

▫ Export and Import.

5. Selection queries.

-Creation.

-Saved.

-Execution.

-Modifying the criteria.

-Print results.

-Remove.

6. Forms and reports.

-Introduction, modifying, and removing data in forms.

-Application of filters in forms.

-Creating reports with the wizard.

-Publishing reports to the text processor for improvement.

-Printing forms and reports.

FORMATIVE UNIT 2

Denomination: Auxiliary management of playback on conventional or computer support.

Code: UF0514.

Duration: 60 hours.

Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP5, RP6, and RP7.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Check the basic functioning of the reproduction, computer and functional binding equipment-photocopiers, printers, scanners, reproducers, drillers, binders or others-identifying the elementary incidents, in accordance with the use manuals and support systems.

CE1.1 Identify the basic incidents of playback and computer equipment.

CE1.2 Identify the cleaning and maintenance tasks of binding tools, and the appropriate settings for proper operation.

CE1.3 Defend basic maintenance and cleaning operations on playback and computer equipment.

CE1.4 Different consumable resources-inks and liquids, paper, tape, and print, toner, or other cartridges-based on playback and computer equipment.

CE1.5 Take the commitment to maintain and care for equipment, and take full advantage of the means used in the process, avoiding unnecessary costs and costs.

CE1.6 In a simulated simulation scenario, related to the operation of playback, computer, and functional binding equipment:

-Point and clean machines.

-Detect small mechanical breakdowns by solving, if possible, the observed contingencies.

-To provide the necessary materials for the machines.

-Perform basic operating tests for computer and playback equipment.

-Perform basic maintenance tasks for computer and office equipment.

-Replace consumables, among various types provided, on the appropriate equipment.

-Take the necessary security measures to check basic operation in safe mode.

-Use the protection equipment according to the connectors and terminals involved.

-Communicate, if applicable, to whom the contingency cannot be repaired.

C2: Use reprographic tools, obtaining copies in documentary and/or digital format of type documentation, according to defined quality criteria and standards.

CE2.1 Identify, on real machines, the functions of reprographic equipment and the basic parts that compose them.

CE2.2 Explain the usefulness of the different machines used in the reprografia of the administrative and management documentation through catalogues and user guides.

CE2.3 Accurately differentiating methods of reproduction: reprographics, multicopista, photocopying, and digitalization.

CE2.4 Identify the different types of documents in terms of their characteristics-color, images, photographs-determining the precise format according to different types of reproduction.

CE2.5 Distinguished use procedures depending on the equipment to be used-photocopiers, printers, scanners, reproducers, or others.

CE2.6 Distinguished the different types of paper formats that are most used in an office according to the objectives of the document that they must support.

CE2.7 In a convenient, convenient scenario, related to the reproduction of physical copies:

-Photocopy and print by sorting and interleaving the original documents based on the document type.

-Photoccopy double-leaf booklets "erasing" the central black groove as best as possible.

-Photocopy documents by "the two sides" to conform identical to the original ones.

-Photocopy documents by making the necessary extensions and reductions.

-Photocopy and print by extending or reducing the original documents based on the document type.

-Reduce the number of paper copies by applying sustainability criteria.

-Demonstrate interest in performing the jobs with a good finish.

CE2.8 In a convenient, convenient scenario, related to the reproduction of digital copies:

-Check that the documents to be played/scanned have not been previously reproduced or digitized to avoid duplication.

-Save the documents by naming them according to the defined naming rules, and referencing them, if any, to the indicated fields.

-Check that the resolution of the scanned electronic documents corresponds to the required one.

-Check that the digitized document is complete, readable on all parts, and contains consecutive pages.

-Retrieve the digitized documents to proceed to later playback.

-Duplicate digitized documents on the provided media.

C3: Use precision-functional materials and binding tools, taking into account the characteristics of the standard documents, while respecting the safety and sustainability criteria.

CE3.1 Identify the documentation to be bound by describing the characteristics for binding, and the most appropriate sorting criteria.

CE3.2 Distinguished the various tools and tools in the performance of functional binding operations-manual guillotine, paper drilling machines, shears, or others-identifying their mechanisms, functions and usage.

CE3.3 Different types of materials-cantills, staples, spirals, rings, covers, or others-used in functional binding.

CE3.4 Identify recycling systems based on the nature of the waste produced in functional binding.

CE3.5 Describe the professional risks arising from the use of machines and functional binding tools and their protective equipment.

CE3.6 Distinguished, depending on the type of functional binding, the different related quality criteria.

CE3.7 In a convenient convenient scenario, in which the tasks to be developed and the functional binding means are specified.

-Check the operational status of the functional binding tools.

-Organize the documentation to be bound, ordering it according to the established criteria and the correct use of the available means.

-Use the shearing or other useful analogues by performing different paper cuts accurately, observing the corresponding safety measures.

-Use the paper punch machine correctly.

-Enring in its various forms-wenched, stapled, spiralled, ringed or other-the documentation provided, assigning the type of covers according to the characteristics of the document and according to the information provided.

-Dismiss the waste in different recycling packaging according to its nature.

-Use the necessary precautions and protective equipment to safely perform functional binding.

-Check that the functional binding performed meets the quality criteria provided and inherent in the type of binding.

Contents

1. Reproduction in reprographic equipment.

-Reprogram equipment.

▫ Elements.

▫ Types: Photocopiers and printers.

▫ Features.

▫ Operation.

▫ Technical instructions.

▫ Puestá en gait.

▫ Maintenance and cleanup.

-Media in playback:

▫ Papers for reprographics.

▫ Cartulina for reprographics.

▫ Carton.

▫ Plastics.

▫ Digital.

-Consumables for reprographics equipment:

▫ Toner.

▫ Tintas.

-The reproduction of the originals.

▫ Original types.

▫ Compatibility of digital originals.

-Reprogram production.

▫ Quality in playback.

▫ Modifiable parameters.

▫ Playback tests.

▫ Adjustments during playback.

-Safety, health and environmental standards in reprographics operations.

▫ Safety rules in the operations of commissioning, handling, and maintenance of equipment.

▫ Specific risks and factors involved.

▫ Waste Management Procedures.

2. Functional binding operations of documents.

-Functional binding:

▫ Features and applications.

▫ Functional binding types: canutil, spiral, rings

▫ Equipment tuning.

▫ Maintenance.

-Materials and binding tools:

▫ Papers to cover.

▫ Cartulins.

▫ Plastics: transparencies.

▫ Grapes and rings.

-Binding operations:

▫ Igualado.

▫ Alzado.

▫ Drilled.

▫ Numbered.

▫ Engomado.

▫ Graped.

-Binding machines:

▫ Court (manual guillotine, shear).

▫ Legacy (flat folding).

▫ Plastified (plasticizer).

-Safety, health and environmental standards in functional binding operations:

▫ Risks.

▫ Protection systems.

▫ Secure work procedures.

▫ Waste disposal and recycling.

-Quality control in functional binding:

▫ Process quality criteria.

▫ Guidelines for product inspection.

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Unit

formative Unit 2-UF0514

Number of total hours of the training units	N.
		60	60		50
60	40

Sequence:

The training units for this module can be programmed independently.

NON-LABOR PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE MODULE FOR DATA AND DOCUMENT RECORDING AND PROCESSING OPERATIONS

Code: MP0110.

Duration: 80 hours.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Dispose the different material elements and workspaces by applying resource optimization criteria, quality, safety, and health standards in data recording processes on computer terminals.

CE1.1 Transcribir documents accurately.

CE1.2 Locate and modify spelling or typing errors, through the text processing tools.

CE1.3 Adopt a correct position in data recording to avoid physical problems.

CE1.4 Apply quality standards to data recording jobs on computer terminals.

CE1.5 Apply data confidentiality rules to write.

C2: Use computer equipment, reproduction equipment and binding equipment using the necessary applications and tools, and resolve elementary contingencies of the same under security conditions.

CE2.1 Detect the disconnected element based on the indicated failure, and tune involved connectors.

CE2.2 Perform basic operating and maintenance tests for computer and playback equipment.

CE2.3 Photocopy and print by sorting and interleaving the original documents based on the document type.

CE2.4 Scan documents by adjusting to the rules and saving them using the correct nomenclature and location.

CE2.5 Enable the documentation by ordering it according to the established criteria and the correct use of the available media.

CE2.6 Use the available cutting tools by applying the appropriate security measures.

CE2.7 Frame the documentation provided, assigning the type of covers according to the characteristics of the document and according to the information provided.

CE2.8 Disposal of waste in different recycling packaging according to its nature.

CE2.9 Meet the security measures required to perform connection or disconnect operations in secure mode.

CE2.10 Use the risk protection teams according to the connectors and terminals involved.

CE2.11 Use the existing database applications in the enterprise by performing the basic operations.

C3: Apply internal document transmission procedures in organizations through personal delivery and IT messaging utilities, as well as the file of them using the basic and common classification in the encoding and organization of type administrative documentation, using physical or computer files.

CE3.1 Interpret the content of the work instructions by identifying the recipient, the deadline, and the criteria and delivery format of the documents.

CE3.2 Apply effective listening skills at the receipt of instructions.

CE3.3 Apply personal and professional performance guidelines in the delivery of the required documentation.

CE3.4 Check that the documents are those addressed to the recipient and that the delivery is made in time.

CE3.5 Apply, where appropriate, the appropriate techniques and attitude for the clarification and resolution of incidents in the delivery of the documentation.

CE3.6 Use existing electronic messaging applications in the workbench.

CE3.7 Archive the documentation by applying the classification, organization, classification, and file search rules.

C4: Participate in the company's work processes, following the rules and instructions set out in the job center.

CE4.1 Behave responsibly in both human relationships and the jobs to be performed.

CE4.2 Respect the procedures and rules of the work center.

CE4.3 Diligently undertake the tasks according to the instructions received, trying to bring them into line with the work rate of the company.

CE4.4 Integrate into the production processes of the job center.

CE4.5 Use the established communication channels.

CE4.6 To respect at all times the measures of risk prevention, occupational health and environmental protection.

Contents

1. Data recording.

-Recording documents.

-Ergonomics.

-Correction of localized errors in data recording.

-Applying quality standards.

-Applying the confidentiality of information.

2. Resolution of elementary incidents, use of equipment and applications.

-Interpretation of failure messages in the operation of the computer, playback, and functional binding equipment.

-Recognition of connectors and connections involved in malfunction.

-Point-to-point, cleaning and replacement of required materials from machines.

-Realization of photocopies and printing.

-Document scanning.

-Using functional binding materials and tools.

-Organization of the binding documentation.

-Encuaderation on different media.

-Recycling of the waste obtained.

-Application of security rules on connection-equipment disconnection.

-Using appropriate protective equipment in the task performed.

-Using the basic functions of the databases.

3. Internal transmission of documents and file techniques.

-Effective communication in receiving instructions

-Responsibility for the delivery of documentation.

-Application of rules in the delivery process.

-Incident resolution.

-Email, basic operations.

-The local network, basic usage.

-Using the various file media.

-Classification of documents according to company rules.

-Employment of document localization software.

-Managing and tracking borrowed documents.

4. Integration and communication in the workplace.

-Responsible behavior in the job center.

-Respect to the procedures and rules of the work center.

-Interpreting and diligently performing the instructions received.

-Recognition of the organization's production process.

-Using the communication channels set in the job center.

-Adequation to the company's work rate.

-Tracking the regulations for risk prevention, occupational health and environmental protection.

IV. PRESCRIPTIONS OF TRAINERS

Modules	Required Accreditation	Professional experience required in scope of the competency
		With accreditation	No accreditation
MF0973_1: Data Recording	• Licentiate, engineer, architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. • Diplomate, technical engineer, technical architect, or corresponding degree degree or other equivalent titles • Technical and Technical Superior of the professional families of Administration and Management and Information and Communications. • Certificates of professionalism of Level 2 and 3 of the Information and Communication Management area of the professional family Administration and management. • Professional level 3 certificates from the professional computer and communications family.	1 year	3
MF0974_1: Data, text and documentation processing	• Licensed, engineer, architect, or title corresponding degree or other equivalent titles. • Diplomacy, technical engineer, technical architect or corresponding degree of degree or other equivalent titles. • Technical and Technical Superior of the professional family of administration and management. • Level 2 and 3 Professional Area Certificates of Professional Management of Information and Communication Management of the Professional Administration and Management Family.	1 year	3 years
MF0971_1: Replay and File	• Licensed, engineer, architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. • Diplomate, technical engineer, technical architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. • Technical and Technical Superior of the professional families of Administration and management and graphic arts. • Certificates of Level 2 and 3 professionalism in the professional management and information management area of the management and management family.	1 year	3 years

V. MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR SPACES, FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT

Forming Space	Surface m2 15 pupils	Surface m2 25 pupils
Classroom	45	60

Forming Space

M1	M2	M3
	X	X	X

Forming Space
Classroom	-Audio-visual equipment. -network-installed PCs, projection canon, and internet. -Specialty specific software. -1 Pizars to write with marker. - Flip-chart. -Classroom material. -Table and chair for the trainer. -Table and chairs for students

It should not be interpreted that the various identified learning spaces should necessarily be differentiated by closure.

Facilities and equipment must comply with the relevant industrial and hygienic regulations and will respond to the universal accessibility and safety measures of the participants.

The number of units to be provided for the utensils, machines and tools specified in the training spaces shall be sufficient for a minimum of 15 students and must be increased, if appropriate, to attend to the top number.

In the event that the training is addressed to persons with disabilities, the adaptations and reasonable adjustments will be made to ensure their participation in equal conditions.

ANNEX III

I. IDENTIFICATION OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM

Naming: Administrative management activities.

Code: ADGD0308.

Professional Family: Administration and Management.

Professional Area: Administration and Audit.

Professional qualification level: 2.

Professional reference qualification:

ADG308_2 Administrative management activities (RD 107/2008 of 1 February).

Relationship of competency units that configure the certificate of professionalism:

UC0976_2: Perform the administrative steps of the business process.

UC0979_2: Perform treasury management efforts.

UC0980_2: Perform human resource administrative support activities.

UC0981_2: Perform accounting records.

UC0973_1: Enter data and texts into computer terminals under security, quality and efficiency conditions.

UC0978_2: Manage the file on conventional and computer support.

UC0233_2: Handle office applications in information and documentation management.

General competition:

Perform the operations of the administrative management of sales of products and services, treasury and personnel, as well as the introduction of pre-defined accounting records, after obtaining and processing and archiving of the information and documentation necessary by means of appropriate conventional or computer media, following instructions defined, in safety conditions, compliance with the rules in force and taking into account the quality criteria defined by the organization.

Professional Environment:

Professional scope:

This professional is active in the area of administration, human resources, accounting or financial, of any company, both public and private, performing the functions at the request of a superior person who, depending on the degree of development of the same, it may be a single person or the person responsible for each of the departments-commercial, treasury, accounting, HR-or those persons in whom they delegate. It may also carry out its activities in employment advisory, management and/or consulting or service companies, as well as financial and insurance sector entities.

Productive Sectors:

It is present in all the productive sectors, as well as in the Public Administration, highlighting for its high degree of transectoriality.

Occupations or related jobs:

4111.1011 Accounting administrative employees, in general.

4111.1011 Payment and payment administrative aid.

4111.1011 Accounting administrative auxiliary.

4111.1011 Billing administrative auxiliary.

4122,1011 Commercial administrative employees, in general.

4122.1011 Commercial administrative aid.

4223,1017 Staff services and administrative employees.

4223.1017 Administrative Auxiliary of the Human Resources department.

4122.1011 Administrative support for purchase and sale support.

4309,1029 Administrative employees, in general.

4500.1019 Administrative employees with public attention tasks not classified under other headings.

Administrative Auxiliary of the various Public Administrations.

Duration of the associated training: 880 hours.

Relationship of training modules and training units:

MF0976_2: (Cross) Commercial administrative operations (160 hours).

• UF0349: Customer support in the business process (40 hours).

• UF0350: Administrative management of the business process (80 hours).

• UF0351: Business Management Computing Applications (40 hours)

MF0979_2: (Transversal) Operational Treasury Management. (90 hours)

MF0980_2: (Cross) Personal auxiliary management. (90 hours)

MF0981_2: Accounting records. (120 hours)

• UF0515: General Accounting Plan. (90 hours)

• UF0516: Accounting software applications. (30 hours)

MF0973_1: (Cross) Data Recording. (90 hours)

MF0978_2: (Cross) File management. (60 hours)

MF0233_2: (Transverse) Office. (190 hours)

• UF0319: Operating system, search for information: Internet/Intranet and e-mail. (30 hours)

• UF0320: Text processing software applications. (30 hours)

• UF0321: Spreadsheet computing applications. (50 hours)

• UF0322: Relational database computing applications. (50 hours)

• UF0323: Computer applications for presentations: information charts. (30 hours)

MP0111: Non-working professional practice module for Administrative Management Activities. (80 hours)

II. PROFESSIONAL PROFILE OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM

Competition Unit 1

Denomination: Perform the administrative steps of the business process.

Level: 2.

Code: UC0976_2.

Professional realizations and realization criteria

RP1: Collect common customer orders for the various channels available in the organization, applying internal procedures and protocols and identifying potential business opportunities to meet their requirements and transmit the information provided.

CR1.1 Quality of service criteria in customer service for order collection, are met according to the protocol established in the internal rules, the type of customer and channel used-in-person, on line, off line.

CR1.2 The necessary customer information is collected, including contact details, for the personal management of the requested order or the pipeline from it to the appropriate department or manager.

CR1.3 The commercial information to be provided to the customer is obtained with agility, using the available computer or conventional sources -CRM, files or other-, or the appropriate persons within the organization.

CR1.4 The required answers and solutions are provided in understandable language within their scope of responsibility, within the time limits set and in accordance with the requested information and the client's needs.

CR1.5 The appropriate questions in customer communication are formulated, if applicable, by detecting the receptivity samples to sales promotions or other commercial actions.

CR1.6 Relevant business information and business opportunities are transmitted, if any, to the right people in the sales network, via electronic or other means, in a coordinated manner.

CR1.7 The possibility of consulting or visiting the company's website, catalogues, general or sector specific publications, congresses, sponsored events or other elements of institutional communication, is advised to client, using, if applicable, online/off applications, and those promotions that may be of interest to you.

CR1.8 Confidentiality is maintained at all times and in the face of any demand or attention paid to the customer, always acting in absolute discretion.

RP2: Register in the commercial information system, the data necessary for the purchase and sale operations, in accordance with the instructions received, using the internal criteria and the computer and telematic means, to facilitate efficient management.

CR2.1 The references, technical characteristics, tariffs or other specifications of the products and services provided, are updated periodically, accurately in the documentary and computer file, through the applications of available commercial or CRM management, and in accordance with the instructions and information received.

CR2.2 The files of current and/or potential customers are updated with the data obtained in the commercial actions, or provided by the sales team members, taking into account, where appropriate, the different segments or types of business customers.

CR2.3 The files and information-identification data, operations, other-of vendors, representatives, distributors, delegations or other participants in the various forms of sale and distribution, are identified conveniently on the computer or conventional media, updating in the form and periodicity established in the internal procedures.

CR2.4 The information of competing companies provided by the sales team, or obtained from customers, or by other means, is recorded in accordance with the procedures of the organization.

CR2.5 The information provided by the customer for the management of the order is recorded, logged or accurately scanned the technical specifications, prices, discounts, or other characteristics of the products or services requested.

CR2.6 Regular sales statistics and tables, or other related information, are obtained from the available computer applications accurately, in the required formats and deadlines, in accordance with the established criteria -products, geographic areas, vendors, sales by customers, or others.

CR2.7 The backups of the computer files are performed according to the procedures specified by the available applications.

RP3: Formalize the documentation corresponding to the order requested by the customer, or addressed to the supplier, using the standard and/or specific computer applications and verifying their correction, according to the internal procedure and current regulations, for the effective management of the administrative process of purchase and sale.

CR3.1 The provider required to order from among multiple prefixs is selected according to the orders received and the established efficiency or other parameters.

CR3.2 The data required for the formalization of the buy-sell documents-budgets, order proposals, albarans, invoices, transport cards or others-are selected precisely and quickly from the manual file or computer, depending on the type of document to be formalized.

CR3.3 Order specifications-type and number of products or services requested, quantities, delivery times, particular conditions, payment method, others-are accurately completed in the form and deadlines set by the internal procedure, complying with current regulations, and unequivocally identifying the information received from the client or referred to the provider.

CR3.4 In the completed documentation it is checked that the data -NIF, CIF, address, telephone, social reason, document number, unit price, holds, amounts, delivery dates, form and date of payment, other-correspond with the information provided or available from the client or provider.

CR3.5 The formalized documents are checked against the precedents-quote, order, order, invoice and receipt-or modifications thereof, detecting errors, and correcting them in their case.

CR3.6 The formalized documentation is checked by verifying that it meets the requirements set by the current regulations and internal procedures.

CR3.7 The regulations for updating, confidentiality and security of information are accurately met in the use of data and documents manually or through the standard computing application or specifies.

RP4: Perform the procedures for detecting and communicating the incidents located in the administrative process of buying and selling, applying the internal procedures to meet the requirements of quality in the management.

CR4.1 The documentation of the purchase or sale operations, not referred to or received on the date or form established, is claimed by conventional or telematic means to customers or suppliers.

CR4.2 The detected incidents-incomplete orders, errors in quantities, prices, addresses or other-are transmitted orally or by telematic means, clearly, concisely and promptly to the customer, supplier and/or Higher immediate, if applicable.

CR4.3 The relevant data of the detected incidents-department, customer, supplier, product or orders affected, among others-are recorded, along with the identified causes, in documents or parts of incidents, conventional or computer, for transmission to the person who proceeds in accordance with established procedures.

CR4.4 The detected incidents are resolved within the framework of their responsibility, or alternative solutions are indicated to the customer and/or provider by maintaining the commercial operation and maintaining the relationship with them.

RP5: Update inventory entry and exit information, using computer application and internal procedures, to enable effective stock management.

CR5.1 The data of the inventoried products are checked with those recorded in manual support or in the standards of management and control of the stock of the organization, according to the criteria of periodicity established, communicating, where appropriate, any deviations detected.

CR5.2 Products received with anomalies, subtracted, or damaged are nullified in the manual support or through the corresponding form in the IT application, starting the return to the provider if applicable.

CR5.3 The data on the level of stocks, their variations, or other aspects of the stock, requested by the different departments, are delivered through reports by conventional or computer channels of the organization, in the deadlines set.

CR5.4 Variations in prices, VAT, lots, or other parameters related to the inventoried product are updated in the corresponding conventional or computer records.

RP6: Perform the administrative procedures related to the loyalty and after-sales service, in accordance with the established quality of service criteria, in order to support the management and satisfaction of the clients.

CR6.1 Information obtained through the various postsales systems-surveys, telephone calls, suggestions, or others-are recorded in an organized and accurate way through the available computer system.

CR6.2 Commercial and after-sales documentation-sales forms, surveys, claims, other-received is organized by sorting and archiving according to the internal criteria.

CR6.3 The information of the loyalty instruments-associations, points cards, club cards, bonuses, other-is recorded according to the instructions received, transmitting in the formats required to those responsible for their management.

CR6.4 The claims made by the clients are received by providing the information and documentation necessary for their formalization, and resolving, where appropriate, and within their jurisdiction, the doubts raised.

CR6.5 The complaints and complaints made are recorded in the commercial information system, or CRM where appropriate, by filing and/or transmitting the copies to the appropriate departments or managers of the organization.

CR6.6 Confidentiality is maintained at all times and in the face of any demand or attention paid to the client, always acting with absolute discretion.

Professional Context

Production media

Local network. Computer and office equipment, electronic agendas, point-of-sale terminals. Programs and applications-user environments-: operating systems, text processors, databases, spreadsheets, information presentation programs, antivirus, firewalls, Internet browsers, e-mail. Internet navigation help systems, intranet, Internet security tools -SSL-, instant messaging systems. Integrated package of specific applications for commercial or CRM management, warehouse, billing, purchase management. Conventional archives, computer media, copiers, fax, printers, scanners.

Products and results

Information processed and transmitted to customers, suppliers and/or employees of the organization itself. Receipt of orders. Record of purchases and sales of stocks in specific computer applications. Official or internal documents relating to the sale of properly completed products. Commercial letters. Order proposals. Albaranes. Invoices. Shopping movements, and sales. Documentation and information recorded, archived, encoded, and restricted access in databases, spreadsheets. Parts of incidents related to the purchase and sale of products. Administrative activities in purchase-sale operations performed in accordance with quality standards.

Information used or generated

Data protection legislation, and the services of information societies. Tax and commercial legislation. Internal procedure manuals. Information published on the network. Product catalogues, materials, services. Sample. List of prices and offers. Internal market documents: commercial letters, inter-departmental communications, order orders, delivery orders, invoices, receipts, other collection and payment documents. Customer and supplier databases. Technical information and use of the product or service that is marketed. Models of incident parts. Stock stock information in store. Web page.

Competition Unit 2

Denomination: Perform the administrative management of treasury.

Level: 2.

Code: UC0979_2.

Professional realizations and realization criteria

RP1: Fulfill the collection or payment documents, conventional or telematic, within its scope of responsibility and in accordance with the indications received, with the purpose of liquidating the operations derived from the activity business.

CR1.1 Payment orders received are verified by verifying that they are complete and duly authorized by the appropriate persons in accordance with the internal procedure manual, otherwise reporting to the person responsible for the job.

CR1.2 Payment documents-check, change letter, pay, receipt, transfer, and their telematic equivalents-are completed in their different modalities accurately, according to the payment order received.

CR1.3 The receipt of the income or payment made is attached to the document that generated it according to the established procedure.

CR1.4 Payment or payment documents-heel, transfer, or other-are checked with supporting documentation of transactions-invoices, payroll, others-verifying that the data and amounts are accurate.

CR1.5 The amounts shown in the payment or payment documents are reviewed by checking the accuracy of the calculations.

CR1.6 Established internal security and confidentiality rules apply throughout the process by ensuring the integrity of operations.

RP2: Manage the filing of collection and payment documents with banks, public administrations and organizations in general, in accordance with current regulations and internal procedures, in order to comply with the payment obligations to third parties in compliance with the deadlines.

CR2.1 Payment and/or payment documents are checked to meet the required requirements by completing, if applicable, in accordance with the requirements.

CR2.2 The collection and/or payment documentation is delivered to the financial institution within the prescribed time limits by collecting the relevant supporting documents.

CR2.3 Tax or labor settlements are presented in the form and term in accordance with the procedures established by the competent Public Administration.

CR2.4 The diligent guards in the entities and administrations are archived or delivered to the appropriate person, in accordance with the established procedure.

RP3: Make payments and charges through cash, taking into account the corresponding orders, maturities and cash availability, priorities and internal rules, in order to liquidate the transactions.

CR3.1 Cash opening is made by replenishing cash according to the instructions received, and/or the procedure set.

CR3.2 The received collection documents are verified by checking the accuracy of the data and the amounts of the data.

CR3.3 The information and data in the charging documents are processed according to the internal control manual, and through the appropriate use of the specific computer applications.

CR3.4 Payment documents received are verified by checking the accuracy of the data and the amounts with the supporting documentation of the operation, requesting, where appropriate, the conformity of the person or body established in the procedure manual before settlement.

CR3.5 The payments and collections made are recorded in the cash book, indicating the date, amount, document support, organization or person, and any other data required by the organization's procedure manual.

CR3.6 Cash needs are detected at the time they occur, communicating in their case the incidence, in the form and time established in the internal procedure, to the superior or responsible.

CR3.7 Cash operations are performed in accordance with the principles of integrity, responsibility and confidentiality.

RP4: Perform box tonnage according to the established procedure, to control the level of available liquidity.

CR4.1 Cash count, checks, and other credit or debit documents are performed, once the cash is closed, in accordance with the established procedure.

CR4.2 The credit and debit documents found in the tonnage are referred to the person responsible according to the established procedure.

CR4.3 The result of the tonnage is collected with the notes recorded in the cash book, verifying their agreement.

CR4.4 The anomalies-documentaries, calculations, or other-detected are communicated to the person responsible established in the procedure manual.

CR4.5 The arcing procedure is performed at all times in accordance with the principles of integrity, responsibility, and confidentiality.

RP5: Coding the movements of the bank statements with their accounting records and the documents that generated them, reporting the observed incidences, following the established procedures, in order to reconcile the differences.

CR5.1 The annotations of the extracts submitted by the financial institutions are drawn up with the accounting records, with the original documents, where appropriate, corresponding to the original documents, in accordance with the procedure laid down.

CR5.2 The annotations of the extracts whose data-amounts, identification or other-do not match the accounting records and/or supporting documentation, are detected and, if necessary, quantified, communicating the incidents to the responsible.

CR5.3 In the annotations of the extracts and/or the accounting records, the existence of the supporting documentation is checked, communicating to the person responsible, in another case, the descriptions and data of the observed incidents.

CR5.4 Documentation that is not reflected in the financial institution's statements is detected through the verification processes established by the organization, communicating the descriptions and data of the observed incidents.

CR5.5 The verification procedures are performed with the established periodicity, and in accordance with the principles of responsibility and confidentiality.

Professional Context

Production media

Local network. Computer and office equipment, electronic agendas, programs and applications-user environments-: operating systems, text processors, databases, spreadsheets, information presentation programs, management programs relationship with clients -CRM-antivirus, firewall, Internet browsers, email. Internet navigation help systems, instant messaging systems. Conventional archives, computer media, copiers, fax, printers, scanner, digital cameras, furniture and miscellaneous office material, calculator. Fixed and mobile phones.

Products and results

Managed and transmitted information to customers, suppliers, employees, financial entities. Invoices. Checks. Letters of Change. Commercial Effects. Cash collections, credit card, debit card, mobile phone collection, online, by email. Opening of current accounts. Transfers. Bank addresses. Payment of purchase transactions. Documentation and information correctly recorded, archived, encoded and restricted, processed to other departments. Updated databases. Payment movements, collections, income, updated expenses in the spreadsheet or book record. Cash tonnage. Documents reconciled with financial institutions. Development and application of social skills. Quality control of the work done. VAT settlements.

Information used or generated

Guidelines, organization manual-organization regulations, organization quality plan, operational manuals, document issuance manuals, or others-of the use of computer equipment and applications, office. Data protection, electronic and labor security.

Competition Unit 3

Denomination: Perform the human resources administrative support activities.

Level: 2.

Code: UC0980_2.

Professional realizations and realization criteria

RP1: Update information and documentation derived from human resources-area processes and activities-selection, internal communication, training, development, compensation and benefits-in response to procedures established by the organization to contribute to the achievement of the objectives of the human resources area.

CR1.1 Database information is updated according to selection, internal communication, training, development or compensation and benefits, based on previously established classification and file criteria.

CR1.2 The information available in the databases is filtered, depending on selection, internal communication, training, development or compensation and benefits, based on criteria previously established by the superior hierarchical and generating the reports that proceed.

CR1.3 General interest information for employees, in internal communication channels-bulletin boards, counters, bookshelves, others-is updated periodically following the procedures established by the organization.

CR1.4 Information derived from human resource management is processed by applying the security, confidentiality, integrity, and accessibility criteria.

CR1.5 The documentation generated by the registration, assistance, evaluation and use of the training actions is collected individually from the interested parties in accordance with the established procedures and forms.

CR1.6 The quantitative reports derived from the documentation relating to the training actions are updated from the data entered in the IT application according to the established procedures, forms and deadlines.

CR1.7 Career or succession plan listings are updated by registering nominees for compliance with the training actions they perform, applying the criteria of security, confidentiality, and accessibility.

CR1.8 The documentation collected in the training actions together with the quantitative reports are attached to the administrative-documentary and computer file-of each of the participants in time and form and applying sustainability criteria.

CR1.9 In the job position, a position and organization are maintained in accordance with the appropriate health and safety conditions.

RP2: Prepare documents, materials, and other necessary elements in the selection and training of human resources, taking into account the internal procedures of the organization, in order to contribute to its effective management.

CR2.1 The logistical support for conducting tests and interviews of a selection process is done by the provision of materials, documents and printed or other, by disseminating the internal announcements and convening the candidates.

CR2.2 The reservation of rooms, prior to a selection process, is requested, according to the instructions received, to the department involved through the documentary or computer resources available through the procedure set.

CR2.3 The logistical support for training actions and hosting sessions is performed in accordance with established instructions and procedures, taking into account the dates, agenda, places and conditions of the same.

CR2.4 Daily actions are prepared in good time, allocating the maximum estimated times according to the activities you support.

CR2.5 The security and confidentiality criteria are strictly enforced.

RP3: To process the documentation derived from the process of hiring, completion and other variations of the professional situation of the staff, applying the current regulations, the criteria of confidentiality and security, using the IT applications to keep the information in place for the relevant employees, departments and agencies.

CR3.1 The documentation required for the opening of the new employee's file is communicated to you with sufficient time and form, through the usual channels of communication.

CR3.2 The new employee's file is created with the relevant documents in documentary support and in accordance with the established procedure keeping it in place at all times.

CR3.3 The high and, if applicable, Social Security affiliation form are processed through the electronic system or directly in documentary format, before the competent body.

CR3.4 The contract of work, commonly used in the organization for the discharge of the new employee and, the rest of the supplementary documentation, are completed through the available computer media according to the information provided.

CR3.5 The contract, once signed by the legal representative of the entity and the worker himself, is recorded in the internal information systems attaching copy to the file and, basic copy to the legal representatives if comes.

CR3.6 The work contract is communicated to the Public Employment Services in time and form.

CR3.7 In the elaboration of the extensions or renewals of the different employment situations of the employees, it is proven that the reports of the assessments of the responsible are present.

CR3.8 The date for the collection of the settlement and return of the assets of the organization is notified in writing to the employee who causes a low, through the usual channels, in the time and form established following the competent instructions.

CR3.9 Changes in personal and professional data relating to employees-marriage, children, bank details, domicile, qualifications, others-are recorded in the files and files corresponding to the established conventional or computerised procedures and supports.

CR3.10 The information derived from human resource management is processed by applying the security, confidentiality, integrity and accessibility criteria.

RP4 Carry out administrative operations and arrangements for the making and formalisation of payment of remuneration, compensation and social benefits, using IT applications for remuneration management, and following the Pre-established instructions for meeting the obligations committed in the employment relationship with the staff.

CR4.1 The tables, scales and references applicable for the calculation of remuneration-IRPF, social security contributions on the basis of remuneration, collective agreement and others-are regularly updated with the (a) the information provided by the Commission in accordance with the legislation in force and in accordance with the instructions received.

CR4.2 Applications for advances, loans, reimbursement of travel and subsistence expenses, social benefits-marriage, children, school aid, training aid-or others, are recorded in the corresponding computer application, checking that they are duly authorized and in accordance with established procedures and forms.

CR4.3 The documentation of the amounts of variable remuneration of employees is organized by attaching it to the files in good time, established periodicity and following the established procedures.

CR4.4 The amounts of fixed, variable and in-kind remuneration concepts required for the calculation of remuneration-hours worked, overtime, holidays worked, guards, temporary incapacity, absences and their supporting documents, delays, achievement of objectives, vehicle, complementary health care, others, are introduced in the fields of the established IT supports, taking into account the criteria previously defined by the superior hierarchical.

CR4.5 The final amounts of the remuneration and advances that are integrated into the corresponding computer support, are sent to the contributing financial institution, through the usual electronic means, according to the Established instructions and periodicity and approval.

CR4.6 The formalised social security contributions and income on account of IRPF holds are sent through the financial institution or directly to the competent body by means of the appropriate documentary and computer media, in time and form, in accordance with the procedure laid down by the current rules.

CR4.7 The justifications for the remuneration are distributed to those interested in the formats, times and channels-physical or electronic-established.

CR4.8 The tax information necessary for the fulfillment of the obligations of the stakeholders is sent in time and form, through the established procedure.

CR4.9 Information derived from human resource management is processed by applying the security, confidentiality, integrity, and accessibility criteria.

RP5: Develop reports based on the data obtained in the internal procedures for control of attendance, absenteeism and other incidents, related to the development of the employees ' work activity, in order to give support in the decision-making of the human resources area manager.

CR5.1 Information generated by security procedures and attendance tracking, schedules, holidays, sickness, trade union hours, delays, breastfeeding, medical visit, private and other permits, is collected from through the records used in the different control procedures, with the periodicity established and following the established procedures.

CR5.2 The information obtained is periodically processed by arithmetic or statistical calculations through the appropriate computer applications.

CR5.3 The reports are produced by the appropriate computer applications, from the processed data, by attaching them to the administrative-documentary and computer file of each employee.

CR5.4 Information is delivered to the superiors according to established procedures, forms and deadlines, and observing the established environmental protection measures.

CR5.5 Information derived from human resource management is processed by applying the security, confidentiality, integrity, and accessibility criteria.

Professional Context

Production media

Local Network. Computer equipment, browsers, e-mail. Peripherals. Operating systems, firewalls, antivirus, general purpose applications. Communication devices. Staff management programmes. Payroll and social insurance. Copiers, fax. Miscellaneous office equipment and furniture.

Products and results

Updating the application management applications for collective agreements. Compliance with those most common models in the process of hiring and remuneration of the company's staff. Reports collected from the company's staff assistance control. Updated information on the company's staff. Support in the management of the declaration-settlement of withholding tax on account of IRPF and social security contributions. Logistic support in the management of courses for the training, retraining and promotion of staff. Logistical support in the control of training procedures. Effective communication at work.

Information used or generated

Collective Agreements. Extracts on labour, tax and social security regulations. Official tax, labor and insurance forms. Personnel databases. Internet and the websites of the competent public administration. Procedures for making and managing payrolls. Manual of procedures in the field of work. Information on job profile description. Information about the growth objectives of the organization. Standards of quality and prevention of occupational risks.

Competition Unit 4

Denomination: Perform accounting records.

Level: 2.

Code: UC0981_2.

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP1: Prepare the information support for the economic transactions, maintaining the security and confidentiality of the same, and classifying it according to the coding systems established by the company, with object of allow your accounting record.

CR1.1 The supporting documentation of the transactions is requested from the different internal and external sources generating the same-billing, personal, purchases, other-previously identified, according to the procedure set.

CR1.2 The supported documentation received is checked by determining that it contains all of the required internal control requirements-signatures, authorizations, or other-required for your accounting record.

CR1.3 The incomplete supporting documents for lack of authorization, or any other requirements set, are referred to the persons identified in the internal procedure for their healing.

CR1.4 The documentation received and verified is classified according to the typology of the same, according to the previously established coding criteria.

CR1.5 Accounting entry notes or forms attached to the supporting documentation are prepared according to the instructions received, coding the accounts according to the company's accounting plan.

CR1.6 Accounting entry notes or forms are presented to the relevant person in time and form for the review and authorization of the accounting record.

CR1.7 The procedure is performed in accordance with the principles of security and confidentiality of information.

CR1.8 The work area is preserved with the appropriate degree of order and cleanliness.

RP2: Keep the company's pre-defined account and seating plan updated in the available accounting application, in accordance with the instructions received, so that it is permanently located operational.

CR2.1 The proposals for high and low codes and names of accounts and sub-accounts derived from the analysis of the supporting documentation -clients, suppliers, financial institutions and credit institutions, debtors, creditors commercial, or other-are performed according to internal rules.

CR2.2 The proposals for high and low codes and concepts for predefined seats are presented in a clear and organized manner for their review and authorization of the responsible person, according to the established procedural rules.

CR2.3 The new, revised and authorized concepts are entered into the accounting application database according to the specifications of the application itself.

CR2.4 The authorized encoded concepts are discharged from the computer application by checking that all the requirements for that operation have been met.

CR2.5 Predefined seats designed, or selected among the pre-existing computer applications by the accounting officer, are correctly coded and entered in accordance with the rules of the application computer and the instructions received.

CR2.6 The possible contingencies that may appear in the use of the computer application are resolved promptly by using the online help or, where appropriate, the customer support services of the company Program-making process.

RP3: Introduce the data in the pre-defined accounting entries in the IT application according to the economic nature of the operation, in order to record the intended transactions.

CR3.1 The accounting entry note or form attached to the supporting documentation supporting each economic transaction to be recorded, is verified to contain all the internal control requirements set out to proceed to your accounting record.

CR3.2 The predefined seat that corresponds to each type of operation is appropriately selected according to the economic nature of the operation.

CR3.3 The information for each field is properly entered in the pre-defined seat according to the economic nature of the operation accounted for.

CR3.4 The check that the application has successfully registered the entered pre-defined seats is done periodically in accordance with the established rules.

CR3.5 The supporting documentation of the predefined seats is archived, along with their corresponding notes or accounting entry forms, in accordance with the instructions received or the internal procedures of the organization.

CR3.6 The procedure is performed in accordance with the principles of responsibility, security and confidentiality of information.

CR3.7 The rules on the prevention of occupational risks are observed at all times regarding the provision of the job, lighting and position to the computer.

RP4: Introduce data in the auxiliary books of VAT and investment goods, in paper or telematic support, in order to carry out the periodic liquidation of this tribute.

CR4.1 The accounting entry note or form supporting each operation to be recorded in the VAT ancillary books is checked to contain all the internal control requirements set out to proceed with the record.

CR4.2 All the fields of the various books provided for in the tax legislation are properly completed, by manual or computer procedures, depending on the type of VAT supported or passed on, and the nature of circulating or immobilized the operation.

CR4.3 The verification of the quota of the quotas recorded in the VAT books with their respective bases, is carried out before the periodic settlement of the tax.

CR4.4 The neglect of the detected in the recorded quota checks is communicated to the responsible person with speed and accuracy, through the procedures established in the internal regulations.

CR4.5 The procedure is performed in accordance with the principles of responsibility, security and confidentiality of information.

RP5: Control the accounting items by verifying the correctness of the records with the data in the supporting documents, in order to detect possible errors.

CR5.1 The balances of the debtor or creditor accounts with the public entities are verified with the tax and labor models of the company, notifying the person in charge of the non-coincidences according to the established procedure.

CR5.2 The accounting balances of loans and loans are periodically collated with the supporting documentation submitted by the financial institutions, in accordance with the established procedure, notifying, where appropriate, the The department responsible for the mismatch.

CR5.3 Customer and supplier balances are circulated for verification, according to the instructions received and with the procedure manual set.

CR5.4 The balances of the accumulated depreciation accounts of the assets of the fixed assets are checked, in accordance with the instructions received and with the procedure manual, matching them with the established repayment plan. for each of them, depending on their estimated useful life, and the method of amortization selected.

Professional Context

Production media

Local network. Computer equipment. Peripherals. Operating systems, firewalls, antivirus, browsers, email. Devices for communication, fax, photocopier, calculator. Standard application programs, with special mention of the spreadsheet. Accounting programmes. Accounting, VAT and investment goods books, tokens and internal formats. Documentary and/or computer file.

Products and results

Notes or Accounting Seat Forms. Updated Account Plan. Accounting records. Predefined listings. VAT books, and investment goods. Internal reports.

Information used or generated:

The company's internal procedure manual. Accounting rules for implementation in Spain. Table of accounts. VAT legislation. Accounting, VAT and investment goods books. Guidelines of the superiors. Tabs and internal formats. Means of payment.

Competition Unit 5

Denomination: Introduce data and texts in computer terminals in terms of security, quality and efficiency.

Level: 1.

Code: UC0973_1.

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP1: Organize the professional performance according to the recording objectives and the guidelines received, integrating it into the working group and adapting the process to the safety and occupational health standards, for contribute to the creation of a climate of productive work and meet the objectives with efficiency.

CR1.1 Daily recording actions-previous, during and after-are organized in advance, confirming with the direct responsibility the instructions, procedures and responsibilities assigned, establishing maximum times according to the objectives to be met.

CR1.2 Professional performance is performed according to a shared responsibility criterion with the rest of the members of the working group, adjusting at all times to the parameters of professionalism, personal relationship and values ethics in the professional field, reflecting the image of the organization and meeting the criteria and quality guidelines established.

CR1.3 The documents that contain the data to be written are organized, arranged in an orderly manner in the workspace, using manual management file procedures.

CR1.4 The established maintenance and appropriate adjustments for proper operation of the computer terminals are carried out periodically following the protocols for each component of the equipment, disposing of the waste according to its nature.

CR1.5 The replenishment of the material resources of work and the assigned computer terminals is requested, whenever necessary, communicating to the direct person or persons indicated by him, the anomalies or needs detected.

CR1.6 The documents, tables, or other writings that contain the data to be copied, as well as the display screen, are placed in the position where the lighting system does not produce glare, oscillations, reflexes or shines.

CR1.7 The documents that contain the data to be written are located to the right or left of the monitor, depending on the direction of reading.

CR1.8 Lighting, air conditioning, acoustic conditioning, wiring, shapes, dimensions and regulations of furniture and the different parts of the seat are adapted according to the ergonomic safety standards and health to mitigate fatigue or other risks.

CR1.9 The working position in the data recording is maintained according to the appropriate health and safety conditions.

CR1.10 The performance of recording activities and their professional performance are reviewed, in reference to the coordination guidelines received and quality criteria, taking proactive behavior towards the correction of possible errors and improvements in own professional performance.

CR1.11 The possible improvements identified in the recording procedure or in your organization, communicate and/or propose to the direct responsible, explaining the possible benefits and, if any, difficulties.

RP2: Write data and texts quickly and accurately, following the instructions received and the ergonomic rules, to ensure correct recording in the shortest possible time.

CR2.1 The data and texts to be copied are recorded with speed and speed, demonstrating a high degree of skill and achieving a minimum speed of three hundred clicks per minute or the minimum required by the organization.

CR2.2 The procedures and typing techniques set in the recording are met with mastery and precision according to the procedures, reaching between three hundred and three hundred and twenty-five clicks per minute and one level a maximum error of five percent, on all types of data and texts, or other levels set by the organization.

CR2.3 The reading of the data or texts to be copied is done concurrently with the writing.

CR2.4 Voice dumps are recorded by adjusting the playback media to write speed, achieving a high degree of accuracy in recording the data.

CR2.5 The data tables are copied by following the structure of the data tables and using the procedure set according to the computer application used.

CR2.6 The routine actions identified on the keyboard-function keys, key combination, or other-are performed accurately and quickly, following the structure of the same with computer contextualization criteria.

CR2.7 The different characters of the computer terminal are located with agility and precision, minimizing the errors committed, not exceeding a five percent error level or the minimum required by the organization.

CR2.8 The position of the body, hands, and wrists for the recording are located, accurately complying with the standards of postural hygiene and ergonomics.

CR2.9 The security and confidentiality criteria of the information are rigorously respected.

RP3: Ensure the correction of the recorded data and texts, verifying them with the originals, highlighting the errors and correcting them by using orthographic and/or typing rules, in order to deliver to the recipient of a quality job.

CR3.1 The criteria set in the organization's quality manuals apply to the development of the job.

CR3.2 The recorded data and texts are verified, with immediacy and efficiency, by comparing character to character, and word to word, during and/or after the recording process, detecting the errors committed.

CR3.3 Detected typing errors are corrected during the development of recording, changing, overwriting, or deleting them as more efficient at any time.

CR3.4 The identification of errors and subsequent collation is performed on the document or copy thereof, using signs of correction of typing errors, ensuring the reliability and quality of the process.

CR3.5 The punctuation marks and word division at the end of the line are corrected, checking the correct expression and understanding of the written messages, introducing or modifying the ones that are timely, according to the rules set spelling.

CR3.6 The use of abbreviations and signs is verified by correcting according to the established spelling rules, if applicable.

CR3.7 The data and texts contained in the verified document or file are recorded according to the established procedure, preventing the non-verified information from being transferred accidentally.

CR3.8 The security and confidentiality criteria of the information are rigorously respected.

Professional Context

Production media

Local networks. Computer and office equipment, programs and applications: operating systems, text processors, databases, spreadsheets, antivirus, firewalls. Conventional archives, copiers, fax, computer and conventional media. Manual of work procedures. Manual or quality criteria for the organization.

Products and results

Data and texts recorded without inaccuracies, clean, organized and presented within the deadlines. Documentation correctly registered. Optimal use of computer equipment and resources. Optimal transmission of the company image. Compliance with internal and external standards to the organization. Integration of the activity itself into those of the working group. Results-oriented work activities. Productivity and efficiency.

Information used or generated

Guidelines, organization manual-organization regulations, organization quality plan, operational manuals, document issuance manuals, or others-of the use of computer equipment and applications, office. Data protection, electronic and labor security.

Competition Unit 6

Denomination: Manage the file on conventional and computer support.

Level: 2.

Code: UC0978_2.

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP1: Check the operational, suitability and status of the management or office system equipment in accordance with established procedures and standards to ensure recovery, access and retention of the system documentation.

CR1.1 The operation of the computer equipment of the management or office file system is checked, recognizing its correct implementation and compliance with the internal rules and applicable provisions in force with with respect to security, data protection and electronic confidentiality.

CR1.2 Reproduction equipment-photocopiers, scanners, multifunction printers, players, others-are periodically reviewed by checking all indicators and identifying possible incidents according to the usage manuals.

CR1.3 The proper preservation of office file furniture is verified by verifying its status, operation, and identifying that it complies with the recovery, safety and environmental control measures of the documentation -light, humidity, dust and temperature.

CR1.4 The status and suitability of file items and document containers-labels, archives, folders, tabs, or others-are checked by identifying that they conform to the file manual and the features of the archived documentation.

CR1.5 The office equipment is maintained in operational conditions, with the periodicity established, replacing the consumables-paper, toner or ink cartridges, others-and cleaning the terminals, if necessary, following the internal standards and environmental compliance.

CR1.6 The updating of computer applications is carried out, where appropriate, in accordance with the internal procedures and applicable provisions relating to copyright, using, where appropriate, the free system of Non-licensed software.

CR1.7 System tools that enable better utilization are executed with the periodicity set by the entity and, in any case, when the system itself requires it.

CR1.8 The anomalous operation of computer equipment and/or applications detected is resolved as a user, where appropriate, to the aid manuals, or to internal or external technical officials, through the channels and established procedures.

CR1.9 The measures necessary to ensure the preservation and integrity of files and information, in the post and in the network, are effectively applied in accordance with the established procedures, and checking with the periodicity set that the file protection and security utilities are activated.

RP2: Organize files or folders according to the procedures and rules set by the organization, using the capabilities of the installed operating system, to facilitate recovery and quick access and secure.

CR2.1 The files that contain the documentation are created according to the organization's classification instructions, assigning the proposed names or, if applicable, significant enough.

CR2.2 Files and documentation are organized logically and consistently, grouping numerical, alphabetic, chronological and/or thematically, according to the procedures, the file manual, and/or the uses and customs established by the organization.

CR2.3 Documents of the same nature are separated by using and/or creating subfolders, thus facilitating their recovery and access.

CR2.4 The computer file systems located in the different storage media of the information are organized using tree structures in a homogeneous and dynamic way, significant names and systems classification appropriate to its content.

CR2.5 The alphabetic, thematic, or chronological indexes of the file are updated through the tools available according to the organizational structure of the files or folders for later localization.

CR2.6 The movement or copying of files or folders to contain the documentation is done quickly and in accordance with established procedures.

CR2.7 The removal of files or folders is done by following the established protocol by monitoring the content of the items to be removed, applying the security and confidentiality rules of the information, and respecting the environment.

CR2.8 The file system organization enhancements are proposed in accordance with the faults detected in their use through the procedures established by the organization.

CR2.9 The conventional and/or software-on line, off line-are used in the face of doubts or problems raised in the use of the system or its tools, or in the execution of the procedures of action.

RP3: Ensure the custody, access and reproduction of the documentation, in conventional and/or digital support, applying the internal procedures and the legal norms concerning the conservation, security and confidentiality of the information, to facilitate their reliability and authenticity.

CR3.1 Archive documentation is reproduced according to criteria set out in digital paper or format, through reprographics, scanners, digital cameras or other devices, accurately, in quantities and time required and, contrasting with the originals by the established procedure.

CR3.2 Documentation is recorded through the available media by assigning the established codes that allow for subsequent localization by applying the classification criteria, by order and priority, established by the organization, in order to certify its existence.

CR3.3 The index of the file is used efficiently and securely through the computer tool set to facilitate document access and retrieval.

CR3.4 Paper documents that have already been archived in digital format are destroyed, if appropriate, with the electronic or conventional means at their disposal, applying the data protection criteria and standards. set.

CR3.5 The backups of the computer files on their different media are performed according to the procedures specified by the available applications, or set by the organization.

CR3.6 The documentation is kept and updated periodically, with the physical conditions and level of security that the current internal or legal regulations establish.

CR3.7 The access or consultation of the documentation to persons internal or external to the department and/or the organization, or Public Administration is permitted in accordance with the current regulations and the internal rules established.

CR3.8 The regulatory authority for documentation requirements for use restricted by internal or external members to its scope of action is requested to monitor the accuracy of the application.

RP4: Keep up to date the information of the databases available in the organization, by entering through forms, tables or other services the data obtained, and guaranteed their organization, integrity and confidentiality for efficient use of the same.

CR4.1 The tables and data entry forms designs are created using the available SGBD wizards based on the information you want to enter and, where applicable, the instructions received.

CR4.2 The data in the SGBD is sorted and sorted, indexed as appropriate, according to the criteria set by the organization, or the one that is best suited for quick access to information.

CR4.3 Information, data or files are entered through the available forms or tables, inserting them with correction into the corresponding fields and assigning, if appropriate, the code according to the rules set.

CR4.4 Updating and removing records from databases are performed by accurately applying the appropriate actions, always saving copies of the database prior to the modification.

CR4.5 The information contained in the database is protected, backed up with the periodicity set by the organization.

CR4.6 The security rules for the use of databases are strictly enforced, checking that the required level of security and access is established in each case.

CR4.7 Technical documentation and use or help manuals-on line, off line-are used by applying the procedures described efficiently in the resolution of doubts or incidents.

RP5: Obtain and transmit information from the organization's databases through queries, reports, or other pre-established or custom objects, depending on the instructions received or the need for the activity, ensuring maintenance, security and confidentiality.

CR5.1 The queries, filters, or other search objects, in the absence of pre-established capabilities for obtaining the required information, are created through the assistants, choosing between the different types of action or selection-, and applying the precise criteria.

CR5.2 Database queries are performed precisely through the available functions or wizards-filter or search options, pre-set action or selection queries, key fields, or others- instructions received or needs of the activity.

CR5.3 Search results are presented in a structured, appropriate, and representative form, in the form of reports, tables, or other formats, respecting the organization's style manual, depending on the outcome sought from the document prepared by the SGBD assistant.

CR5.4 The presentation of information in non-default reports or documents in the application is generated from the available wizards, selecting the fields of tables or queries that contain it, and organizing them in function of the objectives of the report.

CR5.5 The presentation of the information in default or available reports in the SGBD is generated through the precise functions, introducing, if necessary, the criteria of restriction according to the instructions received or the needs of the report.

CR5.6 The presentation of information in reports or documents with other documentation management applications is generated through the available wizards, relating the database to them, creating in their case updatable links.

CR5.7 The generated documents or reports are checked by verifying the absence of errors, and the accuracy of the information provided with the requested or required.

CR5.8 The security rules for access and use of databases are strictly enforced, checking that the required access is established and the required level of security.

CR5.9 Technical documentation and use or help manuals-on line, off line-are used by applying the procedures described efficiently in the resolution of doubts or incidents.

Professional Context

Production media

Office equipment-computer terminals, laptops, printer, scanner, fax, photocopier, conventional archives and computer media, digital cameras, fixed and mobile telephony equipment, others. Computer networks-Internet, intranet-. E-mail and electronic agenda. General computer applications: operating system, database manager system, databases, others. Office material. Forms-request for information, listings, printed, others.

Products and results

Files organized in accordance with the rules of the organization. Information organised and updated correctly in compliance with delivery times. Reports produced in the absence of errors, organized and structured. Information obtained and transmitted from databases in the form and term, and correctly protected. Optimal use of computer equipment and resources. Coded and restricted access information. Documentation and information correctly registered, archived. Search, import, and export in networks and databases. Compliance with internal and external standards to the organization. Respect for the environment.

Information used or generated

Regulations concerning copyright, prevention of occupational risks, protection and conservation of the environment, data protection, electronic security, electronic administration. Internal procedure manuals, style manuals, manuals, and help files for the use of computer equipment and computer applications. Information published on the network. Various publications: official bulletins, specialised journals, statistical bulletins, or others. Formats of various forms and reports of collection and presentation of information. Information encoding systems.

Competition Unit 7

Denomination: Handle office-based applications in information and documentation management.

Level: 2.

Code: UC0233_2.

Professional realizations and realization criteria

RP1: Check the operation, at the user level, of the available computer equipment, ensuring its operability, in accordance with established procedures and standards, to facilitate efficient management.

CR1.1 The basic operation of the available computer equipment is proven to be successful in recognition of the correct implementation and compliance with the internal rules and applicable safety regulations. data protection and electronic confidentiality.

CR1.2 Network and dial-up connections when starting the operating system, are checked by confirming their availability and access to shared folders or Web sites.

CR1.3 The anomalous operation of computer equipment and/or applications detected is resolved as a user, where appropriate, to the aid manuals, or to internal or external technical officials, through the channels and established procedures.

CR1.4 Computer applications are updated, if applicable, by installing the unavailable utilities or by updating the versions according to the internal procedures and applicable provisions concerning rights. author, using the non-licensed software free system if applicable.

CR1.5 The improvements in the updating of the computer equipment to be contained in the documentation are proposed to the hierarchical superior according to the faults or incidents detected in their use through the procedures established by the organization.

CR1.6 The conventional and/or software-on line, off line-are used in the face of doubts or problems raised in the use of computer equipment, or in the execution of the procedures of action.

RP2: Obtain and organize the required information on the Internet-intranet or Internet-according to the instructions received and established procedures, for the development of the activities of the organization using the electronic means and available help manuals.

CR2.1 Information sources are identified and prioritized based on the ease of access and reliability that is contrasted according to the needs defined by the organization.

CR2.2 The information needed for the activity and available in the files of the organization, is obtained by searching it with the precise criteria, updating it with the established periodicity, reviewing the functionality and integrity of the same.

CR2.3 Required information from the Internet or other legal and ethical sources is obtained with agility, using different proven reliability search tools-search engines, thematic indexes, search agents, or others.

CR2.4 The search criteria in the Network are used effectively to restrict the number of results obtained, choosing the most reliable source.

CR2.5 The data obtained is transferred by the use of the necessary office tools, creating the intermediate documents that allow their subsequent use, and applying the established security systems.

CR2.6 The cleanup and homogenization operations of the search results are performed by correcting the detected errors-eliminating meaningless values or duplicate records, assigning or encoding default values, or other-according to the instructions received.

CR2.7 Information received or resulting from data cleansing and homogenization is archived and/or recorded following established internal procedures.

CR2.8 The security and privacy rules in the access and search of information available on the network, internal or external, are strictly respected.

CR2.9 Conventional and/or computer-based aid manuals, offline, are used in the face of doubts or problems raised in the use of applications, or in the execution of the procedures for action.

RP3: Prepare frequently used documents using computer processing and/or text processing applications, in order to deliver the required information within the time and form set.

CR3.1 The documents required in your area of action-reports, letters, trades, salutes, certificates, memoranda, authorizations, notices, circulars, statements, internal notes, applications or others-are written from the information provided from manuscripts, voice dumps, or other media, accurately and stored in the appropriate format, using the office tools with dexterity.

CR3.2 Text templates for frequently used documents are created, in order to optimize and reduce inaccuracies, using the appropriate office applications, respecting, where appropriate, the rules of style and image corporate, saving them with the document type, in the required place-user's terminal, network, or others-and according to the classification instructions.

CR3.3 The documentation that has a predefined format is completed by inserting the information into the base documents or templates, maintaining their format.

CR3.4 The inaccuracies or errors of the data entered in the documents are checked for the purposes of the office utilities or assistants of the office application and, if necessary, correcting or amending them as appropriate.

CR3.5 The procedures and typing techniques set out in the preparation of the documents are met with mastery and accuracy while maintaining a working position in accordance with the appropriate security and safety conditions. health.

CR3.6 The elements that allow for a better organisation of the documents-headers, footings, numbering, index, bibliography, or other-are inserted with correction where they proceed, and where appropriate, the sources and respecting copyright.

CR3.7 The information contained in the working documents is reused or deleted as appropriate, monitoring its content, in accordance with the established instructions and procedures, and respecting the safety and security standards. confidentiality.

CR3.8 The movement, copying or removal of document processing and/or self-publishing documents is carried out by monitoring its content and rigorously applying the security and confidentiality rules of the information.

CR3.9 The edited final document is compared to the printed document by checking its precise adjustment, as well as the non-existence of widowed or orphan lines, page breaks or other aspects that subtract it from legilibility and, enhancing the quality and improvement of results.

CR3.10 The conventional and/or IT-on line, off line help manuals are used in the face of doubts or problems raised in the use of applications, or in the execution of the procedures for action.

RP4: Get the data, calculations, aggregations, comparisons, filtered, statistics and/or accurate graphs, operating with the various functions that the spreadsheets offer, in order to generate reliable and quality documents.

CR4.1 Worksheets books are created through the utilities of the office application by relating the different parts of the sheets, if applicable, and saving them in the required place-user's terminal, network or other-according to the organization's classification instructions and the document type.

CR4.2 Spreadsheets are updated, depending on their new purpose, when reuse is required, through the utilities available in the spreadsheet itself.

CR4.3 The formulas and functions used in frequently used spreadsheets are used precisely, nesting them, if applicable, and checking the results obtained to be expected.

CR4.4 The cells, sheets and books that require protection are treated by applying the capabilities provided by the application, establishing the appropriate passwords and access control, in order to determine security, confidentiality and precise protection.

CR4.5 Frequent use charts are elaborated accurately, quickly and clearly through the wizard, setting the precise data ranges, applying the format and representative titles, and determining the appropriate location to the type of information required.

CR4.6 The configuration of the pages and the print area is set through the utilities that the tool provides for later printing.

CR4.7 Moving, copying, or removing spreadsheet documents is done by monitoring your content and rigorously applying the security and confidentiality rules of the information.

CR4.8 Conventional and/or computer-based aid manuals, offline, are used in the face of doubts or problems raised in the use of applications, or in the execution of the procedures for action.

RP5: Develop documentation and information presentations effectively, respecting deadlines, using computer applications, and in accordance with the instructions received, to reflect the required information and the corporate image.

CR5.1 Graphic presentations of support for a speaker's exposures, screen projections, slides or transparencies, are prepared with skill according to the instructions received, using, if applicable, the Computing application utilities and wizards, and respecting the organization's style rules.

CR5.2 The procedures established by the organization regarding the movement, copying or elimination of presentations made on any of the available media, are applied quickly and rigorously, monitoring their content and applying the rules of security and confidentiality of information.

CR5.3 The objects required in graphical presentations-tables, charts, spreadsheets, photographs, drawings, organigams, sound and video files, others-are inserted into the most appropriate position at the type or target of the presentation, using, if applicable, the available wizards.

CR5.4 The objects inserted in the presentations are, if applicable, effectively encouraged, through the application's available wizards, and addressing the purpose of the given presentation or instructions.

CR5.5 In presentations via Internet or intranet of products or services of the organization, the information is presented in a persuasive way, taking care of all aspects of format and following internal rules of style, location and document type for the Web.

CR5.6 The information or documentation that is the subject of the presentation is verified by verifying the absence of errors or inaccuracies, keeping in accordance with the classification instructions of the organization, assigning the names proposed or, if applicable, those that allow for their speedy recovery.

CR5.7 The information or documentation that is the subject of the verified presentation is made available to the persons or entities to whom it is intended to be used in accordance with the deadlines and in the form established.

CR5.8 Conventional and/or computer-based aid manuals, offline, are used in the face of doubts or problems raised in the use of applications, or in the execution of the procedures for action.

CR5.9 The confidentiality and security rules are rigorously respected.

RP6: Operate with databases, internal or external, in order to obtain and provide the necessary information, always maintaining integrity, security and confidentiality according to the established rules.

CR6.1 The data in tables contained in spreadsheets or databases are presented correctly, with the format, order and distribution in the most convenient document, using representative titles based on the the purpose of the document, and, where appropriate, by filtering them according to the needs or instructions received.

CR6.2 Data from specific tables or databases in the elaboration of documents-envelopes, labels or other documents-are combined in the order established, through the various necessary office applications, in function of the type of media used.

CR6.3 Conventional and/or computer-based aid manuals, offline, are used in the face of doubts or problems raised in the use of applications, or in the execution of the procedures for action.

RP7: Integrate data, tables, graphs, and other objects into working documents according to the instructions received to efficiently reuse the required information from different computer applications.

CR7.1 Tables, spreadsheets, charts, drawings, images, hyperlinks, or others, are inserted into the documents, in the appropriate place, ensuring their integrity.

CR7.2 The objects obtained from the spreadsheet are inserted in the documents when they need to be edited with a word processor or editing program.

CR7.3 Slides and/or presentations are sent through the application's available utilities to working documents, to facilitate their tracking.

CR7.4 The texts, tables, charts, and other objects are integrated into the frequently used emails, through the available utilities, and based on the corporate image.

CR7.5 Templates are combined with the data available in files from the same or other formats through the application wizards, generating the individualized documents according to the instructions received.

CR7.6 The quality of the inserted objects is optimized using the appropriate tools-image processing, color optimization, or others.

RP8: Use e-mail programs in computer equipment and/or electronic agendas, in accordance with established procedures and regulations, in order to ensure and optimize the circulation and availability of the correspondence.

CR8.1 The mail address and the subject of the received communications are checked by accurately identifying them through the address book or other available utilities to avoid unwanted mails.

CR8.2 The necessary identifying data for the communications to be issued-recipient, subject, annexes, acknowledgement of receipt, others-are verified with the data of the recipient provided by the superior or obtained from the databases, address book or others, detecting omissions or errors, and subsating them if necessary.

CR8.3 The correspondence received or issued by computer or electronic means, is organized by classifying it according to the criteria set-organizations, dates, other-, generating, if necessary, the relevant backups of agreement with the internal procedures and maintaining sustainability criteria.

CR8.4 Contacts entered in the computer or electronic address books are updated at the time of their knowledge, removing their content, or incorporating new information or documents that optimize their usage.

CR8.5 Correspondence and/or accompanying documentation are forwarded if appropriate, with speed and accuracy by stating the recipient and adapting the body of the message.

CR8.6 The errors or failures in computer or electronic communications are identified and corrected promptly and efficiently, in the field of their responsibility, requiring, where appropriate, the necessary technical support.

CR8.7 The legal regulations on security and confidentiality in communication systems are strictly enforced in the forwarding, response and registration of correspondence.

CR8.8 The conventional and/or IT-on line, off line help manuals are used in the face of doubts or problems raised in the use of applications, or in the execution of the procedures for action.

CR8.9 The movement, copying or removal of emails is done by monitoring their content and rigorously applying the security and confidentiality rules of the information.

Professional Context

Production media

Office equipment-computer terminals, laptops, printer, scanner, fax, photocopier, digital cameras, fixed and mobile telephony equipment, others. Computer networks-Internet, intranet-. E-mail and electronic agenda. General computer applications: word processor, spreadsheet, graphical presentation programs, databases, others. Assistants for general computer applications. Office material. Paper destroyers. Printed-request for information, requirements, others-. Transparencies.

Products and results

Search for information on the network-internal or external-and on the organization's file system. Information organised and updated correctly in compliance with delivery times. Information obtained, sorted, prepared, integrated and transmitted correctly in the form and time. Documentation elaborated with no errors, organized and structured. Documentation correctly protected. Presentations on different media-electronic files, transparencies, others-. Import and export on the network. Compliance with internal and external standards to the security organisation, confidentiality. Resolution of incidents with help manuals. Respect for the environment.

Information used or generated

Regulations concerning copyright, prevention of occupational risks, protection and conservation of the environment, electronic security, electronic administration. Manuals in conventional or computer-on-line, off line-of: internal procedure, style, use of computer equipment, office machines and computer applications. Aid programmes. Postal information. Information published on the network. Various publications: official bulletins, specialist journals, statistical bulletins, others. Presentation formats for information and elaboration of documents and templates.

III. TRAINING OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM

FORMATIVE MODULE 1

Naming: Commercial administrative operations.

Code: MF0976_2.

Professional qualification level: 2.

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC0976_2 Perform the administrative steps of the business process.

Duration: 160 hours.

FORMATIVE UNIT 1

Denomination: Customer support in the business process.

Code: UF0349.

Duration: 40 hours.

Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1 and RP6.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Apply commercial communication techniques in sales operations, through different marketing channels, based on quality criteria for customer service.

CE1.1 Describe basic functions in a business department and/or billing.

CE1.2 Identify commercial communication procedures in purchase and sale operations in type organizations.

CE1.3 Distinguished commercial communication channels-Web pages, conventional, others-explaining their characteristics, advantages and disadvantages of use.

CE1.4 Identify the quality of service parameters in the business communication procedures with the client.

CE1.5 Identify the phases of a sales and customer service process.

CE1.6 Distinguished customer's usual types of motivations when purchasing different types of products and/or services.

CE1.7 Successfully differentiate sales conditions that correspond to a customer according to their business classification, or market segment.

CE1.8 In a convenient, conveniently characterized, commercial communication scenario:

-Adapt sales techniques to the proposed communication medium-telephone, Internet, mobile, postal or electronic mail.

-Demonstrate interest and concern for successfully addressing client needs.

-Express in the deal with the supposed customer: Courtesy, respect and discretion.

-Determine communication support-internal databases, Web pages, others-more appropriate to obtain the required information.

-Transmit information clearly, in an orderly and precise manner, in person, telephone or telematics.

CE1.9 In the simulation of an interview with a client, through a particular marketing channel and from a conveniently characterized information:

-Identify the customer's typology and purchase needs, asking the appropriate questions.

-Make a dash-phone sales interview and apply it to the simulation.

-Describe clearly, in an orderly and precise manner, the product characteristics, highlighting their advantages and adequacy to the client's needs.

-Know and counter customer objections, minimizing customer hostilities.

-Apply different closures to the customer type on the phone.

C2: Perform the collection, channelling, and/or resolution of claims, and customer tracking in after-sales services.

CE2.1 Distinguished the phases of a postsale process by describing its basic characteristics.

CE2.2 Identify products and/or services that necessarily require after-sales service and tracking.

CE2.3 Rate the importance of after-sales service in the commercial management of different types of products and/or services through practical assumptions or real cases, describing the consequences of non-existence or bad use of that service.

CE2.4 Describe the methods commonly used in the quality control of the after-sales service.

CE2.5 Describe and explain basic customer loyalty techniques and instruments.

CE2.6 From an assumption of customer loyalty, with established characteristics:

-Develop the appropriate documents for each loyalty action in a clear and concise manner, depending on its purpose and the channel used-email, postal, telephone, mobile messages.

CE2.7 Describe the process to be followed by a claim.

CE2.8 Identify the documentation used to collect a claim by describing the information to contain.

CE2.9 In a real situation of attention and management of a claim, conveniently characterized:

-Collect and listen carefully to the complaint or claim of the alleged customer.

-accurately define the nature and context of the complaint or complaint.

-Rigorously delimit personal capacity for resolution.

-Formalize the claim, indicating the required information to contain.

Contents

1. Customer support in sales operations.

-The commercial department:

• Basic functions.

• Customer needs and tastes identification: customer classification.

-Commercial communication procedure:

• Institutional communication elements.

• Stages of the procedure.

• Media for communication.

• Customer treatment: correct lexicon, proper formulation of questions/answers, and other techniques.

-Identifying the psychological profile of the different clients:

• Application of sales conditions.

• Transmission of relevant business information according to the type of customer.

• Motivation.

-Relation to the client through different channels:

• Features.

• Benefits and drawbacks.

• Internet as a communication channel.

-Quality criteria in customer care: customer satisfaction.

-Application of confidentiality to customer care.

2. Commercial information communication in the sales process.

-The purchase and sales process as communication:

• Basics: Identification of communication in the sale.

• Techniques and media of buying and selling.

• Commercial argument.

• Treatment of objections.

• Communication of information about products.

-The telephone sale.

• Sales by catalog.

• Lift.

• Internet and other forms.

3. Adaptation of commercial communication to Telemarketing.

-Basic aspects of Telemarketing:

• Concepts: Marketing, Telemarketing, Teleoperator, Market Business Sectors, and Others.

-The general operator of the teleoperator:

• Connect with the client.

• Teleoperator Motivation towards communication.

Entrenching positive tele-operator attitudes.

-Sales Techniques:

• Main commercial selling techniques.

• The scripts: plan their existence.

• The interview: needs of the customers and the correct use of the products.

• Elements for the success of different selling techniques.

-Close of sale:

• Customer Objections: main causes and attitudes.

• Minimize customer hostilities.

• Tipologia of sales closures.

4. Processing in after-sales services.

-Commercial tracking: concept.

-Customer loyalty:

• Fidelization instruments: bonuses, points or club cards, discount coupons and others.

• Finality.

-Identification of complaints and complaints:

• Concept.

• Features.

• Tipologia: in-person and not in-person.

-Claims and complaints procedure:

• Receiving.

• Documentary formulation.

• Resolution of doubts.

-Valuation of service quality parameters and their importance or consequences of their non-existence.

-Application of confidentiality to the care provided in after-sales services.

FORMATIVE UNIT 2

Naming: Administrative management of the business process.

Code: UF0350.

Duration: 80 hours.

Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP3, RP4, and RP5.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Confect the basic documents of the sales transactions, using the computer or telematic means, carrying out the necessary calculations and applying the current commercial and fiscal legislation.

CE1.1 Distinguished the basic documents of the sales operations, specifying the functions and formal requirements that they must meet.

CE1.2 Detect, manage and communicate to the corresponding persons or departments the incidents that occur during the administrative process of purchase and sale: incomplete or not received documentation, formal and other errors, in order to comply with comprehensive quality management.

CE1.3 Precise the basic characteristics of the commercial and tax rules applicable to the purchase and sale operations.

CE1.4 Precise concepts of commercial interest, commercial discount, commercial margin, product cost price, purchase price, sales price, percentage of VAT, corretages, commissions.

CE1.5 From a conveniently characterized case:

-Identify the different methods for calculating the final sale price.

-Calculate the final sale price according to the margins provided.

-Rate the impact on the final price of different promotions.

CE1.6 In a convenient convenient purchase or sale scenario, where appropriate generic or specific computer applications should be used:

-Elaborate the albarans by incorporating each of the required parameters-amounts, concepts, amounts, others.

-Calculate the total amount of the unit price of purchase or sale correctly.

-Calculate correctly the total amount of the purchase or sale of different products.

-Prepare invoices, taking into account discounts, VAT rate, and payment or collection system set.

CE1.7 In a scenario of receiving administrative documentation:

-Identify the various administrative documents received.

-Check for the existence or non-incidences in the documentation.

-Rate the detected incidents and proceed accordingly.

C2: Apply stock control methods, taking into account the main warehouse management systems and product and/or service typologies, in different business activities.

CE2.1 Distinguished the different types of usual stock in production, commercial, and/or service companies.

CE2.2 Different types of packaging and packaging that are used according to raw materials and products.

CE2.3 Describe the administrative procedures relating to the reception, storage, internal distribution and issuance of stocks.

CE2.4 Explain the characteristics of different stock control methods.

CE2.5 From conveniently characterized assumptions:

-Apply the indicated stock control method.

-Calculate the amount of the stock balance taking into account the cost of the product, VAT, commercial margins, and other expenses.

-Interpret periodic inventories by making them correspond to the given stock level.

Contents

1. Administrative processing of the conventional buying-sell procedure.

-Supplier selection: Selection criteria.

-Administrative management of client tracking:

• Postsale procedures and phases.

• Instruments, products, or services that require it.

• Procedures.

• Valuation.

-Identification of basic documents:

• Budget.

• Order proposal.

• Order.

• Albaran.

• Delivery notes.

• Invoices.

• Carta-porte and others.

-Making and completing administrative documentation in sales operations.

-Identification and commercial calculation in purchase and sale operations:

• VAT.

• Cost and sales price.

• Ports.

• Packaging and packaging.

• Corretages.

• Commercial discount and others.

-Cotejo of data from documents formalized with: precedents, data provided by supplier-customers.

-Handling and managing the incidents detected in the buy-sell administrative procedure:

• Reclamation and/or provision of documentation not received or referred to suppliers or customers.

• Transmission of incidents to corresponding departments.

• Resolution of incidents based on competencies.

-Application of the current regulations for updating, security and confidentiality.

2. Application of the market and tax rules in force in the sales transactions.

-Basic merchant legislation:

• Basic concepts.

• The Trade Code: basics.

-Basic tax legislation:

-VAT legislation:

• Concept.

• VAT regimes: general, equivalence surcharge, basic intra-Community operations.

• Tax rates.

• Fulfillment of VAT settlement models.

-Basic concepts of commercial and fiscal legislation of the European Union: Community directives and intra-Community operations.

3. Stock and inventory management.

-Basic concepts: stocks, raw materials, packaging, packaging, and labeling.

-Storage: storage systems, stock location, rotation analysis.

-Warehouse management administrative procedure:

• Receiving and delivery of documentation and merchandise: anomalies, impairments, returns.

• Log of inputs and outputs.

• Elaboration and interpretation of inventories.

• Control and organization of product storage: collation of inventoried and registered products, deviations, losses and obsolescence of stored products.

• Distribution of merchandise and corresponding documentation.

-Conventional stock management systems: features and practical application.

-Quality control in warehouse management:

-The different quality control systems: basics.

• Organization procedure manuals.

• Current regulations regarding the control and safety of the goods and their documentation.

FORMATIVE UNIT 3

Denomination: Business Management Computing Applications.

Code: UF0351.

Duration: 40 hours.

Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP2 and RP1, RP3, RP5, and RP6 in the appropriate computing part.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Use business management, warehouse and/or billing IT applications, recording information and obtaining the required documentation in purchase and sales operations.

CE1.1 Identify the fundamental functions and procedures of applications, by consulting, where appropriate, the help systems.

CE1.2 Value and justify the need to apply the protection and safeguarding systems of the information describing the possible consequences of the lack of application.

CE1.3 In a scenario where you propose conveniently-characterized buy-sell operations, and using commercial management computing applications:

-Define the parameter files-VAT type, discounts, bonuses, others.

-Register high, low, and modifications to the proposed client, vendor, and product files.

-Register the purchases made, updating the vendor file and scanning the documentation, if any.

-Record sales billing, updating the client file, if any.

-Get properly in the defined formats the business documents.

CE1.4 Properly identify significant sales reports, relating their content.

CE1.5 From a convenient, convenient scenario, and through the use of a business management software or CRM:

-Identify the information provided as appropriate to customers, products, distributors, sales agents, promotions, or other members or items of sale.

-Use elementary functions, procedures, and utilities accurately, by storing or updating the data provided by clients or vendors.

-Get simple forms, given parameters related to customer information.

-Get the sales reports in the formats, deadlines, and parameters required.

-Back up information entered into the computer application.

CE1.6 In a scenario where stock and warehouse management operations are proposed conveniently, and using the business and/or warehouse management software applications:

-Define the parameter files-assessment criteria, optimal stock, minimum stock, others.

-Record stock movements.

-Get the inventory inventory accurately.

-Apply the security and confidentiality options for the data recorded in the computer application.

Contents

1. Using management applications in relation to client-providers (CRM).

-Updating information files for:

• Customers.

• Providers.

• Products and services.

• Sales and distribution agents.

• Competition companies.

• Commercial parameters: discounts, tax rates, and others.

-Administrative processing of client-vendor information:

• Receiving documentation-documentation.

• Organization.

• Scanning the documentation for registration.

• Registration.

• Transmission.

• Searches.

2. Using warehouse management applications.

-Generate the information files for:

• Stocks.

• Raw materials.

• Envases.

• Packaging and others.

-Warehouse computing management systems.

3. Use of billing management computing applications.

-Generation of:

• Budgets.

• Orders.

• Albaranes.

• Invoices and others.

-Realizing links to other computer applications:

• Accounting.

• Data management or other.

4. Using after-sales management application tools for:

-Manage the information obtained from after-sales:

• Organization.

• Registration.

• File.

-Perform loyalty actions.

-Complaints and complaints management:

• Registration.

• File.

-Getting through management applications:

• Related reports.

• Forms.

• Statistics.

• Data tables.

-Application of protection and protection systems for information:

• Consequences of your non-application.

• Backups.

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Unit

40

Number of total hours of the module	Maximum number of hours Remote-
Formative Unit 1-UF0349	40	30
Unit 2-UF0350	80	40
	40	40

Sequence:

The first formative unit of the module can be programmed independently.

To access the formative unit 3 must have been passed the formative unit 2.

Access criteria for students

They shall be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree governing the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this Annex accompanies.

FORMATIVE MODULE 2

Denomination: Operational Management of Treasury.

Code: MF0979_2.

Professional qualification level: 2.

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC0979_2 Perform treasury management efforts.

Duration: 90 hours.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Identify the business and tax regulations governing financial instruments and payment and payment documents, as well as entities related to their issuance.

CE1.1 Distinguished organizations, entities, and companies linked to the issuance of the charging and payment documents.

CE1.2 Describe the characteristics and purpose of basic financial products and services to businesses.

CE1.3 Describe the purpose and content of the various collection and payment documents-letter of exchange, check, pay, receipt and transfer and of their telematic equivalents.

CE1.4 Identify the basic aspects of the business rules that allow the fulfillment of the payment and payment documents.

CE1.5 Identify aspects concerning the date of issuance and expiration of commercial and tax documents related to collection and payment transactions.

CE1.6 Identify the self-settlement documents of the tributes that come, describing the content of the taxes.

CE1.7 In a scenario where commercial and tax payment documents are provided, duly characterized:

-Identify the document.

-Precise the regulations that regulate it.

-Explain the tax or merchant operation that generates it.

-Explain the contents of each of the sections that make up the same.

C2: Confect charging and payment documents by applying commercial and tax regulations, using conventional and telematic means, registering the same in the corresponding books.

CE2.1 Identify the different basic payment means-check, pay, change letter, home receipt, transfer and their telematic equivalents-as well as their main features.

CE2.2 Describe the characteristics of the record books of the means of payment.

CE2.3 Identify the functions of financial management computing applications on line.

CE2.4 In a practical scenario in which information is provided, duly characterized by a series of economic transactions that give rise to payments to companies and to Public Administrations:

-Establish in each case the possibilities of conventional presentation and/or telematics of the payment.

-Identify the tax or commercial document, conventional and/or telematics, to be completed.

-Meet each document in a conventional or telematic manner in accordance with the legal regulations governing it.

-Perform annotations for movements in conventional and computer format.

C3: Apply the methods and functions of the treasury control by detecting the deviations produced and identifying the consequences of their non-application.

CE3.1 Precise the basic methods of treasury control.

CE3.2 Describe the purpose and procedure of the box tonnage.

CE3.3 In a real situation, with documentation properly characterized:

-Reconsider existing cash.

-Classify the various credit and debit documents found in the tonnage according to their nature and purpose.

-Anote in the box book the documents found in the tonnage according to the guidelines received.

-Coding the result of the tonnage with the records in the box book and documenting the differences found by proposing possible solutions.

-The detected failures are communicated to the manager set in the procedure manual.

CE3.4 Describe the purpose and procedure of the bank reconciliation.

CE3.5 In a real situation, with documentation properly characterized:

-Coding the bank statement annotations with the bank book records and supporting documentation.

-Perform the corresponding arithmetic checks through the precise calculations.

-Document the differences and anomalies found between the contents of the bank statements, the bank book records, and the supporting documentation.

-Explain the importance of segregation of functions in the banking reconciliation procedure.

-Identify the existing problems and implications of the lack of application of the banking reconciliation.

CE3.6 Explain the importance of integrity, responsibility and confidentiality in the management and control of the treasury, as well as the negative consequences of actions contrary to these principles from practical cases or actual.

C4: Perform calculations for treasury management using conventional and computer-based media.

CE4.1 Precise the concept of simple and composite interest and its use in treasury management operations.

CE4.2 In a scenario, where information is provided that is characterized by certain types of operations:

-Determine for each operation the simple or compound capitalization law that should be used in the calculation of the interest according to the nature and duration of the interest.

-Calculate the interests produced in each of the transactions in accordance with the relevant financial law.

CE4.3 Precise the concept of effects discount and its use in treasury management.

CE4.4 In a real situation, where documentation and information is provided properly characterized by the discount of a table of effects:

-Calculate the discount for the operation.

-Calculate bank fees according to the information provided.

-Confect the banking documentation for the effect remittance.

CE4.5 Precise current account and credit account concepts and their employment in treasury management.

CE4.6 In a real situation, where documentation and information is provided properly characterized by the movements of a current account and another credit:

-Meet current account movements in established documents.

-Liquidate the current account by the procedures set forth in the statement.

-Meet credit account movements in established documents.

-Liquidate the interest of the credit account.

C5: Identify the means and time limits for the submission of the collection or payment documentation to different public or private recipients, in accordance with the current regulations.

CE5.1 Identify public and private bodies to which the payment or payment documents are to be filed.

CE5.2 Describe the registration process to public bodies.

CE5.3 Describe the process of downloading from the web pages of public payment print agencies to public administrations.

CE5.4 Identify payment and collection mechanisms in financial institutions.

CE5.5 In appropriately characterized assumptions, in which data is provided for the settlement of taxes or other payment obligations to public bodies, or financial institutions:

-Describe public or private bodies, and the process of filing the payment or payment documents to the recipient within the legal or agreed time limit.

Contents

1. Business and tax rules governing financial instruments.

-Financial brokers and Economic agents.

• Definition and role.

• Classification according to the guidelines of the C.E.E.

• Banco de España.

• Private Banking.

• Savings Boxes.

• Insurance Companies.

• Pension funds.

• Social Security.

• Companies and Investment Funds.

• Mortgage Banks.

-The characteristics and purpose of the financial instruments at the company's service.

• Current account credits.

• Loans.

• Bank discount.

• Commercial Discount.

• Leasing.

• Renting.

• Factoring.

-The Change and Cheat Law.

• Formal requirements.

• Nominal checks "to order".

• Nominal checks "not in order".

• Bearer checks.

• Issue and expiration date.

• Conformation, crossover, and transmission.

• Knowledge of your executive power and your taxation.

-The Change Letter.

• Formal requirements; form defects.

• Librement.

• Issue and expiration date.

• Clauses.

• Acceptance, endorsement, transmission (endorsement and assignment).

• Taxation of the change letter.

-The Pagare.

• Definition of the pagare.

• Recognize its features.

• Issue and expiration date.

• Differences and analogies with the change letter.

• Taxation of the promissory note.

-Other means of collection and payment. Features and purpose.

• The home receipt.

• Bank Transfer.

• Electronic Remittance.

-Identification of taxes and taxes.

• Identification of VAT declarations.

• Identification of IRPF statements.

2. Preparation and use of collection and payment documents in treasury management.

-Payment and payment documents in conventional or telematic form.

• Receipts domiciled on line.

• Preparing transfers on line for later signing.

• Garment of checks.

• Garment of Pages.

• Clothing of effects remittance.

-Identifying basic financial operations in charge and payment management.

• Factoring operations.

• Consigning clients.

• Managing effects.

-Fulfillment of record books.

• checks.

• of endorsements.

• transfers.

-Credit and debit cards.

• Identification of movements in cards.

• Punting card movements.

• Reconciliation of movements with bank settlement.

-Cash management through online banking.

• Query of extracts.

-Obtaining and completing official documents over the Internet.

3. Basic methods of cash flow control.

-The treasury budget.

• Finality of the budget.

• Features of a quote.

• Making a simple budget.

• Approval of the quote.

-The box book.

• Box tonnage.

• Finality.

• Procedure.

• Punching of movements in the Box book.

• Cuadre with accounting.

• Identifying differences.

-The Book of Banks.

• Finality.

• Procedure.

• Punching of bank movements.

• Accounting accounts.

• Reconciliation in bank books.

4. Financial and commercial calculation operations.

-Use of simple interest in basic treasury operations.

• Simple Capitalization Act.

• Simple interest calculation.

-Application of compound interest in basic treasury operations.

• Composite Capitalization Act.

• Computation of compound interest.

-Simple discount.

• Calculation of the Commercial Discount.

• Calculation of Rational Discount.

-Current accounts.

• Concept.

• Movements.

• Settlement procedure.

• Calculation of interest.

-Credit accounts.

• Concept.

• Movements.

• Settlement procedure.

• Calculation of interest.

-Calculation of bank fees.

5. Media and Presentation Plashes of the documentation.

-To present documentation on collections and payments.

• Telematics.

• Present.

-Bodies to be presented with documentation.

• Tax Agency.

• Social Security.

-Presentation of documentation over the Internet.

• User certificate.

• Plashes for the presentation of the payment.

• Register over the Internet.

• Search for information about filing deadlines on the Finance and Social Security web pages.

-Download help programs for the fulfillment of payment documents.

-Using payment mechanisms in financial institutions over the Internet.

-Using the Banking on line.

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Module	Number of total hours of the module	Maximum hours Distance-
Formative Module-MF0979_2	90	70

Access criteria for students

They shall be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree governing the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this Annex accompanies.

FORMATIVE MODULE 3

Denomination: Auxiliary management of personnel.

Code: MF0980_2.

Professional qualification level: 2.

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC0980_2 Perform Human Resources administrative support activities.

Duration: 90 hours.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Organize information regarding the processes of recruitment, selection, internal communication, training, development and compensation and benefits, using the IT tools provided.

CE1.1 Identify the usual techniques of recruitment and selection of personnel using conventional or telematic channels and maintaining due confidentiality.

CE1.2 Recognize the closest or most important training entities by contacting them preferably through their websites.

CE1.3 Classify the main sources of training grants based on their size and requirements.

CE1.4 Explain the data protection rules in place for the maintenance of documentation and databases.

CE1.5 Explain the basic standards of occupational risk prevention and environmental protection by applying them to your job.

CE1.6 In one or more practical simulations, properly characterized:

-Update personnel management databases while maintaining due confidentiality and making effective and full protection of files.

-Query the databases by applying the filters that are indicated.

-Develop individual listings and reports by applying environmental and health protection standards.

-Organize listings of training and recycling activities based on subsidized programs.

-Citate risk corrective measures in your job.

C2: Prepare documentation, materials and other necessary elements in the selection, training and development of human resources, based on quality criteria and standards.

CE2.1 To differentiate the basic aspects of a management system based on quality standards.

CE2.2 Explain the staff training procedure according to quality standards.

CE2.3 In a practical scenario in which information is proposed, it is conveniently characterized:

-Prepare manuals, listings, schedules, control sheets and other materials for a training activity by applying quality criteria.

-Identify the required resources, as well as time and time, to perform a selection process.

-Differentiate the different interview types and elaborate the communications derived from them.

C3: Develop the documentation derived from the hiring process, completion, and other variations of the labor situation using the most common computer media.

CE3.1 Distinguished the usual high and social security membership procedures, using the computer system facilitated by Social Security.

CE3.2 Recognize all phases of the hiring process.

CE3.3 Defend the most common types of contract by obtaining and completing them by means of computer applications.

CE3.4 Communicate the selected procurement mode to the Competent Administration.

CE3.5 Explain the causes and procedures for modification, suspension and termination of the contract, based on the regulations.

CE3.6 Identify the basic elements that make up a finite.

CE3.7 In one or more practical simulations, properly characterized:

-Get or download from the official public administration page the specified and the high and affiliate contract models.

-Meet print and model using computer tools.

-Modify certain clauses or data from an existing previous contract.

-Calculate the final amount of a finite given some specific data.

-Citate the required deadlines and documents for the realization of the assumptions.

-Rate the importance of making models and documentation with thoroughness, good presentation and details as well as the consequences of not contemplating it.

C4: Obtain the necessary documentation for the payment of the remuneration to the staff, the contribution to the Social Security and the deductions to the account of the IRPF, demonstrating rigorousness and contemplating the regulations corresponding.

CE4.1 Identify the basic payment and contribution process.

CE4.2 Defend the most common types of pay and basic salary structure.

CE4.3 Distinguished the most common situations that can modify the quotation bases and the amounts-diets, excesses of the SMI, holds of the IRPF, others.

CE4.4 Precise the models and deadlines stipulated by the collective agreement, the taxpayer's calendar and the social security contribution rules concerning working conditions, payment periods and formulas of deferment.

CE4.5 In one or more practical simulations, properly characterized:

-Get and update the tables, scales and references needed concerning working conditions-collective agreement-to social security contributions-bases and rates-and to the deductions of the IRPF-tables and formulas calculation.

-Identify what workers ' data has an impact on the calculation of their remuneration and/or contribution.

-Draw up payment order listings to refer to financial institutions or, where applicable, referral files via electronic.

-Create the electronic system files to be submitted to Social Security.

-Print the remuneration justifications that must be made to the employees.

-Develop the sequence of IRPF tax forms.

-Rate the consequences of not meeting the payment and delivery times of the documentation.

-Apply environmental and health protection standards in document procurement and print-making.

C5: Elaborate the documentation for the control of the incidents related to the development of the employees ' work activity by observing the current legislation and the established internal communication standards.

CE5.1 Identify the basic aspects of labor relations with regard to internal communications.

CE5.2 To differentiate the most relevant aspects of the working conditions contained in the Constitution, in the Workers ' Statute, in the collective agreement and in the contract.

CE5.3 Explain the basic environmental protection standards related to the incident control documentation, applying, at your level, 3R techniques-Reduce, Reuse, Recycle.

CE5.4 In one or more practical simulations, properly characterized:

-Meet data collection forms on presence control, temporary disability, permissions, vacations, and the like.

-Perform basic calculations and statistics derived from the above data, using a spreadsheet and graphic formats.

-Develop basic reports that summarize presence and graphic control data, using text processing and presentation applications.

-Rate the consequences of not following a presence control for the sake of company efficiency.

C6: Use human resource management applications, related to in-person control, contract processing, salary and quotes, as well as tracking employee training.

CE6.1 Identify the structure of the computer program, at least in the areas of: Master tables, monthly processes, and processes of duration higher than month.

CE6.2 Apply, at your level, the data protection rules in place in the use of the computing application.

CE6.3 In one or more practical simulations, properly characterized:

-Introduce tables, scales, and updated references into computer applications.

-Define the contract and/or collective agreement data in the wage management application.

-Introduce the most common incidents with the established periodicity.

-Get payroll and quote documents, as well as control listings.

-Create electronic referral files for both financial institutions and public administration.

-Update employee tables with the results of training activities.

-Perform backups that ensure proper safeguarding of data in its integrity.

-Rate the consequences of a lack of organization prior to the introduction and update of the data.

Contents

1. Labour law and the organisation of industrial relations in the company:

-Constitutional Labor Rules.

-The Staff Regulations:

• Rights and duties.

• From collective representation.

-General Social Security Law:

• Application field.

• Rights and duties of obligated subjects.

-Collective Conventions:

• Scope: territorial, functional, personal, and temporal.

• Negotiation of the convention.

• Content.

• Vigency.

2. The job contract.

-Requirements.

-Contract Parties: Worker. Entrepreneur.

-Contract form.

-Validity.

-Duration.

-Contract modes:

• Common or ordinary work contract.

• Fixed duration contract.

• Training contracts.

• Part-time and fij-discontinuous contracts.

• Other modes of the work contract.

-Obtaining contract models on the official pages of the administration.

-Fulfilling contract models with computer media.

-Communication of the modalities of employment contracts.

-The workday:

• Maximum day.

• Special days.

• Business hours.

• Extraordinary hours.

• Weekly rest and work parties.

• Annual holidays. Other outages.

-Contract modification:

• Causes.

• Classes.

• Geographic mobility.

• Ascensuses.

-Contract contract suspension:

• Causes.

• Excess: forced, voluntary, by family care.

-Contract Extinction:

• By force majeure.

• By willingness of the worker.

• By the will of the entrepreneur.

• Other causes.

-Target firing:

• Causes.

• Formal and procedural requirements.

-Collective Redundancy:

• Procedure.

-Disciplinary dismissal:

• Causes.

• Procedures.

-The end:

• Content and form.

• Calculation of the final amount.

3. Pay remuneration and social security action.

-Pay structure:

• Base salary.

• Wage supplements.

• Extraordinary pay.

• Other.

-Salary receipt structure:

• Devengos.

• Deductions.

• IRPF retention.

-Interprofessional minimum wage.

-Payment of salary: time, place and form.

-Wage guarantees.

-Social Security Regulations.

-Enterprise Enrollment in Social Security.

• Formalization.

• Listing account.

-Affiliate. Highs. Casualties:

• Formalization.

• Place.

• Deadline.

• Effects.

-Obligation to list Social Security.

-Period of formalization, settlement, and payment.

-The employer's responsibility for Social Security.

-Electronic data communication system. Authorisation. Operation. Quote.

-Infractions.

-Sanctions.

-Calculation of remuneration and quotation using computer media.

-Updating workers ' tables, scales, and data references.

-Creating files for electronic referral to Social Security and financial institutions.

4. Human Resource Management.

-Staff selection:

• Phases of the process.

• More used techniques.

• Documents supporting the selection process.

• Result.

-Human Resource Training:

• Types of training: income, improvement, development, complementary.

• Training project: needs, strategy creation, search for training entities and grant sources, documents.

• Incorporation and data update of the training process.

-Staff control:

• Basic documents: listings, schedules, control sheets.

-Computer applications for Human Resources management:

• Type and characteristics.

• Data load: introduction and update.

-Fundamentals and basic principles of a total quality model.

-Data protection rules.

-Job Risk Prevention:

• Bodies responsible for security.

• Process of identifying and evaluating professional risks.

• Damage.

-Basic standards for environmental protection in the workplace.

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Module	Number of total hours of the module	Maximum hours Distance-
MF0980_2 formative module	90	70

Access criteria for students

They shall be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree governing the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this Annex accompanies.

FORMATIVE MODULE 4

Denomination: Accounting records.

Code: MF0981_2.

Professional qualification level: 2.

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC0981_2 Perform accounting records.

Duration: 120 hours.

FORMATIVE UNIT 1

Denomination: General Accounting Plan.

Code: UF0515.

Duration: 90 hours.

Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Interpret the usual commercial supporting documents derived from the business activity and relevant in the performance of the accounting records, recognizing the information contained therein.

CE1.1 Identify the different types of business documents that are used in type-economic transactions that organizations perform.

CE1.2 Interpret the relevant information contained in the business documents for your accounting record.

CE1.3 From conveniently characterized mercantile documents:

-Explain the heritage elements reflected in the same relevant for your accounting record.

-Explain the different concepts of revenue and expenses reflected in them, relevant to your accounting record.

C2: Accounting for economic operations by applying the double-split accounting method, its instruments and its phases.

CE2.1 Precise the concept of account as an instrument of representation and measurement of assets, income and expenses.

CE2.2 Successfully classify accounts according to their wealth or management nature, identifying the charge and credit agreements of each class.

CE2.3 Interpret the double-batch accounting method and the record books that you use.

CE2.4 In a practical scenario, in which commercial documents are provided conveniently characterized from economic-financial operations type:

-Explain the type of operation represented in each document.

-Identify the assets or revenue concepts and expenses involved in each represented operation.

-Specify the amount of charge or credit for each representative account of the assets and/or income and expense concepts involved.

-Accounting for operations in the corresponding books.

C3: Apply the double-departure accounting method to the economic transaction log in accordance with the accounting rules in force.

CE3.1 Distinguished the phases of the accounting process for a complete economic cycle and the mandatory and voluntary books provided for in the Spanish legislation in which each of them is registered.

CE3.2 Describe the structure of the General Accounting Plan-PGC.

CE3.3 Explain the encoding system used in the PGC.

CE3.4 Precise the function of the technical depreciation of the fixed assets.

CE3.5 Calculate the depreciation fee for fixed assets according to linear, degressive or progressive methods.

CE3.6 Explain the function of accounting reporting.

CE3.7 Explain the function of provisions.

CE3.8 In a practical scenario, in which an initial patrimonial situation is proposed and documentation-supporting documents relating to operations carried out in an economic exercise are provided:

-Encode the accounts according to the PGC account box.

-Register for double-split seats the operations represented in the documents by applying the principles and rules of valuation of the PGC.

-Perform the transfer of the Journal information to the accounts of the Mayor.

-Quadrant the check balance.

-Defend the write-downs that proceed, applying the PGC criteria.

-Defend the provisions that proceed, applying the PGC criteria.

-Perform the accounting staging seats that proceed.

-Get the economic result through the regularization process.

-Confect the situation balance.

C4: Fulfill the VAT and investment goods auxiliary books by applying the tax rules.

CE4.1 Explain the mandatory books that the VAT legislation establishes.

CE4.2 Explain the function of the investment goods book.

CE4.3 Describe the different fields that the VAT legislation sets for each book.

CE4.4 Explain the operation of intra-Community VAT.

CE4.5 In a practical, duly characterized scenario, where different documents are provided that reflect transactions subject to VAT:

-Defer operations that incorporate deductible-deductible supported VAT from non-deductible.

-Identify the books in which each document should be seated.

-Fulfill, with the information contained in the documents, the fields of the corresponding books.

Contents

1. Interpretation of the documentation and the trade and accounting rules.

-Business and accounting documentation.

• Documentation-supporting business types and their interpretation.

• Organization and file of business documents.

• Mandatory and auxiliary accounting books.

-The Company: Business Classes.

-Basic concepts: income-charge-money.

2. The company's heritage

-Accounting concept of the estate.

-Inventory and heritage masses

• Classification of the heritage masses.

• The Heritage Balance.

• Situation balance structure.

• Differences between inventory and situation balance.

3. Accounting records of the business activity.

-The accounting instrument: Account theory.

• Concept of charge and credit.

• Active-Passive Accounts.

• Expense and revenue accounts.

-The accounting record method: Double heading.

• Application of the method in accounting.

-Balance check balance and balances.

• Structure.

-The result of the management and its accounting representation: the profit and loss account.

-Contable General Plan in effect.

• Structure.

• Accounts.

• Groups.

• Accounts.

• Subaccounts.

-Amortization and provisioning.

• Difference between amortization and provision.

• Types of write-downs: linear amortization.

• Types of provisions.

-Expense of expenses and revenue.

-Perform a full basic accounting cycle.

-Closing and opening the accounting.

-Liability and confidentiality in accounting records: Code of Ethics, Accounting, Commercial Law on Accounting Secret.

4. VAT accounting in the auxiliary books.

-Operations subject, not subject to and exempt from tax.

-VAT rates in force in Spain.

-VAT accounting.

• VAT supported.

• VAT passed on.

• Undeductible supported VAT.

-VAT on intra-Community operations.

• Identify invoices with intra-community VAT.

• Accounting.

-Liquidation of the Tax.

• Declare-settlement times.

• Explain how a VAT settlement is done.

• Perform with practical examples a settlement of the model used for SMEs.

FORMATIVE UNIT 2

Denomination: Accounting computing applications.

Code: UF0516.

Duration: 30 hours.

Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP2, RP3, RP4, and RP5.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Use Accounting computing applications by recording the operations required for the recording of economic transactions.

CE1.1 Identify the functions and procedures of the applications used.

CE1.2 Precise the most important features of the application in relation to the encoding of accounts and concepts-format, maximum number of digits allowed, others.

CE1.3 Explain the possible formats that the application's predefined seats can have.

CE1.4 In simulation scenarios, in which documentation is provided that is appropriately characterised by the operations of an economic cycle:

-Create the account plan.

-Create the predefined seats.

-Perform accounting records based on the business documents and information provided.

-Perform the transfer of operations that corresponds to the VAT books.

-Extract and print the records performed-Daily, balance of check, balance of situation, balance of accounts-corresponding to an economic cycle.

-Give low accounting plan accounts.

-Give low predefined concepts and seats in the application database.

-Perform backups.

-Explain the importance of responsibility and confidentiality in the accounting record of economic transactions and the negative consequences of actions contrary to these principles.

Contents:

1. Accounting programs.

-Structure of accounting programs.

-Prstations, functions, and procedures.

-Give high companies in the IT application and their corresponding data.

• Create a new company.

• Company data.

• Modify data.

-The accounts.

• Create the business account plan.

• Give high accounts.

• Coding.

• Subaccounts.

• Modification.

• Removal.

-Installing and using updated computing applications.

-Realization of Security Copies.

2. Accounting records through computer applications.

-Introduction of accounting data in the application.

-Seating utilities.

• Introduction.

• Removal.

• Enumeration.

• Modification.

• Copy.

• Checking.

-Introduce seats that allow automatic calculation of VAT.

-Accounting books.

• Obtaining the Daily Book.

• Obtaining the Ledger.

-Using predefined seats for business as usual.

• Predefined seats for shopping operations.

• Predefined seats for sales operations.

-Regularization or VAT settlement.

• Getting the supported VAT book.

• Getting the VAT book passed on.

-Balance sheet and balances check.

• Obtaining the balance sheet.

-Realization of Exercise Closure.

-Getting the Annual Accounts.

-Opening the accounting.

-Updating the encoded accounts in the application.

-Updating the seats and predefined concepts.

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Unit

90

Number of total hours of the training units	N.
	90	90		80
Form_table 2-UF0516	30	30

Sequence:

The training units in this module can be programmed independently.

Access criteria for students

They shall be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree governing the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this Annex accompanies.

TRAINING MODULE 5

Naming: Data Recording.

Code: MF0973_1.

Professional qualification level: 1.

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC0973_1 Enter data and texts into computer terminals under security, quality and efficiency conditions.

Duration: 90 hours.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Dispose the different material elements and workspaces by applying resource optimization criteria, quality, safety, and health standards in data recording processes on computer terminals.

CE1.1 Identify different resource optimization factors-time planning, organization, cleanup, or others.

CE1.2 Identify the resources and procedures for adapting the different materials and environmental elements that mitigate fatigue or other safety and health risks.

CE1.3 Identify the criteria necessary for the organization of the resources.

CE1.4 Precise the elements, tools, and spaces required for data recording on computer terminals.

CE1.5 Describe the correct positions to be maintained by the professional in the recording of data, complying with the safety and health and postural hygiene regulations.

CE1.6 Explain what the ergonomic position is in the data recording.

CE1.7 In conveniently characterized simulation scenarios of the data recording activity:

-Schedule the activities necessary for data recording development, adjusting the time required for the fulfillment of previously marked targets.

-Precise the order in which the various documents are arranged to record and verify them.

-Identify necessary modifications in environmental ergonomics to mitigate risks in data recording.

-Explain the positive and negative consequences of adopting a correct position in data recording.

-Identify necessary modifications in environmental ergonomics to mitigate risks in data recording.

C2: Identify the criteria for professional performance in the data recording activity, that allow integration and cooperation in groups contributing to create a climate of productive work, according to an ethics personal and professional defined.

CE2.1 Describe the main functions to perform in type data recording work groups, specifying the functional and hierarchical relationships that they entail.

CE2.2 Define team work in a type data recording group by identifying possible strategies or forms of work.

CE2.3 Justify the ethical-personal values that determine professionalism, as well as its importance in the integration and active participation in a data recording work team.

CE2.4 Define quality criteria in data recording activity by identifying indicators that affect your own professional performance.

CE2.5 In conveniently characterized simulation scenarios, in which specific roles of a type data recording task force are proposed, concrete instructions and different work patterns given by a Supposed coordinator:

-Specify the objective and fundamental content of the work instructions.

-Identify the recording activities and roles to be performed by each member of the work group.

-Describe the basic personal action guidelines for the integration in the working group, in terms of the personal attitude towards the work and the rest of the members.

-Identify the defined coordination guidelines and the people with whom to coordinate in performing the assigned recording tasks.

-Precise the degree of autonomy of each member of the group in performing the recording activities.

-Describe the quality criteria that should guide your own professional performance.

-Identify personal and professional ethical values, as well as possible errors and needs for improvement in their own professional performance, evidenced in the simulation.

C3: Apply typing techniques on an extended keyboard, with precision, speed and quality of writing to the touch through specific computer applications.

CE3.1 Identify the composition and structure of an extended keyboard.

CE3.2 Properly Precise the computing terminal's commissioning functions.

CE3.3 Explain the typing technique, setting the differences between the different forms of keyboard configuration.

CE3.4 Define precisely the operation of the auxiliary keys: Shift, orthographic, numeric, interrogative, and admiring, tab, or other.

CE3.5 Transcribir proposed complex texts-formulas, jergas, languages, galimatias, or others-notes taken to dictation, voice dump, recordings or other supports, with speed, precision and perfect keyboard handling extended.

CE3.6 Identify the components and functions of the playback media required for the recording of dictation.

CE3.7 In case of properly characterized, copy or dictation of various complex texts:

-accurately use the dominant line, the lower lines, and the top lines.

-accurately use keyboard function characters.

-Quickly and accurately use the auxiliary keys.

-Record dictation accurately to speed up speed attainment.

-Develop a sufficient skill to reach between three hundred and three hundred and twenty-five pulsations per minute with a maximum error level of five percent on data in own or foreign languages.

-Justify the importance of body posture to the keyboard-position of the arms, wrists and hands-to acquire speed and prevent health risks.

C4: Record table data by applying typing techniques on a numeric keypad, with precision, speed, and quality of writing to the touch through specific computer applications.

CE4.1 Identify the composition and structure of a numeric keypad.

CE4.2 Properly Precise the starting functions of the computer terminal.

CE4.3 Explain the typing technique and the differences in the numeric keypad configuration.

CE4.4 Transcribir numerical data tables with speed, precision, and perfect handling of the numeric keypad.

CE4.5 Properly describe placement to the keyboard: Position of the body, arms, wrists, and hands.

CE4.6 In properly characterized case studies, copying multiple complex tables of numeric data into different computer applications:

-accurately use the dominant line, the lower lines, and the top lines.

-Using the auxiliary keys.

-Develop sufficient skill to not exceed a five percent error level.

C5: Modify the errors located in the data recording by resalting them and changing them by using document collation, spelling rules, typing, and in accordance with standardized quality standards.

CE5.1 Describe all the activities required for data verification and explain the logical sequence of operations.

CE5.2 Explain the basic elements and resources of locating and modifying typing errors.

CE5.3 Identify the tools available for correction of typing errors during recording development.

CE5.4 Identify standardized typing error correction signs.

CE5.5 Explain the spelling rules, as well as the word division at the end of the line.

CE5.6 Identify the most appropriate means, procedures, and criteria in the record of the documentation to be written.

CE5.7 In practical cases of simulation that are sufficiently characterized, related to the collation and verification of documents originating from the recording of data:

-Check that the document playback matches the original written or voice dump.

-Locate spelling or typing errors, using the document collation technique, through the text processing tools.

-Precise write errors, by using typing or spelling error correction signs, in the document itself or in the document itself.

-To immediately modify detected errors and efficiency.

-Register the document, once corrected, through the available computer media or documentaries.

-Explain concepts and describe the quality standards applicable to data recording jobs on computer terminals.

-Explain the consequences of documentation control on the data recording functions themselves, and their impact on the achievement of the organization's own goals and objectives.

-Explain the consequences of the confidentiality of the data to be recorded and its possible personal impact and for the image of the organizations.

Contents

1. Organization and maintenance of the workstation and the computer terminals in the data recording process.

-Schedule in the data recording process:

• The workspaces.

• The tools to use in the process.

• The activities to be performed.

• The goals to be met.

-Organization of the activity time, work area, and documents to be written: optimization techniques, resources, and organization criteria.

-Programming of the data write activity.

-Maintenance and replacement of computer terminals and resources or materials.

-Body Posture to the computer terminal:

• Prevention of postural defects and tensions.

• Position of the arms, wrists, and hands.

-Mitigation of labour risks arising from data recording: ergonomie adaptation of tools and workspaces.

-Current safety, health and post-ural hygiene regulations.

2. Personal and professional performance in the data recording activity workbench.

-Organization of work in data recording activity on computer terminals:

• Functions and instructions, objectives, shapes.

• Action guidelines, attitude and personal autonomy and in the group.

-Application of the concept of work in the team within the data recording activity in computer terminals: the team spirit and the synergy.

-Identifying professional performance parameters in the data recording activity:

• Organization quality indicators.

• Integration of professional habits.

• Work procedures that are subject to safety and health standards.

• Coordination.

• Guidance to results.

• Need for improvements and others.

-Characterization of professionalism: personal and professional ethics in the working environment.

3. Application of typing techniques on extended keyboards of computer terminals.

-Operating the extended keyboard of a computer terminal:

• You can start up and configure.

• Composition and extended keyboard structure.

• Auxiliary, function, and cursor movement keys.

• Key combination in text editing.

-Typing technique:

• Write-read concurrency.

• Placing of the fingers, hands, and wrists.

• Top, bottom, and dominant rows.

• Body position to the terminal.

-Developing skills on an extended speed and precision keyboard.

-Transscription of complex texts, data tables, voice dumps, recordings, and others.

-Application of postural and ergonomic hygiene rules to the keyboard of a computer terminal.

4. Application of typing techniques on numeric keyboards of computer terminals.

-Operating the numeric keypad of a computer terminal:

• You can start up and configure.

• Composition and structure.

• Function and cursor movement keys.

• Key combination in editing numeric data.

-Typing technique:

• Write-read concurrency.

• Placing of the fingers, hands, and wrists.

• Body position to the terminal.

-Developing skills on a numeric speed and precision keyboard.

-Transscription of complex data and numeric data tables in general.

5. Use of techniques for correction and assurance of results.

-Error correcting process:

• Verifying data.

• Localization of errors and their correction with appropriate tools.

-Application in the process of correcting:

• grammatical, spelling, and typing rules.

• grammatical techniques and standards, and building sentences.

• Signs of punctuation. Word division.

-Knowledge of the type of acronyms and abbreviations. Using uppercase.

-Record the documentation to write to appropriate media.

-Quality motivation: ways to ensure and organize quality improvement.

-Ensuring the confidentiality of information and achievement of objectives.

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Module	Number of total hours of the module	Maximum hours Distance-
Formative Module-MF0973_1	90	85

Access criteria for students

They shall be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree governing the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this Annex accompanies.

FORMATIVE MODULE 6

Naming: File Management.

Code: MF0978_2.

Professional qualification level: 2.

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC0978_2 Manage the file on conventional and computer support.

Duration: 60 hours.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Identify the components of the file system equipment-computer equipment, operating systems, networks, elements, and file containers.

CE1.1 Identify the basic elements-hardware and software-of a networked system by explaining its features, functions, and installation wizards.

CE1.2 Describe general operating procedures on a networked system.

CE1.3 In practical scenarios, properly characterized, execute directly on the system basic user functions such as: connection/disconnection, optimization of the storage space, use of peripherals, communication with other users, connecting to other systems or networks.

CE1.4 In practical scenarios, properly characterized, perform the testing of the computer equipment, and check the connections of the communication ports.

CE1.5 In a practical case about a complete network system that has the basic documentation, or manuals or help files for the network operating system and the software already installed:

-Identify the computers, their functions, the operating system of the workstations, and the network operating system by an examination of the system.

-Identify the items and containers of management or office file documents.

-Properly use the basic operating system functions of the workstations.

-Explain the security and confidentiality scheme of the information provided by the network operating system, identifying the firewall program and the antivirus program.

-Explain the operation of the basic commands of the network operation and its function.

-Use the basic commands of the network operation and its function.

-Explain basic network operation environment variables, identifying both the most important configuration files and their function and content.

C2: Use the capabilities of the operating systems and file of usual use in the organizational field, creating and maintaining an organized and useful structure to the objectives of the file being pursued optimization.

CE2.1 Identify the various capabilities of the installed operating systems, explaining their basic features and functions.

CE2.2 Distinguished between the various system optimization tools by explaining their functions.

CE2.3 Different and use the log and file media-fixed disk, diskette, CD-ROM, pendrive, or others-depending on their characteristics and the volume of information to be treated and the distribution of the information.

CE2.4 Based on assumptions, conveniently characterized, organization of information and documents given, and system configuration parameters:

-Use the precise operating system functions for the configuration of the views of the various system objects, and how to operate with it.

-Create the different files or folders according to the received indications.

-Make copies or movements of folders or files through the precise functions that allow the runtime to be minimized.

-Name or rename files or folders as directed.

-Create the necessary shortcuts to those folders or files that are to be used as usual according to the indications received.

-Perform the backups of the created structures.

CE2.5 In a convenient scenario, conveniently characterized, run the system tools indicated and explain the results achieved with them.

C3: Apply the information, public and/or private log and file techniques that facilitate the access, security, and confidentiality of paper supporting documentation.

CE3.1 Describe the purpose of organizing the information and objectives that are being pursued.

CE3.2 Identify the most commonly used file and log media based on the characteristics of the information to be stored.

CE3.3 Explain information organization techniques that can be applied to a public or private institution.

CE3.4 Differentiate the usual ordering, sorting, and documentary record systems in organizations.

CE3.5 With a simulation of conveniently characterized type documents, and information to be logged and archived:

-Determine the appropriate classification, record, and file system to the document type.

-Determine the most appropriate file and record media.

-Determine procedures for consulting and preserving information and documentation.

C4: Run procedures that ensure the integrity, security, availability, and confidentiality of information.

CE4.1 Identify the basic aspects of the data protection and document preservation regulations established for public and private enterprises and institutions.

CE4.2 Describe the various levels of protection, security, and access to information.

CE4.3 Apply available security, protection, confidentiality, and information restriction systems:

-In an application.

-From the operating system.

-From the hardware.

CE4.4 Detect procedural errors in accessing and querying sensitive information.

CE4.5 According to a convenient, convenient scenario, where an application is used:

-Make copies of files.

-Set file passwords.

-Set access attributes.

-Set file and directory protections.

-Explain failures and give or propose alternative solutions.

C5: Use the basic capabilities and wizards of database computing applications for obtaining and presenting information, creating queries, reports, and other custom objects based on a few proposed needs.

CE5.1 Identify the different types of tables based on the data collected, as well as the possible relationships between them.

CE5.2 Identify the different types of queries by explaining their features and utility.

CE5.3 Identify objects that can integrate a report from practical examples.

CE5.4 From practical assumptions and making use of the capabilities and wizards of the application of a database manager system:

-Create the required tables.

-Generate forms from the available wizards by specifying the fields of the files that contain the information.

-Register the original information in the appropriate tables, checking that the information stored corresponds to the actual information.

-Import required data from proposed applications-text processor, spreadsheet, or others.

-Identify the most appropriate type of query based on the required information.

-Create the queries from the available wizards by specifying the fields of the files that contain the information.

-Save and name the queries in the database according to the received indications.

-Apply available queries to information needs that allow their execution.

-Print the queries by configuring the options according to the proposed environmental economics and support rules.

CE5.5 From information submission request scenarios in a given database:

-Identify the fields of tables and/or queries that contain the required information.

-Create the reports and charts with the available wizards, precisely specifying the type of data grouping, and the indicated formats or styles.

-Store reports for later recovery with identifiable names.

-Submit the required reports or information within the required time frame, with the proposed applications-word processor, spreadsheet, or others-combining, where appropriate, the information, or exporting the data.

-Print the reports by configuring the options according to the proposed environmental economics and sustainability standards.

CE5.6 Apply procedures that ensure the security, integrity, and confidentiality of the SGBD.

Contents

1. File, public, and private management.

-Application of documentary file techniques:

• Classification and sorting systems.

• Purpose and objectives.

• File indexes: update.

• Application of help manuals.

• Improvements to organization problem detection.

-Log and subsequent file procedure:

• Identification of media, furniture, tools, file elements, and containers.

• Playing and collating documentary file information to digital.

-Access, search, query, retrieval, update, conservation, and custody procedures for archived information.

-Functions and features of the operating and file systems:

• Configuring objects on operating systems. How to operate.

• Creating/naming, copying and removing files, folders, subfolders, and others.

-Public and private access protection techniques, in conventional and computer files:

• Protection levels: determination.

• Disposition of passwords and access attributes.

• Access or query authorizations, error detection in the procedure.

-Application of information security and confidentiality procedures:

• Current data protection and documentation conservation regulations.

• Backups.

2. Basic optimization of an electronic file system.

-Computer equipment: start-up, operational maintenance and periodic review to prevent malfunction.

• Hardware items: Central Processing and Storage Unit, peripheral equipment, physical components of local networks, connection monitoring.

• Software items: installation and uninstallation, programs, updated applications, and wizards.

• Playback teams.

-Optimizing single-user, multi-user, and networked operating systems:

• Basic functions and commands.

• Basic operating system tools.

-Operating systems on local networks: Basic configuration of a network system, update, and resource-sharing actions.

-Application of operating system security and confidentiality measures: protection programs (antivirus, firewire, antispam, others).

-The preservation and integrity of the information contained in the files. And safeguarding copyright.

-Existing rules on data protection and electronic confidentiality.

3. Basic information management on database manager systems.

-Databases:

• Types and features.

• Structure.

• Functions.

• Assistants.

• Organization.

-Maintenance of information in database applications: introduction, sorting, wizards for information introduction and data update forms.

-Information searches in database applications:

• Filters.

• Queries.

• Assistants for queries and other capabilities.

-Presenting information in database applications:

• Reports.

• Wizards for reports.

-Interrelationships with other applications.

-Application of current security and confidentiality rules in data handling.

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Module	Number of total hours of the module	Maximum hours
		60	60	60 Centro_table_body "> 50

Access criteria for students

They shall be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree governing the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this Annex accompanies.

TRAINING MODULE 7

Denomination: Ofimatica.

Code: MF0233_2.

Professional qualification level: 2.

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC0233_2 Handle office applications in information and documentation management.

Duration: 190 hours.

FORMATIVE UNIT 1

Naming: Operating system, search for information: internet/intranet and e-mail.

Code: UF0319.

Duration: 30 hours.

Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP2, RP8, and RP7 for searching, storing, and sending the information.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Know the basic functioning of the elements that make up the computer equipment available in the development of the administrative activity, in order to guarantee its operability.

CE1.1 Identify computer hardware hardware by pointing to basic functions.

CE1.2 Different software and hardware.

CE1.3 Define what software is distinguishing between system software and application software.

CE1.4 Use the fundamental applications provided by the operating system, configuring the basic options of the workbench.

CE1.5 Distinguished the peripherals that are part of the computer's functions.

CE1.6 Successfully perform connection/disconnect tasks and use frequently used peripherals in a correct way.

CE1.7 Distinguished the parts of the operating system interface, as well as its utility.

CE1.8 In a practical case, sufficiently characterized, of which the basic documentation is available, or manuals or help files corresponding to the operating system and the software already installed:

-Get the computer equipment available.

-Identify by an examination of the computer equipment, its functions, the operating system, and the office applications installed.

-Check the operation of your network equipment and dial-up connections when starting the operating system.

-Explain the basic operations of updating the required office applications by using the wizards, identifying the files and execution procedures.

-Install the uncontained utilities in the default installed office applications on the available computer equipment, using the wizards, and the options provided.

-Explain which tools or utilities provide security and information confidentiality for the operating system, identifying the necessary antivirus and firewall programs.

C2: Use the tools of search, retrieval and organization of information within the system, and on the network-intranet or the Internet-accurately and efficiently.

CE2.1 Distinguished between a browser and a network finder-Internet and/or intranet-relating its utilities and features.

CE2.2 Identify the different risks and security levels of an Internet browser by describing its features.

CE2.3 Identify the different types of search engines and metabuses, checking their advantages and drawbacks.

CE2.4 Explain the basic features of the current regulations on copyright.

CE2.5 Before a scenario where guidelines for information organization are provided, and using the operating system search tools:

-Identify the utilities available on the system, appropriate for each operation to be performed.

-Create the different files or folders according to the received indications.

-Name or rename files or folders as directed.

-Create the necessary shortcuts to those folders or files that are to be used as usual according to the indications received.

CE2.6 Before a scenario where the information needs of an organization or type department are listed:

-Identify the type of information required in the scenario.

-Identify and locate information sources-intranet or Internet-appropriate to the type of information required.

-Perform searches by applying the appropriate constraint criteria.

-Get and retrieve the information according to the objective of the information.

-Identify, if necessary, the copyright of the information obtained.

-Register and save the information used in the formats and locations required by the type and use of the information.

-Organize information sources from the Internet for quick post-location and reuse on the available media: favorites, history, and links.

-Apply the functions and utilities of movement, copy, or removal of information that ensure the security, integrity, and confidentiality of the data.

C3: Use the functions of mail applications and in processes of receiving, issuing, and recording information.

CE3.1 Identify the capabilities, procedures, and assistants of electronic mail and calendar applications by distinguishing their usefulness in the processes of receiving, issuing, and recording information.

CE3.2 Explain the importance of respecting the safety and data protection rules in the management of email, describing the consequences of the infection of the system by viruses, worms, or other elements.

CE3.3 Organize and update the mail and e-mail contact book by using the application's utilities from the email addresses used in the classroom.

CE3.4 In the case of a scenario, where internal emission-receipt procedures for correspondence and information from an organization will be included:

-Open the email application.

-Identify the sender/s and the content in the receipt of correspondence.

-Check the delivery of the message at the mail receipt.

-Insert the recipients and the content, ensuring their identification in the correspondence issue.

-Read and/or write the message according to the information to be transmitted.

-Attach the required files according to the procedure set by the email application.

-Distribute information to all involved, ensuring, if applicable, receiving the information.

CE3.5 Before a scenario, where internal procedures and correspondence registration rules of a type organization will be included:

-Register the input/output of all information, complying with the procedure rules that are proposed.

-Use the capabilities of the different folder options that the email offers.

-Print and archive mail messages, in accordance with the economics and environmental impact standards.

-Save the correspondence according to the classification instructions received.

-Apply the application's movement, copy, or removal functions and utilities that ensure data security, integrity, and confidentiality rules.

-Use the help manuals, available in the application, in the incident resolution or doubts raised.

Contents

1. Introduction to the computer (hardware, software).

-Hardware.

• Tipologia and classifications.

• Architecture of a basic computer equipment.

• Components: Central Processing Unit (CPU), central memory, and memory types.

• Peripherals: Input and output devices, storage devices, and multimedia devices.

-Software.

• Definition and types of Software.

• Operating systems: Objectives, composition and operation.

2. Basic usage of common operating systems.

-Operating system.

-Interface.

• Workbench parts.

• Displacement by the workbench.

• Setting up the workbench.

-Folders, directories, operations with them.

• Definition.

• Creation.

• Rename action.

• Open action.

• Copy action.

• Move action.

• Removal.

-Ficheros, operations with them.

• Definition.

• Create.

• Rename action.

• Open action.

• Saved.

• Copy action.

• Move action.

• Removal.

-Operating System Applications and Tools.

-Scan/navigation by the operating system.

-Configuring operating system elements.

-Using user accounts.

-Creating Backup.

-Supports for performing a Backup.

-Performing basic operations in a network environment.

• Access.

• Searching for network resources.

• Operations with network resources.

3. Introduction to the search for information on the Internet.

-What is the Internet.

-Internet applications within the enterprise.

-Internet History.

-Related terminology.

-TCP/IP protocol.

-Routing.

-Internet access.

• Providers.

• Types.

• Software.

-Internet security and ethics.

• Ethics.

• Security.

• Contents.

4. Navigation by the World Wide Web.

-Definitions and terms.

-Navigation.

-Historical.

-Handle images.

-Saved.

-Search.

-Links.

-Favorites.

-Print.

-Cache.

-Cookies.

-Security levels.

5. Using and configuring Email as an exchange of information.

-Introduction.

-Definitions and terms.

-Operation.

-Email managers.

• Windows.

• Writing and sending a message.

• Reading the mail.

• Mail response.

• Organization of messages.

• Mail printing.

• Address book.

• Filtering of messages.

-Web Mail.

6. FTP file transfer.

-Introduction.

-Definitions and related terms.

FORMATIVE UNIT 2

Denomination: Word processing software applications.

Code: UF0320.

Duration: 30 hours.

Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP3 and RP7 for text processing.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Use the functions of the word processor, with accuracy and dexterity, in the processing of documents, inserting text with different formats, images, or other objects, of the same or other applications.

CE1.1 Identify the capabilities, procedures, and wizards of the word and autoedit processors by describing their features and utilities.

CE1.2 Use the wizards and templates that the application contains, or from blank documents to generate document templates such as reports, letters, trades, salutes, certificates, memos, authorizations, notices, circulars, statements, internal notes, requests, or others.

CE1.3 Explain the importance of the effects that cause a suitable color and format, from different documents and the parameters or style manual of a type organization, as well as in relation to environmental criteria defined.

CE1.4 Before a properly determined scenario, elaborate documents using the capabilities offered by the word processor office tool.

-Use the application and/or, where appropriate, the environment that allows and ensures the integration of text, tables, graphics, images.

-Use the necessary functions, procedures, and assistants for the elaboration of the required type of documentation, as well as, where applicable, the available help manuals.

-Retrieve the previously stored and used information whenever possible, necessary and advisable, in order to avoid transcription errors.

-To correct any misstatements committed when entering and manipulating data with the computer system, checking the document created manually or with the help of some delivery of the application itself, such as, spell check, find and replace, or other.

-Apply formatting utilities to text according to the characteristics of the proposed document in each case.

-Insert objects into the text, in the appropriate place and form, using available wizards or utilities, achieving reading agility.

-Add headers, footers, numbering, jumps, or other page configuration items in the appropriate place, and by setting the precise distinctions on first page, sections, or other parts of the document.

-Include in the document the elements necessary to speed up the understanding of your content and mobility by yourself (index, footnotes, titles, bibliography used, bookmarks, hyperlinks, or others).

-Apply the rest of the utilities that are delivered by the word processor with efficiency and opportunity.

-Apply the application's movement, copy, or removal functions and utilities that ensure data security, integrity, and confidentiality rules.

-Knowing the importance of body posture to the keyboard (position of the arms, wrists and hands), to achieve greater speed in the management of the keyboard and to prevent ergonomic risks, derived from a posture inadequate.

CE1.5 From printed, standardized documents and information, conveniently characterized, and taking into account the style manuals provided:

-Create the appropriate formatting styles and autotexts to apply to each part of the document.

-Build the templates of the standard printed and document by saving them with the precise type.

-Apply the security and integrity rules of the documentation generated with the appropriate application functions.

-Insert into the templates generated or available in the application the information and data provided, combining them, if any, with the information sources through the available wizards.

Contents

1. General concepts and fundamental characteristics of the text processing program.

-Input and output of the program.

-Description of the text processing screen (Interface).

-Document window.

-Status bar.

-Text treatment application help.

-Standard Toolbar.

2. Introduction, cursor offset, selection, and operations with document text.

-Generalities.

-Insert Text Mode.

-Overwrite mode.

-Deleted a character.

-Cursor offset.

-Different ways to select text.

-Copy and paste options.

-Use and particularities of the clipboard.

-Inserting special characters (symbols, non-separation space, etc.).

-Insert date and time.

-Undo and redo the latest changes.

3. File, location, type, and operations application files with them.

-Creating a new document.

-Opening an existing document.

-Save changes to a document.

-Duplicate a document with save as.

-Close a document.

-Compatibility of documents from different versions or applications.

-Window menu. Handling multiple documents.

4. Using the different possibilities offered by the word processor to improve the appearance of the text.

-Source.

• Type, style, size, color, underscore, and source effects.

• Spacing between characters.

• Shift to lowercase.

• Quick keys associated with these operations.

-Paragraph.

• Alignment of paragraphs.

• Using different types of indents from the menu and from the rule.

• Spacing of paragraphs and lines.

• Quick keys associated with these operations.

-Borders and Shading.

• Paragraph and text borders.

• Paragraph and text sombreading.

• Quick keys associated with these operations.

-Numbering and bullets.

• Bullets.

• Numbered Lists.

• Numbered schema.

-Tabulations.

• Tab types.

• Handling tab stops from the tab dialog box.

• Using the rule to set and modify tabs.

5. Page configuration depending on the type of document to be developed using the application options. Viewing the result before printing.

-Page Setup.

• Margins.

• Page orientation.

• Paper size.

• Page layout.

• Using the rule to change margins.

-Viewing the document.

• Modos to display a document.

• Zoom.

• Preview.

-Headers and footers. Creating, removing, and modifying.

-Page numbering.

• Automatic numbering of pages in a given document.

• Removing numbering.

• Changing the format of the number of pages.

-Page borders.

-Inserting page and section breaks.

-Inserting of newspaper columns.

• Creating columns with different styles.

• Apply columns in different spaces within the document.

-Inserting Notes to the foot and to the end.

6. Creating tables as a means to display the content of the information, throughout the document or part of it.

-Inserting or creating tables in a document.

-Edit within a table.

-Movement within a table.

-Selection of cells, rows, columns, table.

-Modifying the size of rows and columns.

-Modifying the margins of the cells

-Applying formatting to a table (borders, shading, autoformat).

-Changing the structure of a table (insert, remove, merge, and split cells, rows, and columns).

-Other interesting tables options (Vertical alignment of cell text, change text direction, convert text to table and table in text, Sort a table, introduction of formulas, header row).

7. Correction of texts with the spelling and grammar tools, using the different possibilities offered by the application.

-Language selection.

-Correction while writing.

-Correction once written, with context menu (right button).

-Grammatical correction (from menu tools).

-Spelling and grammar options.

-Using the custom dictionary.

-AutoCorrect.

-Synonyms.

-Translator.

8. Printing documents created in different paper formats, and media such as envelopes and labels.

-Print (options when printing).

-Printer configuration.

9. Creating envelopes and individual labels and envelopes, labels, and model documents for bulk creation and shipping.

-Creating the model document for bulk shipping: letters, envelopes, tags, or email messages.

-Selecting recipients by creating or using data files.

-Creating envelopes and labels, configuration options.

-Mail merge: output to document, printer, or email.

10. Inserting images and self-forms into the text to improve the appearance of the text.

-From a file.

-Employing predesigned images.

-Using the clipboard.

-Fit images with text.

-Image enhancements.

-Autoshapes (incorporation and operations that are performed with the self-form in the document).

-Text, insert, and modify tables.

-Insertion of WordArt.

11. Creating styles that automate formatting tasks in repeating-style paragraphs and for creating indexes and templates.

-Standard styles.

-Assigning, creating, modifying, and deleting styles.

12. Using templates and wizards that incorporates the application and creation of your own templates based on these or newly created templates.

-Using templates and wizards from the new file menu.

-Creating, saving, and modifying document templates.

13. Working with long documents.

-Creating table of contents and indexes.

-Cross-references.

-Numbered titles.

-Master documents and subdocuments.

14. Merging documents from other applications in the office package using the Insert menu objects.

-With spreadsheets.

-With databases.

-With charts.

-With presentations.

15. Using document review tools and working with shared documents.

-Inserting comments.

-Control of changes to a document.

-Comparison of documents.

-Protection of all or part of a document.

16. Automating repetitive tasks by recording macros.

-Macro recorder.

-Using macros.

FORMATIVE UNIT 3

Denomination: Compute sheet computing applications.

Code: UF0321.

Duration: 50 hours.

Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP4.and RP7 as regards data sheets.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Use spreadsheets with skill using the usual functions in all activities that require tabulation and arithmetic-logical and/or statistical processing of data and information, as well as their presentation in graphics.

CE1.1 Identify the capabilities, procedures, and wizards of the spreadsheet by describing their characteristics.

CE1.2 Describe the protection and security features in spreadsheets.

CE1.3 In practical cases of confection of administrative, scientific and economic documentation, from media and IT applications of recognized value in the business field:

-Create spreadsheets by grouping them by the contents of their data in conveniently identified and localized books, and with the precise format to use the document.

-Apply the precise format to the data and cells according to the type of information they contain by facilitating their subsequent processing.

-Apply formulas and functions on cells or ranges of cells, named or not, according to the results searched, checking their operation and the expected result.

-Use representative titles, headers, footers, and other aspects of document configuration in spreadsheets, according to the needs of the activity to be developed or the document to be presented.

-Print spreadsheets with the quality, presentation of the required information and copies.

-Develop templates with the spreadsheet, according to the information provided.

-Confect standard and/or dynamic charts, from cell ranges of the spreadsheet, opting for the type that allows for the best understanding of the information and according to the activity to be developed, through the wizards available in the application.

-Filter data from the table elaborated in the spreadsheet.

-Apply the protection, security, and spreadsheet access criteria.

-Develop and adjust diagrams in documents and effectively use all of those capabilities that allow the spreadsheet to be applied.

-Import and/or export data to text processing applications, databases, and presentations.

-Apply the functions and utilities of motion, copy, or deletion of files that ensure the security, integrity, and confidentiality of the data.

-Use the manuals or help available in the application in the resolution of raised issues or doubts.

Contents

1. General concepts and fundamental characteristics of the spreadsheet application.

-Installing and starting the application.

-Configuring the application.

-Input and output of the program.

-Description of the spreadsheet application screen.

-Spreadsheet application help.

-Display options (zoom, views, quiesce of spreadsheet zones, etc.).

2. Offset by the spreadsheet.

-Using keyboard.

-Using mouse.

-Large offsets.

-Offset bars.

3. Entering data into the spreadsheet.

-Data types:

• Numeric.

• Alphanumeric.

• Date/Time.

• Formulas.

• Functions.

4. Editing and modifying the spreadsheet.

-Selecting the spreadsheet.

• Ranges.

• Columns.

• Rows.

• Sheets.

-Modification of data.

• Editing the contents of a cell.

• Drafting the contents of a cell or range of cells.

• Using the spell checker.

• Using search and replacement utilities.

-Insert and Remove:

• Cells.

• Rows.

• Columns.

• Compute sheets.

-Coping or relocating:

• Cells or cell ranges.

• Spreadsheets.

5. Storage and retrieval of a book.

-Creating a new book.

-Open an existing book.

-Save changes to a book.

-Creating a duplicate of a book.

-Closed from a book.

6. Operations with ranges.

-Quick fill of a range.

-Multiple range selection (multiple range, three-dimensional range).

-Range names.

7. Modifying the appearance of a spreadsheet.

-Cell format.

• Number.

• Alignment.

• Source.

• Borders.

• Fill.

• Protection.

-Width and height of columns and rows.

-By hiding and showing columns, rows, or spreadsheets.

-Format of the spreadsheet.

-Changing the name of a spreadsheet.

-Conditional formats.

-Autoformats or predefined styles.

8. Formulas.

-Operators and priority.

-Writing formulas.

-Copy of formulas.

-Relative, absolute, and mixed references.

-External references and links.

-Troubleshooting the formulas.

• Types of errors.

• Help tools in error resolution.

9. Functions.

-Predefined mathematical functions in the spreadsheet application.

-Rules for using the predefined functions.

-Using the most common functions.

-Using the function wizard.

10. Insertion of Graphics, to represent the information contained in the spreadsheets.

-Elements of a chart.

-Creating a chart

-Modifying a chart.

-Deleted from a chart.

11. Inserting other elements within a spreadsheet.

-Images.

-Autoshapes.

-Artistic text.

-Other items.

12. Printing.

-Print zones.

-Print specifications.

-Page Setup.

• Margins.

• Guidance.

• Headers and footers and page numbering.

-Preview.

• Print forms.

• Printer configuration.

13. Work with data.

-Data Validations.

-Schemas.

-Creating tables or data lists.

-Data list sorting, by one or more fields.

-Using Filters.

-Subtotals.

14. Using the review tools and work with shared books.

-Inserting comments.

-Control of spreadsheet changes.

-Protecting a spreadsheet.

-Protection of a book.

-Shared books.

15. Importing from other applications in the office package.

-With databases.

-With presentations.

-With text documents.

16. Templates and macros.

-Creating and using templates.

-Macro recorder.

-Using macros.

FORMATIVE UNIT 4

Naming: Relational database computing applications.

Code: UF0322.

Duration: 50 hours.

Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP6 and RP7 in relation to relational databases.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Use the functions of relational database computing applications that allow information to be presented and extracted.

CE1.1 Describe the capabilities, procedures, and wizards of programs that handle relational databases, referring to the features and utilities related to the sorting and presentation of tables, and the importing and exporting data.

CE1.2 Identify and explain the different options in a relational database for the creation, layout, display, and modification of tables.

CE1.3 Describe field and record concepts, as well as their functionality in relational database tables.

CE1.4 Different data types that can be hosted on a table in a relational database, as well as their different general and search options.

CE1.5 Defer the characteristics that the relationship type of a table presents, in a one-to-one relationship, one to several, or several to several.

CE1.6 Design queries using the different existing methods of the application.

CE1.7 Know the different types of queries, their creation, and their use.

CE1.8 Run queries, taking into account the consequences that they may entail, such as data loss, etc.

CE1.9 Identify the utility of forms, in the business scope, through the introduction and modification of data and image functions.

CE1.10 Create forms using the different existing methods of the application.

CE1.11 Different types of forms in forms based on their use.

CE1.12 Use the forms design tools and elements by creating custom styles.

CE1.13 Describe the importance of the proper handling of the reporting option, as a relational database functionality for data presentation, by the wide range of possibilities for adaptation to the needs of the user or entity.

CE1.14 Create reports using the different existing methods of the application.

CE1.15 Design reports, according to sorting and grouping data: as well as their distribution.

CE1.16 Use tools and report design elements by creating custom styles.

CE1.17 Distinguished and differentiate the utility of other objects from a relational database.

CE1.18 From a well-differentiated scenario for creating a relational database project:

-Create the tables by adjusting their characteristics to the data they must contain and the final use of the referential database.

-Create existing relationships between different tables, taking into account: Relationship types and/or referential integrity.

-Perform the design and creation of the forms required to facilitate the use of the relational database.

-Perform the design and creation of the queries required to achieve the target marked for the relational database.

-Perform the design and creation of the required reports to facilitate the presentation of the data according to the stated objectives.

CE1.19 In practical cases of confection of administrative documentation, from media and IT applications of recognized value in the business scope:

-Sort data from the table elaborated in the spreadsheet.

-Filter data from the table elaborated in the spreadsheet.

-Use the help manuals available in the application in the resolution of incidents or doubts raised.

CE1.20 From standardized documents and information, conveniently characterized, and taking into account the style manuals provided:

-Combine normalized documents with the data tables or databases provided.

-Combine envelopes or labels with the proposed tables or databases and in the order set.

-Use the help manuals available in the application in the resolution of incidents or doubts raised.

Contents

1. Introduction and general concepts of the database application.

-What is a database.

-Input and output of the database application.

-The database application window.

-Basic elements of the database.

• Tables.

• Views or Queries.

• Forms.

• Reports or reports.

-Different forms of creation a database.

-Opening a database.

-Saved a database.

-Close a database.

-Backup of the database.

-Database recovery and maintenance tools.

2. Creating and inserting data into tables.

-Concept of records and fields.

-Different forms of table creation.

• Elements of a table.

• Field properties.

-Introduction of data in the table.

-Movements by fields and records in a table.

-Removing records from a table.

-Modifying records in a table.

-Coping and moving data.

-Searching and replacing data.

-Creating filters.

-Field alphabetic sorting.

-Formats of a table.

-Creating indexes on fields

3. Making changes to the table structure and creating relationships.

-Modifying the layout of a table.

-Changing the name of a table.

-Removing a table.

-Copied from a table.

-Export a table to another database.

-Importing tables from another database.

-Creating relationships between tables.

• Concept of the main key field.

• Types of relationships between tables.

4. Creating, modifying, and removing queries or views.

-Creating a query.

-Query types.

• Selecting table records.

• Modification of records, table structure, or database.

-Save a query.

-Running a query.

-Print query results.

-Opening a query.

-Modifying the query criteria.

-Removing a query.

5. Creating forms to enter and display records of the tables or query results.

-Creating simple table and query forms.

-Customizing forms using different design elements.

-Creating subforms.

-Form store.

-Modifying forms.

-Removing forms.

-Printing forms.

-Inserting images and graphics into forms.

6. Creating reports or reports for the printing of records in tables or query results.

-Creating simple table or query reports.

-Customizing reports using different design elements.

-Creating subreports.

-Report store.

-Modifying reports.

-Removing reports.

-Print reports.

-Inserting images and graphs into reports.

-Applying changes to the appearance of reports using the word processor.

FORMATIVE UNIT 5

Denomination: Computer applications for presentations: information graphs.

Code: UF0323.

Duration: 30 hours.

Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP5, and RP7 as regards presentations.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Set the layout of the presentations taking into account the characteristics of the company and its organization.

CE1.1 Explain the importance of the presentation of a document for the image transmitted by the entity, obtaining that the information is presented in a clear and persuasive way, based on different presentations of character professional of type organizations.

CE1.2 Advert the need to save the presentations according to the criteria of organization of files marked by the company, facilitating compliance with the security, integrity and confidentiality of the data.

CE1.3 Point out the importance of checking the results and the error correction, before making available to the persons or entities to whom the presentation is intended, as well as the respect of the deadlines intended and in the established form of delivery.

CE1.4 In case of case studies, duly characterized, in which the elaboration and presentation of documentation is required according to standard quality standards:

-Select the most appropriate format for each type of information for your final presentation.

-Choose the most appropriate means of documentation for each case (on the monitor, in the network, slides, animated with computer and projection system, paper, transparency, or other supports).

-Check the presentations obtained with the available applications, identifying inaccuracies and proposing solutions as a user.

-Apply the functions and utilities of motion, copy, or removal of the presentation that ensure the security, integrity, and confidentiality of the data.

C2: Use the functions of graphical presentation applications by presenting documentation and information on different media, and integrating objects of different nature.

CE2.1 Identify the capabilities, procedures, and wizards of a graphical presentation program by describing its features.

CE2.2 In practical cases, duly characterized, in which the elaboration and presentation of documentation is required according to standard quality standards:

-Apply the most appropriate format to each type of information for your final presentation.

-Use the most appropriate means of documentation for each case (on the monitor, in the network, slides, animated with computer and projection system, paper, transparency, or other supports).

-Use in an integrated and convenient way: Graphics, texts and other objects, obtaining a correct and appropriate presentation to the nature of the document.

-Effectively use and where required, the capabilities of the graphical presentation computing application: animations, audio, video, others.

-Use the manuals or help available in the application in the resolution of raised issues or doubts.

CE2.3 From sufficiently characterized information, and according to parameters for presentation in digital support provided:

-Insert the information provided in the presentation.

-Animate the various objects in the presentation according to the parameters provided and using, if applicable, the available wizards.

-Temporalize the occurrence of the various items and slides according to the time allocated to each of them using the available wizards.

-Ensure the quality of the presentation by testing and correcting the detected defects and, where appropriate, proposing the elements or parameters for improvement.

-Save presentations in the appropriate formats, preparing them to be easily used, protecting them from unwanted modifications.

Contents

1. Design, organization, and file of presentations.

-The corporate image of a company.

• Importance.

• Respect for organization style rules.

-Layout of presentations.

• Clarity in the information.

• Persuasion in the transmission of the idea.

-Evaluating the results.

-Organization and file of presentations.

• Confidentiality of information.

-Delivery of the work done.

2. Introduction and general concepts.

-Running the application for presentations.

-Application output for presentations.

-Creating a presentation.

-Recording a presentation.

-Close a presentation.

-Opening a presentation.

-Structure of the screen.

-The application views for presentations.

• Normal.

• Slide Sorter.

• Outline.

3. Actions with slides.

-Insert new slide.

-Removing slides.

-Slide mirroring.

-Slide sorting.

4. Working with objects.

-Selecting objects.

-Displacement of objects.

-Removing objects.

-Modifying the size of the objects.

-Duplicate objects.

-Relocation of objects.

-Alignment and distribution of objects within the slide.

-Work with texts.

• Inserting text (from the slide, from the outline of the presentation).

• Modifying the text format.

-Paragraph format.

• Alignment.

• Numbered Lists.

• Bullets.

• Styles.

-Tables.

• Creating tables.

• Operations with rows and columns.

• Horizontal and vertical alignment of cells.

-Drawings.

• Lines.

• Rectangules and squares.

• Circles and ellipses.

• Autoforms.

• Shadows and 3D.

• Rules and guides.

-Images.

• Predesigned and inserted.

-Graphics.

• Creating charts.

-Diagrams.

• Creating organizational charts and different styles of diagrams.

-WordArt or artistic text.

-Inserting sounds and movies.

• Format of objects.

• Fill in.

• Lines.

• Shadow or 3D effects.

5. Documentation of the presentation.

-Inserting comments.

-Preparing the speaker notes.

6. Layout or Presentation Styles.

-Using style templates.

-Combination of Colors.

-Slide funds.

-Patterns.

7. Printing slides on different media.

-Configuring the page.

-Headers, feet, and numbering.

-Configuring the different print formats.

-Print options.

8. Slideshow taking into account place and infrastructure.

-Animation of items.

-Slide transition.

-Time Intervals

-Configuring the presentation.

• Presentation with speaker.

• Presentation on display.

• Custom presentations.

-Connecting to a projector and configuration.

-Essay of the presentation.

-Projection of the presentation.

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Unit

formative Unit 2-UF0320

30

Number of total hours of the training units	N. 30
		30	30		30
30	30
		45
Formative Unit 4-UF0322	50	45
Unit 5-UF0323	30	30

Sequence:

For access to the Formative Units 2, 3, 4, and 5 it will be essential to have passed the Formative Unit 1.

The last four training units in the module can be programmed independently.

Access criteria for students

They shall be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree governing the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this Annex accompanies.

NON-WORK PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE MODULE FOR ADMINISTRATIVE MANAGEMENT ACTIVITIES

Code: MP0111.

Duration: 80 hours.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Apply stock control methods, taking into account the main warehouse management systems and product and/or service typologies, in different business activities.

CE1.1 Apply the indicated stock control method.

CE1.2 Calculate the amount of the stock balance taking into account the cost of the product, VAT, commercial margins, and other expenses.

CE1.3 Interpret periodic inventories by making them correspond to the given stock level.

C2: Perform the collection, channelling, and/or resolution of claims, and customer tracking in after-sales services.

CE2.1 Collect and listen carefully to the customer's complaint or complaint.

CE2.2 accurately define the nature and context of the complaint or complaint.

CE2.3 Rigorously delimit personal capacity for resolution.

CE2.4 Formalize the claim, indicating the required information to contain.

C3: Apply the methods and functions of the treasury control by detecting the deviations produced and identifying the consequences of their non-application.

Ce3.1 Reconnect existing cash.

CE3.2 Classify the various credit and debit documents found in the archeo according to their nature and purpose.

CE3.3 Anote in the box book documents found in the tonnage according to the guidelines received.

CE3.4 Coding the result of the tonnage with the records in the box book and documenting the differences found by proposing possible solutions.

CE3.5 The detected failures are communicated to the person responsible set in the procedure manual.

CE3.6 Coding the bank statement annotations with the bank book records and with the supporting documentation.

CE3.7 Perform the corresponding arithmetic checks through the precise calculations.

CE3.8 Document the differences and anomalies found between the contents of bank statements, bank book records, and supporting documentation.

CE3.9 Identify the existing problems and implications of the lack of application of bank reconciliation.

CE3.10 Responsible for the work you are developing.

CE3.11 Maintain the work area with the appropriate degree of cleanliness and order.

CE3.12 Interpret and execute work instructions.

CE3.13 Respect internal company procedures and rules.

CE3.14 Demonstrate some autonomy in solving small contingencies related to their activity.

CE3.15 Finish the job within the set deadlines.

C4: Perform Human Resources administrative support activities:

CE4.1 Search and fill in the forms and models of contracts, adapting these models to the specific case of the company.

CE4.2 Get and update the tables, scales, and data needed to calculate Social Security contributions and IRPF holds.

CE4.3 Check the files to be submitted by the company through the Red system, as well as those for electronic referral to financial institutions.

CE4.4 Apply environmental and health protection rules in obtaining and drawing up documents.

CE4.5 Develop the presence and incident control documentation of employees ' work activity, using text processors and presentations.

CE4.6 Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

CE4.7 Maintain the work area with the appropriate degree of cleanliness and order.

CE4.8 Interpret and execute work instructions.

CE4.9 Respect internal company procedures and rules.

CE4.10 Demonstrate some autonomy in solving small contingencies related to their activity.

CE4.11 Finish the job within the set deadlines.

C5: Use accounting computing applications by recording the operations required for the recording of economic transactions.

CE5.1 Identify the business account plan.

CE5.2 Using predefined seats in buy-to-sell operations.

CE5.3 Perform accounting records based on the business documents and information provided.

CE5.4 Perform the transfer of operations that corresponds to the VAT books.

CE5.5 Extract and print the records done-Journal, balance of check, balance of situation, balance of accounts-corresponding to an economic cycle.

CE5.6 Give low accounting plan accounts.

CE5.7 Give low concepts and predefined seats in the application database.

CE5.8 Perform backups.

CE5.9 Explain the importance of responsibility and confidentiality in the accounting record of economic transactions and the negative consequences of actions contrary to these principles.

C6: Participate in the company's work processes, following the rules and instructions set out in the job center.

CE6.1 Behave responsibly in both human relationships and the jobs to be performed.

CE6.2 Respect the procedures and rules of the work center.

CE6.3 Diligently undertake tasks according to the instructions received, trying to bring them into line with the company's work rate.

CE6.4 Integrate into the production processes of the job center.

CE6.5 Use the established communication channels.

CE6.6 To respect at all times the measures of risk prevention, occupational health and environmental protection.

Contents

1. Cash tonnage and bank reconciliations.

-Obtaining all collection and payment documentation by cash.

-Perform the cash book.

-Crafting the box tonnage.

-Error detection and correction.

-Obtaining bank statements over the Internet.

-Cotejo of bank account information with bank statement.

-Error Detection and Correction.

-Making the bank reconciliation.

-Making a Treasury Budget.

2. Administrative support activities for Human Resources.

-Searching and completing print and model work contracts, adapting these models to the specific case of the company.

-Communication of employment procurement modalities through Contract @ (INEM).

-Updating the tables, scales, and data needed to calculate Social Security contributions and IRPF holds.

-Checking the files to be submitted by the company through the Red system, as well as those for electronic referral to financial institutions.

-Elaboration of the presence control documents and incidents of employee work activity, using text processors and presentations.

3. Accounting practice.

-Running the computerised accounting process.

-Introduction of seats.

-Elaboration of Accounting States.

-Accounting for purchase invoices.

-Accounting for sales invoices.

-Cash count and banks.

-Realizing predefined seats in the computer application.

-Perform VAT settlements and presentations.

-Obtaining balance of sums and balances.

-Obtaining larger accounts.

-Presentation of a Situation Balance.

4. Integration and communication in the workplace.

-Responsible behavior in the job center.

-Respect to the procedures and rules of the work center.

-Interpreting and diligently performing the instructions received.

-Recognition of the organization's production process.

-Using the communication channels set in the job center.

-Adequation to the company's work rate.

-Tracking the regulations for risk prevention, occupational health and environmental protection.

IV. PRESCRIPTIONS OF TRAINERS

Modules	Required Accreditation	Professional experience required in scope of the competency
		With accreditation	No accreditation
MF0976_2: Administrative operations	• Licensed, engineer, architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. • Diplomate, technical engineer, technical architect, or corresponding degree or other equivalent degrees. • Senior Technical Management and Management and Trade and Marketing Family Technician. • Certificates of Level 3 professionalism in the professional area of family administration and audit Management and Management Professional.	2 years	4 years
MF0979_2: Operational Management treasury	• Licentiate, engineer, architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. • Diplomate, technical engineer, technical architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. • Superior technician of the professional family of administration and management. • Certificates of professionalism level 3 of the professional area of Administration and Audit of the professional family of administration and management.	2 years	4 years
MF0980_2: Auxiliary management of staff	• Licensed, engineer, architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. • Diplomate, technical engineer, technical architect or corresponding degree of degree or other equivalent qualifications. • Senior Technical Family Administration and management. • Level 3 professionalism certificates from the professional management and management area of the management and management family.	2 years	4 years
MF0981_2: Accounting records	• Licensed, engineer, architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. • Diplomate, technical engineer, technical architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. • Senior Technician of the Administration and Management professional family. • Professional area level 3 certificates of professionalism Administration and Audit of the Professional Management and Management Family.	2 years	4 years
MF0973_1: Data Recording	• Licensed, engineer, architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. • Diplomat, technical engineer, technical architect or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. • Level 2 and 3 Professional Certificate in the area of Management of the Information and Communication from the professional family of management and management. • Professional level 3 certificates from the professional computer and communications family.	1 year	3 years
MF0978_2: File management	• Licensed, engineer, architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. • Diplomate, technical engineer, technical architect, or corresponding degree degree or other equivalent titles. • Senior Technician of the professional management and management families and Computing and communications. • Certificates of professionalism level 3 of the professional management and management and IT and communications families.	2 years	4 years
MF0233_2: Ofimatica	• Licentiate, engineer, architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. • Diplomat, technical engineer, technical architect or corresponding degree of degree or other equivalent titles. • Senior Technician of professional management and management and IT and communications families. • Level 3 professionalism certificates from professional families Administration and management and Informatics and communications.	2 years	4 years

V. MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR SPACES AND FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT

Forming Space	Surface m2 15 pupils	Surface m2 25 pupils
Classroom	45	60

Forming Space

M1	M2	M3	M4	M5	M6	M7
X	X	X	X	X	X	X	X

Forming Space
Classroom	-Audio-visual equipment. -network-installed PCs, projection cannon, and internet. -To write with marker pen. -Classroom material. -Table and chair for the trainer. -Table and chairs for students. -Specific Software for the Integrated Package of Ofimatica. -Specific Software for Accounting, Treasury Management, and Billing Management

It should not be interpreted that the various identified learning spaces should necessarily be differentiated by closure.

The facilities and equipment must comply with the relevant industrial and sanitary sanitary regulations and respond to the universal accessibility and safety measures of the participants.

The number of units to be provided for the utensils, machines and tools specified in the training spaces shall be sufficient for a minimum of 15 students and must be increased, if appropriate, to attend to the top number.

In the event that the training is addressed to persons with disabilities, the adaptations and reasonable adjustments will be made to ensure their participation in equal conditions.

ANNEX IV

I. IDENTIFICATION OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM

Denomination: Marketing and administration of financial products and services.

Code: ADGN0208.

Professional Family: Administration and Management.

Professional Area: Finance and Insurance.

Professional qualification level: 3.

Professional reference qualification:

ADG311_3 Marketing and Administration of Financial Products and Services (RD 107/2008 of 1 February)

Relationship of competency units that configure the certificate of professionalism:

UC0989_3: Perform the administrative management of financial products and services.

UC0990_3: Manage and control cash operations.

UC0991_3: Understanding and processing suggestions, transparency and protection queries, complaints, and financial services client complaints.

UC0992_3: Communicate in a foreign language, with an independent user level, in your own financial services advisory and management activities.

UC0233_2: Handle office applications in information and documentation management.

General competition:

Conduct the advice and management of financial products and services through the different marketing channels, as well as performing financial institution box operations, customer-facing and offering a quality service for its loyalty, using a foreign language if necessary, complying with current legislation and internal regulations, and all in due conditions of security and confidentiality.

Professional Environment:

Professional scope:

Develops its professional activity as an employed person in private, public or semi-public entities in the financial sector, exercising its powers under the supervision of the hierarchical superior in Credit Entities, Guarantee Reciprocal, Investment Services, or other similar nature, as well as in the Bank of Spain, official credit institutions, savings banks and credit unions.

Productive Sectors:

This is present in the financial sector: Financial Entities.

Occupations or related jobs:

3401.1010 Commercial products and financial services.

3401.1029 Financial institution internal operating technicians.

3402.1022 Support Technicians in Audit and/or Financial Operations

4113.1015 Financial institutions ' administrative employees.

4441.1015 Banking Cengers.

Teleoperator/commercial of financial entities.

Financial broker wizard.

Duration of the associated training: 800 hours.

Relationship of training modules and training units:

MF0989_3: Advice and administrative management of financial products and services. (200 hours)

• UF0524: Administrative management for the advisory of financial products and services of liabilities. (80 hours)

• UF0525: Administrative management for asset product advice. (70 hours)

• UF0526: Commercial management of financial products and services and complementary channels. (50 hours)

MF0990_3: Administrative box management. (120 hours)

• UF0527: Management and administrative control of cash operations. (50 hours)

• UF0528: Accounting management and analysis of economic and financial operations. (70 hours)

MF0991_3: Attention and processing of suggestions, queries, complaints, and claims from financial services clients. (120 hours)

• UF0529: Customer care and financial services consultation processing. (70 hours)

• UF0530: Treatment of complaints and complaints from financial services clients. (50 hours)

MF0992_3: Professional foreign language for financial services advisory and management. (90 hours)

MF0233_2: (Transverse) Office. (190 hours)

• UF0319: Operating system, search for information: Internet/Intranet and e-mail. (30 hours)

• UF0320: Text processing software applications. (30 hours)

• UF0321: Spreadsheet computing applications. (50 hours)

• UF0322: Relational database computing applications. (50 hours)

• UF0323: Computer applications for presentations: information charts. (30 hours)

MP0114: Non-working practices module for marketing and administration of financial products and services. (80 hours)

II. PROFESSIONAL PROFILE OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM

Competition Unit 1

Denomination: Conduct the advice and administrative management of financial products and services.

Level: 3.

Code: UC0989_3.

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP1: Manage contacts with customers by selecting them through the Customer Relationship Management (CRM) or customer management business tools, to provide them with personalized, periodic advice, and increase its linkage to the entity.

CR1.1 Customer profile is identified taking into account your age, degree of risk you want to assume, investor mentality, investment horizon, tax base, amount and distribution of your estate through an interview in depth or through the use of available IT tools -CRM or others.

CR1.2 Information tools are used to relate information obtained to customers and the type of products offered.

CR1.3 The business calendar available in the IT application is used following the guidance of the entity.

CR1.4 The available business tools for portfolio management are commonly used, providing regular advice and increasing customer engagement based on segmentation performed by the entity.

CR1.5 The potential clients for the entity's business actions are detected with the management of the available tools.

CR1.6 Contacts with clients-personal, telephone, others-are carried out according to the methodology established by the entity, with the aim of providing regular advice and increasing the link between them.

RP2: Assessor the customer about the different alternatives of patrimonial investment and foresight according to their profile, reporting on risk insurance, to meet the needs of the client and the objectives business of the entity.

CR2.1 Customer advice is performed taking into account their profile, evolution and trends in fixed and variable income markets, reporting the tax treatment of each product, using communication techniques and negotiation, and following the recommendations offered by the entity.

CR2.2 The characteristics-interest rate, deadline, availability, commissions, penalties, other-of the different savings products in the view, term or other, are explained to the client in a clear and concise way.

CR2.3 The characteristics of different investment funds-investment policy and outlook, past and/or guaranteed returns, national or foreign currency, commissions and other-market trends, and operational of the fund-the liquidative value, systematic plans of subscription and reimbursement, mobilizations, others-are explained to the client assuring their understanding and highlighting their advantages in relation to the ones of the competition.

CR2.4 The different options for direct investment in assets traded in the various fixed and variable income markets are offered to the client on the basis of their suitability for other investment alternatives.

CR2.5 The characteristics of different savings-forecast products are explained to the customer by ensuring their understanding and highlighting their advantages over other investment options.

CR2.6 The advantages of hiring pension schemes as a formula for saving-foresight and the characteristics of different plans-investment policy, past and/or guaranteed returns, commissions and others- communicate to customers, by performing simulations of tax savings and future benefits with the available IT tools.

CR2.7 The customer is informed of the various insurance modalities marketed by the entity by identifying its financial characteristics.

CR2.8 The hiring that closes the operation of the product chosen by the customer, or any other operative related to the different alternatives of patrimonial investment and forecast, is carried out according to the norms of the entity, requesting the client for the established documentation-DNI, others-as appropriate.

RP3: Assess the customer-individuals and SMEs-offering the different asset products, depending on their needs, managing their hiring and meeting the business objectives and risk policies of the entity.

CR3.1 The characteristics-purpose, guarantees, commissions, interest rates, fees, repayment periods, other-of the various asset products-consumer loans or loans, mortgage, self-promoters, discount commercial or other-, the client is explained adapting the operation to its characteristics and, applying the commercial argumentation and treatment of objections elaborated by the entity.

CR3.2 The simulations and comparisons of loans or credits are made with the available computer applications, to show the client the economic conditions of the operation-interest rate, revision system, commissions, system and time limit for depreciation and other expenses incurred.

CR3.3 The documentation necessary for the study and formalization of the operation-application, declaration of goods, certificates of income, taxes, balance sheets, others-the client is asked to verify its veracity, interpreting it when in foreign language, and incorporating the information necessary for the analysis of the operation into the available IT tool.

CR3.4 The risk positions of the interveners are consulted in the available databases-FIG, RAI, Credit Bureau, BIJ, CIRBE, others-using this information for the analysis of the operation.

CR3.5 The feasibility analysis of the operation is performed using the necessary tools-credit scoring or other-and, favoring its resolution to the corresponding instance.

CR3.6 The procurement is formalized with the documentation requested from the client, applying the entity's regulations and performing the required cross-sell actions-insurance hiring, income domicile, others.

CR3.7 Confidentiality in the information that is handled, is guaranteed in accordance with the legal and internal rules of the entity.

RP4: Understand and manage queries or requests about the different products or services, made by customers through telephone, electronic and computer media, advising and performing the operations of necessary administration or intermediation through alternative channels.

CR4.1 The requests made by customers through alternative channels of access-telephone, e-mail, Web, fax, FAQ, video conferencing or other-are served, advising on the different products or services in the shortest possible time, and processing the related operations effectively.

CR4.2 The regulations on security, electronic commerce and the processing of information via telematics are strictly respected.

CR4.3 In the intermediation by telematic means the authenticity of the client is assured, giving certainty and security of the identity of the same.

CR4.4 Customer ordered operations are performed in real time, confirming their performance.

CR4.5 Complex queries are channeled to the superiors or responsible for their resolution, ensuring the appropriate response quickly and efficiently.

RP5: Promote the different alternative channels of access to operate with the entity, arguing the benefits and benefits and managing their hiring, in order to meet the needs of the client and meet the objectives business of the entity.

CR5.1 The characteristics of the different debit and credit cards are explained to the customer indicating their profits as a means of payment-cash, income and deposits-and other services-consultations, transfers, other-e, reporting the payment arrangements, commissions and/or interests corresponding to their use, maintenance fee and others.

CR5.2 The different affinity card modes are promoted to the client by exposing their advantages over non-affinity and their special conditions by the collective to which they are associated.

CR5.3 The services associated with the cards-insurance, promotions, others-are communicated to the customer by delivering, if applicable, brochures and/or policies.

CR5.4 The utilities of the different alternative channels-telephone banking, Internet, mobile, ATM, others-are explained to the customer, making demonstrations in order to be able to use them in a way autonomic.

CR5.5 The hiring and any other operations-modifications, incidents, boundary changes, other-of the different alternative channels, is performed according to the rules of the entity and the current regulations, requesting the client the documentation set -DNI, others.

RP6: Establish professional relationships with clients, internal and external, meeting quality standards, style manual, and transmitting the corporate image to achieve a high degree of loyalty.

CR6.1 Quality of service criteria-reliability, empathy, professionalism, proactivity, accessibility, courtesy, communication, credibility, understanding, flexibility, personal and corporate image or other criteria-apply in professional relationships.

CR6.2 The incidents that may arise in professional relationships are resolved within the framework of their responsibility, using their hierarchical superior in their case.

CR6.3 Measurements of the satisfaction level of clients are performed periodically, through the procedures established by the entity-surveys, in-depth interviews, or others.

Professional Context

Production media

Personal computers, teleprocessing terminals, networks, Internet, specific applications of commercial management in the financial sector. CRM or others. Integrated packages of text, databases, and spreadsheets.

Products and results

Information and advice on products and financial services to clients. Procurement of financial products and services: current accounts, savings books, credit and debit cards, direct payments and collections, currency exchange, intermediation in fixed and variable income securities, state debt, bonds, and Companies, investment funds, mortgage cards, personal and mortgage loans, loans, retirement plans, pension plans, information provided on insurance marketed. Risk positions analysed. Personalized customer service meeting quality standards. Information treated confidentially.

Information used or generated

Product Catalog. Client files. Socio-economic information of the financial sector and of the area of influence. Regulations on: consumer rights, regulation of plans and pension funds, currency and cheque law, tax and commercial legislation. Instructions from the company's management. Information on the trends of the financial market and the new needs or requirements of the client. Information on the products and services offered by the competition. Forms, printed. Stock market quotes. Currency quotes.

Competition Unit 2

Naming: Manage and control cash operations.

Level: 3.

Code: UC0990_3.

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP1: Manage operations that require cash management, by electronic or electronic means, by complying with the current legislation and internal regulations of the entity, in order to maintain the cash service.

CR1.1 The opening of the cash position is done by assigning the initial cash and verifying the correct operation of all the devices.

CR1.2 The operations of collections and payments, in national or foreign currency-non-domiciled receipts, taxes, social insurance, and others-as well as those to be charged in cash on client accounts, are made through the box terminal by completing the required documentation.

CR1.3 Copies of documents used for collection and payment management are archived according to the procedure set.

CR1.4 The currency exchange is performed in accordance with the exchange rates in force at the time of the transaction, imputing the expenses established by the entity.

CR1.5 Internal fraud prevention security regulations apply precisely, avoiding operations involving an economic break.

CR1.6 Operations identified as possible fraud are moved to the immediate superior, maintaining the confidentiality of the information.

CR1.7 Cash tonnage is performed at the end of the day, accounting for national and/or foreign currency stocks and, recording differences, using available computing applications.

CR1.8 The cash request needed for the daily operation as well as the shipment of the accumulated surpluses, are made to the central services using the available electronic tools and following the recommendations provided by the entity.

RP2: Control the maintenance of cash and consumables and, the operation of ATMs, under the compliance of internal rules and security measures, in order to provide in the shortest possible time, a Efficient and continuous service that meets the needs of clients.

CR2.1 Cash tonnage and recharging is performed according to the frequency recommended by the entity and according to the replacement needs of ATMs, recording in the tools that correspond to the performed.

CR2.2 The withdrawal of revenue and deposits is carried out at the periodicity recommended by the institution, checking the amounts deposited and registering them in the tools provided by the entity.

CR2.3 ATM consumables-receipts paper, ink, deposit envelopes and others-are verified by checking that stocks are in sufficient quantity and in perfect condition, in accordance with the entity, reputting them otherwise.

CR2.4 Operational and technical incidents are resolved and otherwise communicated promptly in accordance with the entity's internal rules.

RP3: Check the correct accounting of operations performed through cash and cash machines, to correct the accounting mismatches by electronic or electronic means, complying with the legislation and the internal rules of the entity.

CR3.1 Accounting accounts that indicate office cash stocks are verified daily with the available IT tools, ensuring that actual stocks match the accounting balance.

CR3.2 The origin of the differences in accounting accounts is located, using the available IT or conventional tools.

CR3.3 Cash differences whose origin has not been located are counted in the available computer applications, communicating to the immediate superior.

CR3.4 The cash differences located after the date of the incident are corrected in the corresponding accounts by the available IT applications, communicating immediately higher.

RP4: Manage cash operations without cash intervention requested by the customer, in return for their account, effectively and by electronic or computer means, complying with current legislation and regulations internal entity.

CR4.1 The documents delivered by the clients are verified by checking that they are strictly compliant with the current regulations.

CR4.2 The operations carried out in the accounts of the clients involved in the movement of funds-transfers, transfers, checks, revenue, etc.-are carried out with the available IT tools, following the instructions of the clients.

CR4.3 Checks, effects, and copies of documents used for collection and payment management are archived according to the established procedure.

CR4.4 The booklets are updated in the checkout positions at the customer's request.

CR4.5 The use of alternative channels-telephone banking, Internet banking, ATM or other-is promoted to the client with the realization of demonstrations of use.

RP5: Manage the charge or credit of the notes domiciled in advance notice of the superior and following the internal regulations, to cover the needs of the clients and the objectives of the entity.

CR5.1 Checks, receipts, effects, and credits domiciled in account that do not apply automatically, are reviewed for the consideration of your charge manually.

CR5.2 Internal security regulations for fraud prevention are strictly enforced, avoiding operations involving an economic breakdown.

CR5.3 Operations identified as possible fraud are moved to the immediate superior, maintaining the confidentiality of the information.

CR5.4 Pending loan receipts are reviewed, carrying out their charge, or additional collection efforts.

CR5.5 Charge-to-charge credit card billings are reviewed, carrying out their charge, additional charging arrangements or locks that do not allow their use.

Professional Context

Production media

Personal computers, teleprocessing terminals, networks, Internet, specific applications of commercial management in the financial sector. Integrated packages of text, databases, and spreadsheets.

Products and results

Box, cash remittances between positions and with central services. Reintegros and cash income realized. Income from cheques and effects, payment of receipts, taxes, social insurance. Travel checks and managed gasoline. Fees and payments. Transfers, transfers. Currency exchange. Maintenance of ATMs. Cashiers de cashiers. Completed payment and payment forms. Business effects managed. Accounting of cash accounting accounts. Box goalkeepers. Accounting for operations and cash incidents. Detection of tax fraud operations.

Information used or generated

Product Catalog. Regulations on: Consumer Rights, Exchange and Check Law, Tax and Commercial Law, Money Laundering Legislation. Circular from the Banco de España. Instructions from the company's management. Forms, printed. Currency quotes. General Accounting Plan. Accounting standards and models of financial statements of credit institutions. Community rules on annual accounts and consolidated accounts of banks and other financial institutions. Community Directives on Banking Coordination.

Competition Unit 3

Denomination: Handle suggestions, transparency and protection queries, complaints and complaints from the financial services client.

Level: 3.

Code: UC0991_3.

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP1: Staging the financial services client according to internal rules, satisfying and transmitting the entity's corporate image.

CR1.1 Enough information is collected from the caller that allows the customer to be clear and accurate, using the online/off line communication tools, if they are available.

CR1.2 Requests or suggestions are addressed by adopting a courteous, tolerant and considerate attitude, responding with diligence and autonomy, and using social skills.

CR1.3 The facts are sorted chronologically and the intervening parties are determined, obtaining a general composition of the object of the suggestion, query, complaint or claim.

CR1.4 In the specific aspects of the account of the facts, the following elements are identified, valued and concretized in the context surrounding the situation presented by the applicant:

-Existing gaps.

-The criteria and subjective elements of the same introduced by the client or user.

-The customer's goal, by detecting whether you want information or to present suggestions, complaints, or complaints.

CR1.5 The information is provided to the interlocutor with immediacy and giving the precise explanations, demonstrating skills in communication-active listening, feedback, clarity, concreteness, others.

CR1.6 The information provided to the caller is being collected by the Customer Service support tools-manual, intranet, or other-to the superior, the appropriate department, or other sources, Agile form and demonstrate security.

CR1.7 The security and confidentiality criteria of the information are strictly, clearly and concisely respected, following the recommendations of the entity.

RP2: Advise the financial services client about their rights and interests, and the legal channels for their exercise, in order to provide a quality service.

CR2.1 The answers are postponed by applying prudence criteria, postponing them or urging them to formalize them, avoiding unnecessary waits and informing the client promptly of the situation and/or deadlines for response, to suggestions or complex queries that require search for information and/or solution.

CR2.2 The necessary measures in the face of complaints or complaints, are adopted in accordance with the established procedure, postponing them or urging their formalization.

CR2.3 The object, form, attachments, requirements and deadlines for filing established by applicable regulations, are specified to the customer in the submission of suggestions, queries, complaints or complaints.

CR2.4 The process of admission, documentation, formalities, resolution and its possible effects, and the different competent bodies communicate to the client, in relation to the questions raised in relation to the processing of suggestions, consultations, complaints or complaints.

CR2.5 The most common assumptions of inadmission to processing, dismissal, and action incompatibility are clearly specified in the information provided to the client.

CR2.6 To the doubt raised about the cessation of the process by the client, it is specified precisely and assuring its understanding, the guarantee that it has to desist from its complaints and complaints at any moment.

CR2.7 In the presentation of queries, the client is oriented to the content of transparency and protection that they must detail, in order to facilitate a quick resolution to their files.

CR2.8 The security and confidentiality criteria of the information are strictly, clearly and concisely respected, following the recommendations of the entity.

RP3: To process suggestions, complaints and complaints from the client of financial services related to their legally recognized interests and rights, as well as consultations on transparency of operations and protection of the client, in accordance with the established specifications and current regulations.

CR3.1 The suggestions, queries, complaints or complaints are collected together with the documentation accompanying paper or by computer, electronic or telematic means meeting the requirements set out in the regulations in effect.

CR3.2 Of the suggestions, queries, complaints or complaints submitted, formal constancy, by means of conventional or telematic means, referring, where appropriate, to the service of attention to the customer or competent unit continue processing.

CR3.3 The suggestions, queries, complaints, or complaints are proven to have been handled accurately in time and form, and following the relevant internal and legal regulations.

CR3.4 The customer is communicated in writing, the competent instance to know your complaint or complaint, by acknowledging receipt and putting the presentation on record.

CR3.5 The requirements by the customer service or the competent unit for the resolution of the complaint or complaint, are addressed, in the exercise of their functions, in the deadlines and form established in the regulations in effect.

CR3.6 The security and confidentiality criteria of the information are strictly, clearly and concisely respected, following the recommendations of the entity.

RP4: Track the process of attention and resolution of queries, complaints, or claims by detecting and correcting anomalies or delays to improve service quality.

CR4.1 The follow-up to the processed claim is performed by obtaining information from the stage in which it is located and by adopting, where appropriate, measures at the right time.

CR4.2 The receipt and submission of responses are verified to arrive in established form and time.

CR4.3 Monitoring information is organized, applying file and statistical techniques, conventional or computer, to facilitate the subsequent analysis of the data-information on the number of resolutions, admission to processing and reasons for inadmissibility, reasons and issues raised and amounts affected, others.

CR4.4 The resolutions adopted are grouped using general criteria-favourable or unfavorable character of the resolution for the claimant or others-that facilitate the streamlining and improvement of the quality of the service future claims.

CR4.5 The recommendations or suggestions derived from the experience are collected in a periodic report to improve the quality of service and the achievement of the entity's objectives.

CR4.6 The measurement of the degree of satisfaction of the clients is carried out periodically through the procedures established by the entity-surveys, in-depth interviews, or others-applying quality criteria service.

Professional Context

Production media

Teams: personal computers in local network with Internet connection. Telephone and/or telephone exchange. Programs: User environments, text processors, databases. Internet browsers. Internet navigation help systems, instant messaging systems. Information input and output peripheral computing elements. Media and file materials. Office material.

Products and results

Advising financial services clients ' queries. Suggestions, complaints and complaints from classified, processed and channeled clients. Suggestions, complaints and complaints from clients served and dealt with. Main causes of complaints or complaints identified. Quality control of the service provided. Reports of complaints and complaints and, their resolutions. Compliance with current regulations.

Information used or generated

Databases that collect casuistics about query requests, information, complaints, and complaints. Specific legislation on the defence of the financial services client. Circular from the Banco de España. Entry sheets for claims-files-List and information on bodies and institutions competent for the defence of users of financial services. Specific legislation/information in trade and/or applicable to the financial, data protection and electronic signature sector.

Competition Unit 4

Denomination: Communicate in a foreign language, with an independent user level, in the activities of consulting and managing financial services.

Level: 3.

Code: UC0992_3.

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP1: Interpreting information, in a standard foreign language, even unstructured, transmitted by financial services clients in situations of counselling and professional attention, actively participating in identify their needs and ensure optimal and satisfactory advice.

CR1.1 The information demands made by the financial services clients in a standard foreign language, even though there is background noise, are interpreted precisely, requiring, where appropriate, the necessary clarifications by the Caller accent for full understanding.

CR1.2 The general lines of information transmitted in technical language in meetings, technical days or exposures related to financial services are interpreted correctly and without difficulty.

CR1.3 Non-protocol instructions, warnings and advice from financial sector technicians, in standard language at normal speed, are accurately understood by exchanging information and giving advice on any topic.

CR1.4 Recordings and telephone calls, made in the standard language, in their professional financial services activities are understood by identifying the content of the information, as well as the views of the interlocutors.

CR1.5 The administrative or commercial information of financial services, transmitted by technical audiovisual media-videos, CDs, DVDs, or others-is understood without difficulty.

RP2: To interpret, with some autonomy, the information contained in extensive documents related to financial services, in a foreign language, identifying their degree of importance in order to carry out the activities of own or required management and communication.

CR2.1 The relevance of a written information, contained in everyday materials, for its possible use in the professional activity is identified quickly, allowing to decide its exploitation or its discarding.

CR2.2 Reports and correspondence-in both standard and non-standard languages-are still extensive, and whether they are related to the financial sector, are interpreted with a certain degree of autonomy, quickly understanding their content.

CR2.3 The information contained in the specialized sources within the financial sector-journals, Internet pages, forums, or others-are collected by identifying opinions and ideas and, managing the specific vocabulary of the different media for reuse.

CR2.4 The relevant information, contained in a long text, both general and specific to the financial sector-new production, cash management, pricing, rights and duties, or others-are synthesised the information, ideas and opinions for their subsequent use effectively.

CR2.5 Access to information sources is done on a regular basis, detecting and extracting up-to-date key professional information that affects the financial sector or personal work.

CR2.6 Instructions on the management of financial sector own equipment or procedures-procurement procedures, policy underwriting, casualty processing, or others-are interpreted including details about conditions, processes, or warnings, using second readings in the difficult sections.

CR2.7 The documentation produced by clients and users regarding the assessment of the services received, such as suggestions, queries, complaints or complaints, are interpreted satisfactorily by extracting the information, ideas and opinions and quickly capturing their content.

CR2.8 Difficulties in understanding complex texts are solved with second readings, using contextualization and consistency criteria and, if applicable, dictionaries or translation tools.

CR2.9 Very high complexity or highly specialized texts are transmitted to the right people inside or outside the organization, following the internal procedures established to ensure consistency and congruence of the translation.

RP3: Transmitting oral information, in a foreign language, to internal and external clients, with fluency and spontaneity, through oral presentations, telematics or other supports, in order to carry out the required communication.

CR3.1 Information to be transmitted in meetings, technical days or oral, face-to-face or telematic exhibitions is planned in good time, assessing the effects that they will cause on the clients or public addressed.

CR3.2 Oral interventions in presentations, demonstrations, public statements or other situations are performed in a clear, spontaneous and fluid manner, using the level of exposure, argumentation, persuasion, appropriate to the caller.

CR3.3 Complex narrations and descriptions are performed or recorded, where appropriate, with appropriate intonation, structured in a clear and detailed manner, dealing with appropriate matters and, if appropriate, setting the conclusions appropriate.

RP4: Draft clear and detailed texts, in a foreign language, related to the usual documentation of financial services, extracting and describing in a consistent manner, in order to generate the documentation of their own performance area.

CR4.1 The general and technical documentation-contracts, reports, forms, or other-is written or completed with correction, highlighting the relevant aspects, arguing in a systematic way and, distinguishing the necessary details and using appropriate technical vocabulary relating to the financial sector.

CR4.2 The responses and requests for information related to suggestions, queries, complaints, or complaints, are written using appropriate language, so that those responsible have all the necessary information to formulate an appropriate response and the person who has made the complaint feel cared for.

CR4.3 Active communication with clients through postal, fax or email means is maintained with customers transmitting degrees of emotion, emphasizing the personal relevance of events and, commenting the news and views of your partner to maintain and update the financial client portfolio.

CR4.4 The structure of sales-buy and commercial language models are used in detail and clarity, in a systematic way and highlighting the relevant aspects.

CR4.5 Information from a variety of sources-magazines, brochures, the Internet, or others-on routine and non-routine financial sector issues, is summarised with reliability, using the words and ordering of the original texts to generate short and simple texts in a conventional format.

CR4.6 Documents produced for internal or external clients are written taking into account, at all times, the socio-cultural characteristics of the recipient and the context in which the communication occurs.

CR4.7 Information and documentation are developed according to criteria for lexical, grammatical, semantic, and paratextual correction, using the language with flexibility and efficiency.

CR4.8 The short language for online communications is used precisely by streamlining telematic communications in forums, chat, SMS, or others.

RP5: Communicate orally, in a foreign language, with internal and external clients, with fluency and spontaneity, actively interacting, in order to carry out the activities of counseling, attention and, possible conflicts.

CR5.1 The main aspects of an oral counselling situation maintained between two or more native clients employing standard language and structured speech are understood with relative ease in most of the cases, following the pace without difficulty in addressing their interests and needs.

CR5.2 Communications-telephone and telematic-, in the situation of advice or attention of financial services clients are adapted to the registration-formal or informal-and to the sociocultural conditions of the use of the language -norms of courtesy, culture or other-, expressing itself with a high degree of spontaneity and grammatical correction.

CR5.3 The arguments used in situations of advice or attention to financial services clients are expressed in accordance with a systematic development, emphasizing the important aspects and supporting the appropriate details complying with the style manual and transmitting the corporate image.

CR5.4 The technical elements contained in verbal, face-to-face or technical exchanges with other professionals related to financial services are understood and interpreted precisely.

CR5.5 The payment/payment transactions in the financial services service, in the presence of in-person or non-face-to-face situations, are accurately understood, taking into account, where appropriate, the non-verbal elements of the communication.

CR5.6 The suggestions, queries, complaints, or complaints that may arise in the commercial relationship, in a face-to-face or non-face-to-face situation, are identified with a high degree of accuracy, taking into account, where appropriate, the elements non-verbal communication.

CR5.7 Context information and non-verbal information are used and interpreted precisely, identifying the meaning of non-standard phrases and words or techniques.

CR5.8 Informal communications of various kinds-personal, professional, topical and other experiences-through conversations with other partners, are developed with fluency, detail, clarity and discursive consistency, using a wide related lexical repertoire.

CR5.9 Interventions, in conflicting and complex situations-attention and presentation of queries, complaints and complaints, or other complaints-are produced by arguing with conviction and in a formal manner the positions, responding to the questions, comments, or objections in a fluid, spontaneous and appropriate manner.

Professional Context

Production media

Computer equipment, personal computers, teleprocessing terminals, networks, intranet and the Internet. Computing applications user environment-text processors, databases, browsers, e-mail, video conferencing and presentation programs, dictionaries, translators-and financial sector management specific. Fixed and mobile telephony. Manual and electronic agendas. Product catalogues. Printed. Teaching support material. Foreign courtesy protocol and formulas. Audiovisual equipment. Copiers, fax. Office material.

Products and results

English oral communications with fluency, naturalness and effectiveness in: the care, advice and assistance of internal and external clients, planning of the agenda, the holding of meetings and the presentation of the organisation. Comprehensive and fluent interpretations-oral and written-in foreign languages. Sociolinguistic adequacy. Financial sector own foreign language documentation-contracts, reports, applications, receipts and collection and payment forms, faxes, emails or other-clear, detailed and linguistically consistent, and in line with the document type and recipient.

Information used or generated

Catalog of products and services offered by the entity. Documentation related to the management of the financial sector. Client files. Procedure manuals-organization regulations, information about the organization's areas of responsibility, organization quality plan, operational manuals, document issuance manuals, or others. Foreign language manuals: correspondence, grammar, uses and expressions. Monolingual, bilingual, synonyms and antonyms dictionaries. Various publications in foreign languages: manuals, catalogues, newspapers and specialized journals. Foreign language information published in the networks. Culture and civilization manuals of the recipient of the communication. Instructions from the company's management. Forms, printed. Foreign-language legislation on: consumer rights, regulation of plans and pension funds, exchange and cheque law, tax and commercial law, money laundering legislation, circular of the European Central Bank, foreign exchange insurance, mediation in private insurance and reinsurance, and pension plans and funds.

Competition Unit 5

Denomination: Handle office-based applications in information and documentation management.

Level: 2.

Code: UC0233_2.

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP1: Check the operation, at the user level, of the available computer equipment, ensuring its operability, in accordance with established procedures and standards, to facilitate efficient management.

CR1.1 The basic operation of the available computer equipment is proven to be successful in recognition of the correct implementation and compliance with the internal rules and applicable safety regulations. data protection and electronic confidentiality.

CR1.2 Network and dial-up connections when starting the operating system, are checked by confirming their availability and access to shared folders or Web sites.

CR1.3 The anomalous operation of computer equipment and/or applications detected is resolved as a user, where appropriate, to the aid manuals, or to internal or external technical officials, through the channels and established procedures.

CR1.4 Computer applications are updated, if applicable, by installing the unavailable utilities or by updating the versions according to the internal procedures and applicable provisions concerning rights. author, using the non-licensed software free system if applicable.

CR1.5 The improvements in the updating of the computer equipment to be contained in the documentation are proposed to the hierarchical superior according to the faults or incidents detected in their use through the procedures established by the organization.

CR1.6 The conventional and/or software-on line, off line-are used in the face of doubts or problems raised in the use of computer equipment, or in the execution of the procedures of action.

RP2: Obtain and organize the required information on the Internet-intranet or Internet-according to the instructions received and established procedures, for the development of the activities of the organization using the electronic means and available help manuals.

CR2.1 Information sources are identified and prioritized based on the ease of access and reliability that is contrasted according to the needs defined by the organization.

CR2.2 The information needed for the activity and available in the files of the organization, is obtained by searching it with the precise criteria, updating it with the established periodicity, reviewing the functionality and integrity of the same.

CR2.3 Required information from the Internet or other legal and ethical sources is obtained with agility, using different proven reliability search tools-search engines, thematic indexes, search agents, or others.

CR2.4 Network search criteria are used effectively to restrict the number of results obtained, choosing the most reliable source.

CR2.5 The data obtained is transferred by the use of the necessary office tools, creating the intermediate documents that allow their subsequent use, and applying the established security systems.

CR2.6 The cleanup and homogenization operations of the search results are performed by correcting the detected errors-eliminating meaningless values or duplicate records, assigning or encoding default values, or other-according to the instructions received.

CR2.7 Information received or resulting from data cleansing and homogenization is archived and/or recorded following established internal procedures.

CR2.8 The security and privacy rules in the access and search of information available on the network, internal or external, are strictly respected.

CR2.9 Conventional and/or computer-based aid manuals, offline, are used in the face of doubts or problems raised in the use of applications, or in the execution of the procedures for action.

RP3: Prepare frequently used documents using computer processing and/or text processing applications, in order to deliver the required information within the time and form set.

CR3.1 The documents required in your area of action-reports, letters, trades, salutes, certificates, memoranda, authorizations, notices, circulars, statements, internal notes, applications or others-are written from the information provided from manuscripts, voice dumps, or other media, accurately and stored in the appropriate format, using the office tools with dexterity.

CR3.2 Text templates for frequently used documents are created, in order to optimize and reduce inaccuracies, using the appropriate office applications, respecting, where appropriate, the rules of style and image corporate, saving them with the document type, in the required place-user's terminal, network, or others-and according to the classification instructions.

CR3.3 The documentation that has a predefined format is completed by inserting the information into the base documents or templates, maintaining their format.

CR3.4 The inaccuracies or errors of the data entered in the documents are checked for the purposes of the office utilities or assistants of the office application and, if necessary, correcting or amending them as appropriate.

CR3.5 The procedures and typing techniques set out in the preparation of the documents are met with mastery and accuracy while maintaining a working position in accordance with the appropriate security and safety conditions. health.

CR3.6 The elements that allow for a better organisation of the documents-headers, footings, numbering, index, bibliography, or other-are inserted with correction where they proceed, and where appropriate, the sources and respecting copyright.

CR3.7 The information contained in the working documents is reused or deleted as appropriate, monitoring its content, in accordance with the established instructions and procedures, and respecting the safety and security standards. confidentiality.

CR3.8 The movement, copying or removal of document processing and/or self-publishing documents is carried out by monitoring its content and rigorously applying the security and confidentiality rules of the information.

CR3.9 The edited final document is compared to the printed document by checking its precise adjustment, as well as the non-existence of widowed or orphan lines, page breaks or other aspects that subtract it from legilibility and, enhancing the quality and improvement of results.

CR3.10 The conventional and/or IT-on line, off line help manuals are used in the face of doubts or problems raised in the use of applications, or in the execution of the procedures for action.

RP4: Get the data, calculations, aggregations, comparisons, filtered, statistics and/or accurate graphs, operating with the various functions that the spreadsheets offer, in order to generate reliable and quality documents.

CR4.1 Worksheets books are created through the utilities of the office application by relating the different parts of the sheets, if applicable, and saving them in the required place-user's terminal, network or other-according to the organization's classification instructions and the document type.

CR4.2 Spreadsheets are updated, depending on their new purpose, when reuse is required, through the utilities available in the spreadsheet itself.

CR4.3 The formulas and functions used in frequently used spreadsheets are used precisely, nesting them, if applicable, and checking the results obtained to be expected.

CR4.4 The cells, sheets and books that require protection are treated by applying the capabilities provided by the application, establishing the appropriate passwords and access control, in order to determine security, confidentiality and precise protection.

CR4.5 Frequent use charts are elaborated accurately, quickly and clearly through the wizard, setting the precise data ranges, applying the format and representative titles, and determining the appropriate location to the type of information required.

CR4.6 The configuration of the pages and the print area is set through the utilities that the tool provides for later printing.

CR4.7 Moving, copying, or removing spreadsheet documents is done by monitoring your content and rigorously applying the security and confidentiality rules of the information.

CR4.8 Conventional and/or computer-based aid manuals, offline, are used in the face of doubts or problems raised in the use of applications, or in the execution of the procedures for action.

RP5: Develop documentation and information presentations effectively, respecting deadlines, using computer applications, and in accordance with the instructions received, to reflect the required information and the corporate image.

CR5.1 Graphic presentations of support for a speaker's exposures, screen projections, slides or transparencies, are prepared with skill according to the instructions received, using, if applicable, the Computing application utilities and wizards, and respecting the organization's style rules.

CR5.2 The procedures established by the organization regarding the movement, copying or elimination of presentations made on any of the available media, are applied quickly and rigorously, monitoring their content and applying the rules of security and confidentiality of information.

CR5.3 The objects required in graphical presentations-tables, charts, spreadsheets, photographs, drawings, organigams, sound and video files, others-are inserted into the most appropriate position at the type or target of the presentation, using, if applicable, the available wizards.

CR5.4 The objects inserted in the presentations are, if applicable, effectively encouraged, through the application's available wizards, and addressing the purpose of the given presentation or instructions.

CR5.5 In presentations via Internet or intranet of products or services of the organization, the information is presented in a persuasive way, taking care of all aspects of format and following internal rules of style, location and document type for the Web.

CR5.6 The information or documentation that is the subject of the presentation is verified by verifying the absence of errors or inaccuracies, keeping in accordance with the classification instructions of the organization, assigning the names proposed or, if applicable, those that allow for their speedy recovery.

CR5.7 The information or documentation that is the subject of the verified presentation is made available to the persons or entities to whom it is intended to be used in accordance with the deadlines and in the form established.

CR5.8 Conventional and/or computer-based aid manuals, offline, are used in the face of doubts or problems raised in the use of applications, or in the execution of the procedures for action.

CR5.9 The confidentiality and security rules are rigorously respected.

RP6: Operate with databases, internal or external, in order to obtain and provide the necessary information, always maintaining integrity, security and confidentiality according to the established rules.

CR6.1 The data in tables contained in spreadsheets or databases are presented correctly, with the format, order and distribution in the most convenient document, using representative titles based on the the purpose of the document, and, where appropriate, by filtering them according to the needs or instructions received.

CR6.2 Data from specific tables or databases in the elaboration of documents-envelopes, labels or other documents-are combined in the order established, through the various necessary office applications, in function of the type of media used.

CR6.3 Conventional and/or computer-based aid manuals, offline, are used in the face of doubts or problems raised in the use of applications, or in the execution of the procedures for action.

RP7: Integrate data, tables, graphs, and other objects into working documents according to the instructions received to efficiently reuse the required information from different computer applications.

CR7.1 Tables, spreadsheets, charts, drawings, images, hyperlinks, or others, are inserted into the documents, in the appropriate place, ensuring their integrity.

CR7.2 The objects obtained from the spreadsheet are inserted in the documents when they need to be edited with a word processor or editing program.

CR7.3 Slides and/or presentations are sent through the application's available utilities to working documents, to facilitate their tracking.

CR7.4 The texts, tables, charts, and other objects are integrated into the frequently used emails, through the available utilities, and based on the corporate image.

CR7.5 Templates are combined with the data available in files from the same or other formats through the application wizards, generating the individualized documents according to the instructions received.

CR7.6 The quality of the inserted objects is optimized using the appropriate tools-image processing, color optimization, or others.

RP8: Use e-mail programs in computer equipment and/or electronic agendas, in accordance with established procedures and regulations, in order to ensure and optimize the circulation and availability of the correspondence.

CR8.1 The mail address and the subject of the received communications are checked by accurately identifying them through the address book or other available utilities to avoid unwanted mails.

CR8.2 The necessary identifying data for the communications to be issued-recipient, subject, annexes, acknowledgement of receipt, others-are verified with the data of the recipient provided by the superior or obtained from the databases, address book or others, detecting omissions or errors, and subsating them if necessary.

CR8.3 The correspondence received or issued by computer or electronic means, is organized by classifying it according to the criteria set-organizations, dates, other-, generating, if necessary, the relevant backups of agreement with the internal procedures and maintaining sustainability criteria.

CR8.4 Contacts entered in the computer or electronic address books are updated at the time of their knowledge, removing their content, or incorporating new information or documents that optimize their usage.

CR8.5 Correspondence and/or accompanying documentation are forwarded if appropriate, with speed and accuracy by stating the recipient and adapting the body of the message.

CR8.6 The errors or failures in computer or electronic communications are identified and corrected promptly and efficiently, in the field of their responsibility, requiring, where appropriate, the necessary technical support.

CR8.7 The legal regulations on security and confidentiality in communication systems are strictly enforced in the forwarding, response and registration of correspondence.

CR8.8 The conventional and/or IT-on line, off line help manuals are used in the face of doubts or problems raised in the use of applications, or in the execution of the procedures for action.

CR8.9 The movement, copying or removal of emails is done by monitoring their content and rigorously applying the security and confidentiality rules of the information.

Professional Context

Production media

Office equipment-computer terminals, laptops, printer, scanner, fax, photocopier, digital cameras, fixed and mobile telephony equipment, others. Computer networks-internet, intranet-. E-mail and electronic agenda. General computer applications: word processor, spreadsheet, graphical presentation programs, databases, others. Assistants for general computer applications. Office material. Paper destroyers. Printed-request for information, requirements, others-. Transparencies.

Products and results

Search for information on the network-internal or external-and on the organization's file system. Information organised and updated correctly in compliance with delivery times. Information obtained, sorted, prepared, integrated and transmitted correctly in the form and time. Documentation elaborated with no errors, organized and structured. Documentation correctly protected. Presentations on different media-electronic files, transparencies, others-. Import and export on the network. Compliance with internal and external standards to the security organisation, confidentiality. Resolution of incidents with help manuals. Respect for the environment.

Information used or generated

Regulations concerning copyright, prevention of occupational risks, protection and conservation of the environment, electronic security, electronic administration. Manuals in conventional or computer-on-line, off line-of: internal procedure, style, use of computer equipment, office machines and computer applications. Aid programmes. Postal information. Information published on the Network. Various publications: official bulletins, specialist journals, statistical bulletins, others. Information presentation and document processing formats and templates

III. TRAINING OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM

FORMATIVE MODULE 1

Denomination: Advice and administrative management of financial products and services.

Professional qualification level: 3.

Code: MF0989_3.

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC0989_3 Perform administrative management of financial products and services.

Duration: 200 hours.

FORMATIVE UNIT 1

Denomination: Administrative management for the advisory of financial products and services of liabilities.

Code: UF0524.

Duration: 80 hours.

Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP2.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Analyse the structure and characteristics of the financial institutions sector to respond effectively to the evolution of functions linked to financial operations.

CE1.1 Describe the characteristics and structure of a financial system and the entities that make it up.

CE1.2 Explain the role of the European Central Bank and the Bank of Spain in regulating the financial sector.

CE1.3 Define the concept and economic function of financial institutions.

CE1.4 Interpret the different types and functions of the main financial entities that currently operate in our country, pointing out the most relevant features that differentiate them.

CE1.5 Describe the organization of a financial institution, specifying the basic relationships between the elements that compose it.

CE1.6 To differentiate the positions and operational functions of a type banking and electronic banking office.

CE1.7 Explain the evolution of the financial market in Spain and changes in customer behavior.

CE1.8 Define and accurately argue the concept and commercial function of financial entities and the different marketing channels that are used.

CE1.9 Identify and interpret the regulations governing the financial operations and risk policies established by the Banco de España.

C2: Make the financial calculations necessary for the advice on the various liability products, and financial services offered.

CE2.1 Precise the concepts of nominal interest and effective interest or equivalent annual rate-TAE-and how to calculate them.

CE2.2 In a scenario where information is provided conveniently characterized by specific financial services:

-Identify the subjects involved in the operation and the relevant data to be reported on them.

-Calculate accrued expenses and fees and specify how they are charged.

-Specify, if applicable, the required tax treatment.

CE2.3 In a scenario where you provide information about certain passive financial products:

-Calculate accrued interest and generated expenses and commissions.

-Calculate the SAD.

-Describe the tax treatment of each product: Retentions, reliefs and exemptions.

-Specify the form of determination and the payment and settlement deadlines.

C3: Analyse the various alternatives of wealth investment and forecast, banking services and insurance typology, identifying the characteristics and specifications of the same.

CE3.1 To accurately distinguish the various alternatives of wealth investment, forecast, banking services and insurance typology, identifying their characteristics and target clients.

CE3.2 Explain the characteristics, types, contracts, and taxation of investment funds, as well as the agents involved in them.

CE3.3 From a basket of funds differentiate the different types based on criteria of:

-Security.

-Rentability.

-Liquidity.

-Taxation.

-Diversification.

CE3.4 Explain the characteristics of the different financial markets, their functioning and the assets contracted in them.

CE3.5 Describe procedures in the issuance, negotiation, hiring, amortization and/or settlement of financial assets and their documentary formalization.

CE3.6 Describe the fees that result from an investment deposited in a securities account with the concepts of purchase, sale, administration and custody.

CE3.7 In a convenient convenient scenario, in which real data is provided for different financial assets:

-Simulate the resulting amount in sales operations.

-Calculate the return on investment.

-Calculate the fees and expenses that are applicable.

-Apply tax regulations in the treatment of capital gains and disabilities.

CE3.8 Explain the characteristics, types, and taxation of pension plans and savings insurance.

CE3.9 Recognize the agents involved in pension plans and savings insurance.

CE3.10 In an alleged feature that provides real data on pension plans and savings insurance:

-Compare different rentiers according to different forecast alternatives.

-Determine the tax treatment that would apply to them, calculating the tax savings for each product.

CE3.11 Explain the characteristics of a term imposition.

CE3.12 In a convenient convenient scenario, the profile of a type client and its investment needs is provided:

-Get the necessary information from different heritage investment products and forecast on the market.

-Analyze the tax effects of each of the proposed investment products.

-Offer the most customer-friendly investment or forecast alternative given its features.

-To report periodically on the evolution of different investment or forecast alternatives, if any, through a comparative analysis of the alternatives.

Contents

1. Analysis of the financial system.

-The financial system:

• Features.

• Structure.

• Evolution.

-Financial markets:

• Functions.

• Classification.

• Main Spanish financial markets.

-Financial brokers:

• Description.

• Functions.

• Classification: banking and non-banking.

-Financial assets:

• Description.

• Functions.

• Classification.

-Derivative products market:

• Description.

• Features.

• Types of derivatives markets: futures, options, swaps.

-The Stock Exchange:

• Organization of Spanish bags.

• Hiring systems.

• Stock indexes.

• Stock brokers.

• Operations classes: cash and credit.

• Order types.

-The European System of Central Banks.

• Structure.

• Functions.

-The Spanish Credit System.

• Description.

• Structure.

• The Banco de España: functions and governing bodies.

• The solvency ratio: description.

• The legal box ratio: description.

-National Securities Market Commission.

• Functions.

2. Management of credit institutions.

-Banking entities.

• Features.

• Elements.

• Classification.

-Organization of banking entities.

• Central offices: functions, departments, and relationships with branches.

• Branches: types, functions, and departments.

-Banks.

• Features.

• Creation and expansion.

• Banking agencies: Spanish Private Banking Association and Deposit Insurance Fund.

-The Savings Banks.

• Features.

• The Spanish Confederation of Savings Banks.

-Credit unions.

• Objective.

• Types.

3. Basic financial calculation procedures applicable to financial products for liabilities.

-Simple Capitalization:

• The interest simpe.

• Equivalent charms in simple capitalization.

-Composite Capitalization.

• The compound interest.

• Equivalent charms in compound capitalization.

4. Management and analysis of passive banking operations.

-Passive banking operations.

• Features.

-The repositories in the view.

• Description.

• Types.

• Requirements for opening.

-The booklets or savings accounts.

• Features.

• Types: Indistinct, joint, linked savings.

-Current accounts.

• Features.

• Types: joint, indistinct, superbeads.

• Liquidation.

-Time deposits or fixed term impositions.

• Description.

• Modes.

• Tax treatment.

5. Management and analysis of wealth and retirement investment products and other banking services.

-The managing societies.

• Description.

• Functions.

-Depository entities.

• Description.

• Objectives.

-Investment funds.

• Features.

• Finality.

• Advantages.

• Types: fixed income, variable, mixed.

• Tax treatment.

-Pension plans and funds.

• Features.

• Intervinlients.

• Types.

• Tax treatment.

-Fixed Income Titles.

• Description.

• Features.

• Value of the titles.

• Rentability.

-Public funds.

• Features.

• Classification.

-Private funds.

• Features.

• Classification.

-Variable Income Titles.

• Description.

• Features.

• Actions: features, types, value, and profitability.

• Tax treatment.

-Insurance.

• Features.

• Classes: damage and people.

-Bank addresses.

• Description.

• Classes: effects, receipts, payroll, pensions.

-Emission of cards.

• Debit cards.

• Credit cards.

• The electronic wallet.

-Effect collection management.

• Features.

-Rent boxes.

• Features.

-Depository service and title administration.

-Other services: tax payments, travel checks, tax advice, payment of fines.

-Banking Commissions.

• Features.

• Classes.

FORMATIVE UNIT 2

Naming: Administrative management for asset product advice.

Code: UF0525.

Duration: 70 hours.

Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP3.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Perform the financial calculations required for advice on the various asset products.

CE1.1 Explain the variables involved in loan amortization and specify how to calculate them according to the most commonly used systems.

CE1.2 In a scenario where you provide information about certain asset financial products:

-Define the required personal or actual warranties.

-Calculate interest rates and accrued expenses and fees.

-Calculate amortization fees.

-Calculate client indebtedness.

-Specify the tax treatment of the products.

C2: Analyze the feasibility of different financing operations by handling the required information.

CE2.1 Describe the main funding instruments.

CE2.2 Explain the variables involved in loan amortization and specify how to calculate them according to the most commonly used systems.

CE2.3 Recognize the agents involved in the financing operations.

CE2.4 Description of the databases available for risk analysis while respecting the company's internal rules and procedures.

CE2.5 Faced with a simulated financing request situation by a customer:

-Identify advice, negotiation, and hiring, as well as the documentation the client needs to provide.

-List the databases we need to query.

-Perform a loan amortization table and calculate the transaction fees.

-Calculate the TAE of the operation.

-Calculate client indebtedness.

-Perform a brief report indicating the purpose of the operation, client background, and operation assessment.

C3: Interpret the content and structure of the situation balance sheet and the results account of an organization to determine its financial situation.

CE3.1 Explain the composition of an organization's assets and liabilities.

CE3.2 Explain the composition of an organization's results account.

CE3.3 Explain the contents of an organization's balance sheet.

CE3.4 Explain the necessary balance relationships between investments and financial resources of their own and others, differentiating between the financing of the circulating and the immobilized properly.

CE3.5 Define the following concepts correctly:

-Maneuver fund.

-"Cash-flow" financial.

-Average maturation period.

-Deadlock or profitability threshold.

-Financial leverage.

CE3.6 In a practical scenario in which the annual accounts, conveniently characterized, of a simulated company are provided:

-Select the relevant information for the type of analysis being requested.

-Calculate the differences, percentages, indexes, and ratios relevant to the financial-estate and trend analysis.

-Interpret the results correctly and from them, the financial situation you transmit, relating the different elements of the analysis.

Contents

1. Basic financial calculation procedures applicable to financial asset products.

-Simple update:

• The commercial discount.

• The mathematical discount.

-Composite update:

• The composite discount.

-Constant, variable, and fractional rates:

• Description.

• Variables involved.

2. Management and analysis of asset banking operations.

-Asset banking operations.

• Features.

-Loans.

• Elements.

• Variables in a loan operation.

• Classes.

• Factors that influence the concession.

• Loan amortization methods.

• Tax treatment.

-Credits.

• Features.

• Current account credit.

-Credit Guarantee:

• Personal Warranty.

• Actual warranty.

-The bank endorsement.

• Description.

• Formalization.

-The effect remittance.

• Features.

• Liquidation.

-leasing or leasing.

• Features.

• Elements.

• People who are involved.

• Modes.

• Variables in a leasing operation.

• Cost leasing.

-Renting.

• Features.

• People who are involved.

-The Factoring.

• Description.

• Intervinlients.

• Modes: with resource and no resource.

-The Confirming.

• Description.

• Features.

• Classes: with funding and simple.

-Borrowings.

• Description.

• Elements.

• Variables of a loan.

• Classes: periodic interest payment, accrued interest payment.

3. Banking management computing applications.

-Financial Spreadsheets:

• Financial functions applied to asset products.

• Loan amortization tables.

• Graphical data representations.

-Credit management applications:

• Credit scoring.

-Financial Calculation Simulators

-Internet.

• Web addresses.

• The browser.

-Safety and environmental regulations in the use of computer equipment.

4. Analysis and interpretation of accounting financial statements.

-Heritage Masses:

• Active: current and not current.

• Neto Heritage.

• Passive: current and not current.

-The balance sheet.

• Composition.

• Normal model.

• Short model.

-The management accounts.

• Revenue accounts.

• Expense accounts.

-The profit and loss account.

• Composition.

• Normal model.

• Short model.

-Analysis tools:

• Maniplay Fund.

• Cash-Flow.

• Average maturation period.

• Deadlock or profitability threshold.

• Financial leverage.

• Ratios.

FORMATIVE UNIT 3

Denomination: Commercial management of financial products and services and complementary channels.

Code: UF0526.

Duration: 50 hours.

Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP4, RP5, and RP6.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Apply customer relationship management techniques to financial entities through specific IT tools.

CE1.1 Explain the different customer segmentation and segmentation criteria that are commonly used in the financial sector.

CE1.2 Relate customer segmentation with the different products of financial entities for marketing.

CE1.3 Sort and sort the information of different financial entities by specifying the comparative advantages.

CE1.4 Identify the main utilities of a commercial client management application and the legislation that regulates data protection.

CE1.5 In a scenario where information is provided, conveniently characterized, about different types of leads and financial products and services:

-Identify and classify the customer within a market segment.

-Select the appropriate product or service by linking it to the characteristics of each client type, using a CRM tool in both cases.

CE1.6 Identify cross-sell products that typically occur in different types of financial operations.

CE1.7 Explain the customer tracking and after-sales control procedures that are typically performed on financial institutions.

CE1.8 In a practical scenario of customer loyalty, with established characteristics, by different channels of communication and using, if necessary, a computer program:

-To elaborate the appropriate writings to each situation -onomastica, Christmas, gratitude, others-in a clear and concise way according to its purpose and the channel used-email, postal mail, telephone, messages mobile, others.

C2: Apply appropriate techniques to the advice and procurement of financial products and services through the different marketing channels.

CE2.1 Describe and explain the basic techniques of counseling, selling, and loyalty, analyzing the rational and emotional elements involved.

CE2.2 Describe the qualities that you must possess and the attitudes that a commercial of financial products and services should develop in commercial relationships, for in-person advice as not in-person.

CE2.3 Identify the variables involved in the financial client's behavior and hiring motivations.

CE2.4 Describe the influence of knowledge of product characteristics or financial service on advice.

CE2.5 Specify ways to cause different additional, surrogate, and/or complementary sales.

CE2.6 Explain the fundamental phases of a negotiation process in type situations, whether for face-to-face sales as non-face-to-face-telephone, web, mobile, interactive television and others-and, the most common selling techniques that are used in the marketing of financial products and services.

CE2.7 Define quality criteria that apply to client relationships in financial institutions.

CE2.8 From appropriately detailed information on a given financial institution, identify and describe the entity's positioning and its impact on the client relationship.

CE2.9 In a non-in-person business relationship simulation:

-Adapting the techniques of advising or selling to the media-telephone, Internet, mobile phone, postal mail, e-mail, others.

-Transmit information with clarity and precision in an oral and/or written form.

CE2.10 In the simulation of a business interview with a customer in a financial institution and from information conveniently characterized by financial products and services:

-Identify the customer's typology and investment, savings or financing needs, making the appropriate questions and using, where appropriate, the information provided through the client management.

-Describe clearly the characteristics of the product or financial service, highlighting its advantages and its adequacy to the needs of the client and using, where appropriate, the information provided by the aid for commercial management-manuals, electronics, intranet, others.

-Maintain a negotiating attitude that facilitates the hiring decision.

-Properly Rebatir the objections based on the type of client.

-critically assess the performance developed.

CE2.11 In the simulation of an interview with a supposed customer and from information conveniently characterized:

-Describe the business criteria for deciding the inclusion of a customer in the loyalty plan.

-Determine the areas of action within your responsibility that singularize the relationship.

-Apply social communication and skills techniques that facilitate empathy with the client.

-Apply the techniques to enhance the memory and the client link.

C3: Analyze the features and uses of alternative channels of access to financial entities.

CE3.1 Identify the different alternative channels of use.

CE3.2 Describe the commissions and expenses of the different alternative channels.

CE3.3 Compare the advantages of debit cards against credit cards and vice versa.

CE3.4 Analyze the web pages of the main Spanish financial institutions, comparing the available functionalities in each one of them.

CE3.5 Before a practical scenario, conveniently characterized by active operations:

-Perform simulations through the tools available on different web pages by comparing the results.

Contents

1. Financial and relational marketing.

-Financial Marketing:

• Elements.

• Principles.

• Features.

• Aspects to analyze in a marketing plan.

• Benefits of a marketing plan.

• Phases from a marketing plan.

• Structure of a marketing plan.

• Marketing plan makers.

-Client analysis.

• Sources of information.

-The customer segmentation.

• End of segmentation.

• Classification of clients.

• Benefits of segmentation.

• Phases of the segmentation process.

• Segmentation criteria.

-Client loyalty.

• Elements.

• Factors.

• Strategies.

• Fidelization techniques.

• Fidelization plan.

• Customer relationship management tools-CRM.

-Analysis of the quality management of financial services.

• Factors.

2. Marketing of financial products and services.

-Financial entities commercial:

• Features.

• Functions.

• Qualities.

• The acting model.

-Basic marketing techniques:

• Cross-selling.

• Detection of market niches.

• Commercial offerings.

-Customer care.

• Principles.

• Objectives.

• The attitude of service to the client.

• Telephone attention.

• Product presentation techniques.

• Treatment of queries: messages and attitudes.

-Customer protection.

• Transparency of operations.

• Customer rights.

3. Alternative channels for the marketing of banking products and services.

-Intranet and extranet.

• Description.

-Telephone Banking.

• Features.

• Operation.

• Types of operations.

-Internet Banking.

• Functionality.

• Benefits and drawbacks.

-Electronic Banking.

• Features.

• Functionality.

-Interactive television.

• Features.

• Advantages.

-The ticketing.

• Features.

• Advantages.

-Self-service posts.

• Features.

• Types.

• Advantages.

• Functionality.

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Unit

Formunity 2-UF0525

60

Number of total hours of the training units	N.
		80	80		70
70	60
	50	30

Sequence:

The training units in this module must be programmed in a sequenced manner.

Access criteria for students

They shall be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree governing the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this Annex accompanies.

FORMATIVE MODULE 2

Naming: Administrative box management.

Professional qualification level: 3.

Code: MF0990_3.

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC0990_3 Manage and control cash operations.

Duration: 120 hours.

FORMATIVE UNIT 1

Denomination: Management and administrative control of cash operations.

Code: UF0527.

Duration: 50 hours.

Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP2, RP4, and RP5.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Identify cash operations that require cash handling as well as the tools that are used in them.

CE1.1 Describe operations and tools that require cash management in a financial institution, national currency, or foreign currency.

CE1.2 Identify the features and formats of the documentation that supports them.

CE1.3 Identify operations that may constitute tax fraud or money laundering and corresponding regulations.

CE1.4 Explain the box tonnage function.

CE1.5 Explain the operation and maintenance of the ATM and assess its importance in the alternative banking operation.

CE1.6 In a scenario where information is provided, conveniently characterized, about different cash operations:

-Describe the operation.

-Determine the documentation that supports it.

-Identify potential fraud operations.

-Determine the cash needs based on the operative raised in the assumption.

-Perform currency exchange operations.

C2: Analyse the documentation corresponding to the different national and international payment and payment instruments, conventional and telematic, verifying their correct completion according to the current legislation.

CE2.1 Identify the epigraps of the various collection and payment documents by correctly explaining their required content, function, and warranties.

CE2.2 Precise the function of the log documents relating to cash management appropriately.

CE2.3 In an assumption in which different cash operations are proposed, conveniently characterised, relative to a given period:

-Monitor documentation for collections and payments correctly applying the business and tax laws.

-Distinguished in payment or collection forms to companies, financial institutions and public administrations, or income in bank accounts using telematic means.

C3: Carry out calculations relating to related cash transactions and commissions, applying the commercial and banking legislation governing the procedures related to conventional payment and payment instruments and telematics.

CE3.1 Explain the variables involved in the calculation of the various banking commissions.

CE3.2 Describe and explain the current account clearance procedures correctly.

CE3.3 Explain the concepts of financial equivalence, common maturity, and average maturity correctly.

CE3.4 In an assumption in which different cash operations are proposed, conveniently characterised, relating to a given period:

-Calculate discounts, commissions and taxes on trading and management of commercial effects in accordance with commercial and banking legislation.

-Calculate the amount of the transaction, in the currency exchange including expenses.

-Liquidate the proposed current accounts.

-Register box movements through the corresponding computer application.

C4: Get the right results from the banking operation on cash operations, through the proper use of banking IT applications.

CE4.1 Analyze the functions and procedures of the applications used.

CE4.2 In convenient scenarios conveniently characterized:

-Register the proposed box operations.

CE4.3 Identify occupational risks in terms of the position of the job, lighting and position to the computer.

Contents

1. Procedures for financial and commercial calculation in cash operations.

-Simple Interest Analysis and Application:

• Simple Capitalization.

• Simple interest calculation shortcuts: splitter and fixed multiplier.

-Simple discount analysis and application:

• Commercial Discount.

• Rational or mathematical discount.

-Analysis and application of financial equivalence to simple interest.

• Equivalent capitals.

• Common expiration.

• Average expiration.

-Analysis and application of simple interest to current accounts:

• Current accounts with mutual interest.

• Current accounts with non-reciprocal interest.

• Current account clearance methods.

-Both nominal and effective (SAD).

2. Documentation and cash management.

-Analysis and fulfillment of payment and collection media documents.

• Check.

• Change Letter.

• Pagare.

• Receipts.

• Autoliquidations with administration.

• Basic international payment means.

• Internal, national and international, conventional and telematics internal documents.

-Cash Management Procedures.

• Managing cash flows.

• Box control.

• Arqueos and box cuadre.

-Foreign currency.

• The currency.

• Currency types.

• Calculation of currency exchange and conversion.

-Application of related business rules.

-Analysis and management of foreign currency operations.

• The currency market.

• Euromarket.

-International payment media analysis.

3. Implementation of preventive measures on money laundering.

-Money laundering.

• Definition.

• Risks.

• Consequences.

• Phases of the process.

• Tax havens.

• Fight against money laundering.

-Subject to the prevention of money laundering.

• Definition.

• Classes.

• Obligations.

-Identification of clients.

• Risk assessment.

• General identification obligations.

• Exceptions to identification.

• Authorization policy.

• Procedures for meeting the client.

• Profile of the whitener.

-Analysis and application of Community and Spanish legislation on the prevention of money laundering.

4. Financial management computing applications in Banking.

-Analysis and utilization of financial management applications.

-Spreadsheet applications applied to financial management.

-Installation requirements.

-Prstations, functions, and procedures.

-Automatic Cengers.

• Finality.

-Identification and implementation of the main environmental protection measures in the field of documentation.

FORMATIVE UNIT 2

Denomination: Accounting management and analysis of economic and financial operations.

Code: UF0528.

Duration: 70 hours.

Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP3.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Interpreting from the accounting point of view, the information represented in the documentary-evidence of economic and financial operations affecting the business heritage.

CE1.1 Identify the heritage elements reflected in the supporting documents, classifying them into heritage masses and relating them to their role in the business activity.

CE1.2 Identify the different concepts of income and expenses reflected in the supporting documents, their nature and their relationship to the business activity.

CE1.3 Successfully describe the different types of business and tax documents and indicate the type of operation they represent.

CE1.4 Explain the relevant information for accounting represented in business documents.

C2: Successfully interpret the double-split accounting method, its instruments, and its phases.

CE2.1 Precise the account concept as an instrument of representation and measurement of business items.

CE2.2 Identify the account types and the charge and credit agreements for each.

CE2.3 Explain the double-split accounting method.

CE2.4 In a practical scenario in which supporting documents are provided, conveniently characterized, of financial-economic operations type:

-Explain the type of operation represented in each document.

-Identify the assets or revenue concepts and expenses involved in each represented operation.

-Determine the variations produced on each heritage item and the amount of it.

-Specify the amount of charge or credit for each representative account of the assets involved.

C3: Develop the information relating to the account system of a type financial institution, appropriately applying the accounting methodology and the principles and rules of the New Accounting General Plan.

CE3.1 Distinguished the phases of the accounting process for a complete economic cycle and specify the function of each.

CE3.2 Interpret the legal prescriptions that regulate the legalization of accounting documentation.

CE3.3 Interpret the role of the New General Accounting Plan and in the framework of Spanish commercial law and European Union directives.

CE3.4 Explain the accounting reporting function.

CE3.5 Interpret the structure of the New Accounting General Plan and distinguish the enforced sections.

CE3.6 Explain accounting principles and valuation standards set out in the New Accounting General Plan and the main differences with those established for financial institutions by the Banco de España.

CE3.7 Explain the definitions and fundamental accounting relationships established in the groups, subgroups, and main accounts of the New Accounting General Plan.

CE3.8 Explain the content and use of the accounts with the Banco de España and the Deposit Insurance Fund, other financial intermediaries and other obligations in the bank accounts.

CE3.9 Explain the structure of the Annual Accounts by comparing them with those of a credit institution, and specify the differences and relationships between their different headings.

CE3.10 Explain the content of profitability per customer in a credit institution and the procedure for obtaining it.

CE3.11 In a practical scenario in which the initial patrimonial situation is proposed and documentation-supporting documents relating to cash operations for an economic exercise are provided:

-Register for double-split seats the operations represented in the documents by applying the principles and rules of assessment of the New Accounting General Plan.

-Perform the transfer of the Journal information to the accounts of the Mayor.

-Successfully prepare the Balance Sheet and balances.

-Get the result by the regularization process.

-Confect annual accounts by applying the criteria of the New Accounting General Plan.

-Precise the contents of the appropriate memory to the proposed assumption.

C4: Get the right results from the banking operational in accounting management through the proper use of banking computing applications.

CE4.1 Analyze the functions and procedures of the applications used.

CE4.2 In convenient scenarios conveniently characterized:

-Get the balance sheet and the office results account.

Contents

1. Accounting methodology and interpretation.

-Accounting.

• Finality.

• Features.

• Users.

• Classification.

-Heritage Theory.

• Heritage.

• Heritage items.

• Heritage handles.

-Account theory.

• Classes.

• Operation.

• Double-split method description.

• Load and pay.

• Balance of accounts.

-Analysis of the company structure.

• Economic and financial structure.

• Balance.

-Analysis of company management.

• Company result.

• Profit and loss account.

-The accounting cycle.

• Description.

• Opening.

• Journal.

• Greater.

• Check balances.

• Regularization and closure seats.

• Annual accounts: balance sheet, profit and loss account, net worth change status, cash flow and memory status.

-Analysis and fulfillment of the merchant and accounting documentation.

• Documentation-supporting business types: invoices, receipts, bank statements, checks, letters, payroll, social insurance.

• Mandatory and auxiliary accounting books.

-Organization and file of business documents.

• Coding documents.

• Document classification system.

-Business legislation applicable to the processing of accounting documentation.

• Legalization of accounting books.

• How to store books.

-Accounting normalization.

-The New General Accounting Plan.

• Accounting Conceptual Framework.

• Registration and valuation rules.

• Annual accounts.

• Account table.

• Accounting definitions and relationships.

2. Accounting for banking transactions in financial institutions.

-Balance of credit institutions.

• Structure.

-Active.

• Box and banks.

• Monetary assets.

• Financial intermediaries.

• Investments in credits

• Portfolio of values.

• Shareholders and shares in portfolio.

• Quiesced.

• Miscellaneous accounts.

-Passive.

• Capital.

• Reservations.

• Social benefit work fund.

• Subordinate financing.

-Bank of Spain and Deposit Insurance Fund.

• Financial intermediaries.

• Creditors.

• Other obligations to pay.

• Miscellaneous accounts.

-Order accounts.

• Avales.

• Guarantees and loans provided.

• Document credits.

• Rediscounted or endorsed effects.

• Available by third parties on credit accounts.

• Deposits in custody.

• Other order accounts.

-Making the office balance sheet.

• Asset products.

• Liabilities products.

• Disintermediation products.

• Daily information.

-Making the office results account.

• Structure.

• Office results account products.

3. Accounting management software applications in financial institutions.

-Accounting management applications:

• Installation requirements.

• Benefits, functions, and procedures.

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Unit

Number of total hours of the training units	N.
		50	50	50		40
Training Unit 2-UF0528	70	60

Sequence:

The training units in this module can be programmed independently.

Access criteria for students

They shall be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree governing the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this Annex accompanies.

FORMATIVE MODULE 3

Denomination: Attention and processing of financial services customer suggestions, queries, complaints, and complaints.

Professional qualification level: 3.

Code: MF0991_3.

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC0991_3 Address and deal with suggestions, transparency and protection queries, complaints and complaints from the financial services client.

Duration: 120 hours.

FORMATIVE UNIT 1

Denomination: Customer care and financial services query processing.

Code: UF0529.

Duration: 70 hours.

Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1 and RP2.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Analyze suggestions and queries, presented from the financial sector, obtaining data from reliable sources and in the framework of current legislation, to deduce lines of action and channeling.

CE1.1 List the main public and private institutions and agencies for financial client protection and explain their competence.

CE1.2 Describe customer service functions in any entity that develops its business in the financial sector.

CE1.3 Interpret the current legislation on the protection of the financial services client.

CE1.4 Describe the suggestions, queries, more common that financial sector clients present.

CE1.5 Identify documents that are typically used in suggestion management, queries.

CE1.6 From a practical scenario of requesting information from a client regarding products and services in the financial sector, conveniently characterized and with defined procedures:

-Interpret the request for information.

-Interpret existing financial services client protection legislation that is applicable.

-Identify and locate the information to be supplied.

-Successfully make a response written, using, if any, electronic media or other communication channels.

CE1.7 In different appropriately characterized assumptions, in which the client attention situations are simulated in the form of suggestions, queries:

-Manifest interest in satisfying and effectively addressing concrete demand.

-Analyze the behavior of the client and characterize it.

-Use the appropriate communication technique to the situation and the caller.

-To act rigorously in the management of information sources and in the elaboration and fulfillment of writings.

CE1.8 Identify the changes that occur in the legal framework of the financial sector and the resulting consequences in their application.

CE1.9 Identify and interpret the regulations governing the consultation on transparency and customer protection, as well as suggestions on financial operations.

C2: Apply communication techniques in situations of care and/or advice to the client, in the management of suggestions and queries.

CE2.1 Define the most commonly used communication techniques in claims mediation situations based on the channel-oral, written, or electronic media.

CE2.2 Describe the phases that make up the resolution of suggestions, queries.

CE2.3 Describe the appropriate form and attitude in the query resolution.

CE2.4 In a situation of simulation of suggestions, consultations, duly characterized in function of a typology of clients, and of the application of the techniques of communication:

-Identify the elements of the suggestions, queries.

-Arguing the possible solution paths, depending on the type of situation and client simulated, and creating a climate of trust with it.

-Properly use active listening and assertiveness techniques.

-Draft the documents necessary for the initiation of the resolution procedures, following the established procedures and the current regulations.

Contents

1. Consumer and user protection of financial sector entities.

-Standards, institutions and protection bodies

-Analysis of financial services user protection and transparency regulations.

-Consumer and user protection procedures.

• Data protection and confidentiality.

-Financial institutions customer support departments and services.

-Commissioners for the defense of the financial services client.

-Public consumer protection entities.

-Public entity tipologia and its functional organization chart.

• Central administration.

• Autonomic.

• Provincial.

• Local.

-Customer Care Services.

• Customer defender.

• Commissioner of financial institutions.

-The Banco de España.

• Claims service.

• National Securities Market Commission.

• General Directorate of Insurance and Pension Funds.

-Consumer associations and industry associations.

2. Customer Service in financial sector entities.

-Fundamental functions developed in customer care.

• Nature.

• Effects.

-Marketing in the enterprise and its relationship with the customer service department.

• Public relations.

• Setting up communication channels with the client.

3. Communication techniques, and customer support.

-Differential treatment of suggestions, queries.

-Communication processes.

• Interpersonal.

• Telefónica.

• Write.

-Customer treatment.

• People versus problems.

• Perception-emotion-communication.

-Personal and social skills.

• Language.

• Listen active.

• Empathy.

• Assertiveness.

• Feed-back.

-Characterization of different types of clients (speakers, shy, inquisitive ...).

FORMATIVE UNIT 2

Denomination: Treatment of complaints and complaints from financial services clients.

Code: UF0530.

Duration: 50 hours.

Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP3 and RP4.

C1: Apply conflict resolution techniques in product and service claim situations in financial entities, pursuing consensus solutions between the parties.

CE1.1 Identify and define the most commonly used conflicting situation resolution techniques to resolve claims presented in financial entities.

CE1.2 Identify the different stages in a conflict resolution process.

CE1.3 Distinguished the aspects or clauses contained in a contract of a product/service that may lead to conflicting situations and those that are not.

CE1.4 In the simulation of an interview with a client conveniently characterized and established to resolve certain aspects of a claim, define a conflict resolution plan in which establish the phases to be followed and the aspects to be taken into account.

CE1.5 From simulation scenarios, characterized by product and service claim situations in financial institutions:

-Select and apply the conflicting situation resolution strategy that appears best suited to each situation.

-Adopt objective attitudes that facilitate agreement between the parties.

-To present the relevant reports with rigor, conciseness and diligence.

C2: Apply methods of quality control and improvement of the processes of care and/or advice to the client, in order to reduce the cost and the time of attention and to facilitate access to the information.

CE2.1 Describe common incidences in customer care and/or advisory processes.

CE2.2 Describe the methods that are commonly used to evaluate the effectiveness of service delivery.

CE2.3 In a convenient case conveniently characterized from anomaly detected in care processes and/or advice to a client, who has originated a complaint, explain possible measures for their resolution.

CE2.4 In a convenient scenario, where the degree of ineffectiveness in the provision of customer service is described, describe possible measures and procedures for improving and optimize the quality of service.

CE2.5 In a simulation of a customer service and to a user who wants to file a complaint:

-critically analyze your own performance.

-Incorporate suggestions of others for the improvement of self-action an open and flexible attitude to changes.

CE2.6 Propose actions aimed at improving service activity, identifying changes that occur in the legal and technological field.

CE2.7 Aporting ideas for team work to improve service activity.

CE2.8 Develop proposals that favor actions that allow prompt attention to the consumer and thus avoid complaints and complaints.

Contents:

1. Customer support services in financial sector entities.

-Functional dependency on the enterprise.

• Organigrams.

• Interrelationships.

-Fundamental functions developed in customer care.

• Nature.

• Effects.

-Resolution of conflicting situations caused as a result of customer support.

• Process for resolving conflicting situations.

• Basic rules for handling claims.

• Factors that influence a conflicting situation.

• Regulatory regulations in case of complaints and complaints.

-Procedure for collecting complaints and complaints.

• Formal elements of contextualization of complaint or complaint.

• Required documents or evidence in a complaint or complaint.

• Documentary configuration of the complaint or complaint.

-Processing and management.

• Process of processing a claim.

• Presentation times.

• Interposition of the complaint with the various bodies/entities.

-Most common methods for claims resolution.

• Phases in claims resolution.

2. Quality of service processes in relation to financial sector entities.

-Quality image and indicators.

-Failure treatment.

• Shape.

• Plashes.

• Incidents/failures.

-Service control procedures.

• Control parameters.

• Control techniques.

-Evaluation and control of the service.

• Evaluation methods.

• Corrective measures.

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Unit

Number of total hours of the training units	N.
		70	70		30
Training Unit 2-UF0530	50	40

Sequence:

The training units in this module can be programmed independently.

Access criteria for students

They shall be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree governing the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this Annex accompanies.

FORMATIVE MODULE 4

Denomination: Professional foreign language for financial services advisory and management.

Professional qualification level: 3.

Code: MF0992_3.

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC0992_3 Communicate in a foreign language with an independent user level, in the own financial services advisory and management activities.

Duration: 90 hours.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Obtain and interpret the main ideas of all types of oral information, in a foreign language, in the social field and in financial services, issued in person or through any means or support of communication without excessive noise or distortion.

CE1.1 Identify the different records, in typical situations in the area of financial products and services and private insurance-attention to suggestions, queries, complaints and complaints, needs detection financial, advisory, or other.

CE1.2 Understand with some effort informal conversations on issues of personal environment-personal identification, interests, others-family and professional of type clients, in order to adapt an appropriate response.

CE1.3 From standard language instructions and oral messages, suitably characterized, and with a normal rhythm, to understand the relevant aspects by making the appropriate annotations.

CE1.4 With agility, you can express the linguistic elements used to express various communicative purposes, such as advising, explaining, describing, suggesting, or others, as well as non-verbal elements of communication.

CE1.5 From recordings of telematic messages in voicemail or other conveniently characterized, type situations in the attention of financial services clients-request for information about products or services, or other type:

-Understand the main ideas of the conversation by following the normal pace of speeches with ease.

-Sink the main ideas by confirming those details in complex argummental lines.

CE1.6 Identify precisely the relevant details and your own technical vocabulary in oral communications with other professionals in your field of activity.

CE1.7 In a properly characterized professional situation, in which attention is simulated to a client requesting information about the different financial products and services, and private insurance:

-Identify in detail the demands made orally by the client, internal or external, explaining the main ideas.

-Properly identify non-verbal elements of communication to make it clear to the caller that the required attention is paid to them.

-Perform accurate annotations on substantial elements of the oral message while listening to it, in your native language.

-Explain the appropriate strategies to favor and confirm the correct perception of the message.

C2: Interpreting with certain autonomy, different types of information and documents in the field of financial services, long and complex, in a foreign language, in their different supports, obtaining global information and specific, or summarizing the most relevant points.

CE2.1 Identify common and typical business documents for the scope of financial products and services, and for private insurance.

CE2.2 Identify the most appropriate, fast and accurate, conventional or computer-based translation tools and resources.

CE2.3 From reading a document from the scope of financial services-business correspondence, conventional and electronic, notes, statements, proposal forms, contracts, others:

-Detect or locate key data and relevant details of the proposed documentation.

-Sintetetize the text with correction, highlighting key aspects.

CE2.4 From actual and usual documents of the activities of the scope of the financial products and services, and of private insurance, and of appropriately characterized data related to the same:

-Identify the type of information requested in each section.

-Identify your document type characteristics.

-Accurately extract specific details such as names, hours, dates, rates, fees, prices, technical characteristics, or other, of miscellaneous sources and texts, related to the procurement of products and services financial, and private insurance.

-Recognize and interpret with accuracy the basic specialized expressions of the professional field.

-Accurately infer the meaning of unknown words and sentences from the analysis of the context in which they are found.

-Translate and synthesize document content.

-Check understanding using contextual keys.

CE2.5 From texts and documents in the field of financial products and services, and private insurance:

-Interpret foreign regulations, expert opinions, articles, others.

-Translate non-complex and extensive documentation precisely, using the appropriate translation tools.

C3: Expressed orally, in a foreign language, with clarity and detail in social and financial services-type situations, according to appropriate courtesy rules, arguing and highlighting certain information issued and, demonstrating fluency and spontaneity in the use of language.

CE3.1 Identify the different structures, records and formalities of greetings, expressions of gratitude or apology, presentation and farewell, with the courtesy guidelines associated with the culture of the language used and the caller.

CE3.2 In different simulations conveniently characterized by the transmission of messages and oral instructions in an in-person and direct form, or by telephone relating to the management of appointments:

-Transmit the proposed message in client appointment management-communication, cancellation, postponement or other-precisely, clearly and by providing detailed descriptions, without giving any room for error.

-To accurately describe the various steps of the proposed instructions or procedures-promotion of products and services, alternative access channels, meetings, addresses, or others.

-Effectively use and correct the relevant vocabulary in the field of financial products and services, and private insurance, as well as other elements of language that produce a clear and consistent discourse, in the appointment management, customer support, presentation and promotion of products and services.

-To express with correction the attitudes and elements of the language of persuasion.

-Offer verbal information in a detailed and clear manner in a sufficiently fluid discourse, not causing many long pauses in the search for structures and expressions to express when doubts arise.

CE3.3 In conveniently characterized situations, presentation of financial and insurance products and services, from notes, a written text, or visual materials-graphics, slides, videos, others:

-Present the proposed products or services-asset products, wealth investment alternatives, personal, property and property insurance-in a clear and detailed manner, through a logical sequence, and illustrating it with representative examples and details.

-Effectively use and correct the vocabulary of the product and financial services, and private insurance, using circumloquios and paraphrases to fill the gaps in it.

-To express discourse with consistency, relating all aspects to a limited number of mechanisms, and with clear and natural pronunciation and intonation.

-Use the language with flexibility to adapt it to the sociocultural characteristics of the interlocutor and to those of the given communicative context, varying the formulation of the discourse, the record and the non-verbal elements of the communication.

-Identify errors committed in speech by correcting them.

C4: Drafting and/or completing documents or forms, in a foreign language, clear and detailed, related to activities in the field of financial services, in all types of support, using technical language appropriate, and applying formal, lexical, spelling, and syntactic correction criteria.

CE4.1 Plan and organize texts for professional presentations or reports in short, sequenced paragraphs, in chronological order, establishing the effect that you can produce on the recipient.

CE4.2 Identify a broad vocabulary of technical use in the documentation of the scope of financial products and services, and of private insurance-conventional and electronic correspondence, notes, statements, forms of proposals, contracts, promotional material, information dossier or others.

CE4.3 Use with correction the grammatical elements, the signs of punctuation and the spelling of the words of general use and those related to their professional scope, as well as a repertoire of common structures related to the most predictable situations, not generating any misunderstandings.

CE4.4 From clear and detailed instructions on written professional requirements or requests:

-Interpret the received instructions exactly.

-Identify the type of requirement or request-demand for information, offers of products and services, suggestions, queries, complaints, complaints, corrections or cancellations, others-adapting the formal structures convenient.

-Draft or complete the necessary documents-conventional and electronic correspondence, notes, statements, proposals forms, contracts, promotional material, information dossier or others-according to the Country regulations of the foreign language used.

CE4.5 In simulated professional situations, properly characterized:

-Describe in writing the essential characteristics of the proposed information or requirement.

-Compose a detailed set of instructions addressed to the communication recipient.

-Compose a short text-letter, fax, note, e-mail-for a client or other professional requesting or providing detailed information on a subject in the professional field.

-Summarize information from various sources in a brief and simple report on the incidents in the organization of a trip or event.

-Verify the grammatical and spelling correction of the text.

CE4.6 From properly characterized data, from the scope of financial products and services, and from private insurance-drafting of reports of action derived from the attention to clients of financial services, completion of documentation relating to the procurement of products or services, other:

-To be accurate, making good grammatical use, documentation appropriate to the type of activity-business correspondence, calls, minutes, professional reports, request for budgets, invoices, tickets travel, others.

-Develop emails and faxes with the appropriate lexical and syntactic structures to the medium of transmission to be used, and with clear descriptions of the proposed information to be transmitted.

-Identify errors committed, annotating and subsating them.

CE4.7 Use information from translation tools with contextualization and consistency criteria.

C5: Interacting orally, exchanging complex information in foreign languages, with one or more interlocutors, effectively and fluently, advising and persuading in different situations of the scope of services financial and, ensuring the understanding and transmission of information.

CE5.1 Identify embedded socio-cultural references in different types of both oral and written contexts.

CE5.2 Define and compare the most significant traits that exist among the customs, uses, values, and beliefs of the interlocutor's community where the foreign language is spoken and its own.

CE5.3 Identify the different structures, records, and formalities of greetings and goodbyes, with the associated courtesy guidelines.

CE5.4 In conveniently characterized simulations of customer care and advice through one-to-one conversations, in which a subject related to the scope of financial products and services is proposed, and Private insurance-asset products, assets, personal, property and property insurance alternatives:

-Observe due protocol rules to identify the caller and identify them.

-Report or inform yourself, using the rules of protocol and courtesy, and the language record, appropriate to the type of caller.

-Employ appropriate structures and forms of courtesy to the language and culture of the interlocutor: Greetings, goodbyes, offers, petitions, or others.

-Effectively use and correct the usual vocabulary in your own presentations, caller ID, and requirement or offer of the necessary information.

-Express with correction, in detail and clearly, in the justification of delays, absences, or other circumstances, using the appropriate lexical expressions.

-accurately understand the information provided and requirements made by the standard-language interlocutor, still occurring with simulated noises.

-Use appropriate strategies to favor and confirm the correct perception of the message.

-Provide explanations and arguments in an effective, detailed and certain fluency, adapting them to the questions asked by the interlocutor.

-To justify the importance of sociocultural aspects in communication between partners of different languages and cultures.

CE5.5 From simulated telephone conversations, related to activities in the area of financial products and services, and private insurance-dating, communications, notices, incidents, or others-in the the necessary and basic structures and formulas are used:

-Observe due protocol rules to identify the caller and identify them.

-Report or inform, using the rules of protocol and courtesy, and the linguistic record, appropriate to the type of caller.

-Adapt the oral record to the situation and the proposed context.

-Use the appropriate technical vocabulary in your own phone identification and caller.

-Use the usual technical expressions in the conversations for appointment, communications, notices, incidents, or other situations regarding activities in the scope of financial services.

-Understand and identify the key elements of the caller's demand.

-Provide explanations and arguments in a detailed and effective manner in the acceptance or rejection of requests, hiring, or other customary circumstances.

-Use strategies to ensure the understanding of the message, reformulating agreements, disagreements or commitments, or requesting necessary clarifications of ambiguous aspects.

-Use varied expressions to maintain customer attention and interest.

-Desired according to the social conventions of the caller's language.

-To justify the importance of sociocultural aspects in communication between partners of different languages and cultures.

CE5.6 In suitably characterized simulations, attention and advice of clients with different participants, in which a subject related to the scope of financial products and services, and insurance is proposed private-asset products, assets, personal, property, property and property investment alternatives:

-Observe due protocol rules to identify the caller and identify them.

-Report or inform, using the rules of protocol and courtesy, and the linguistic record, appropriate to the type of caller.

-Adapt the oral, formal or informal record to the situation and context.

-Proactively advising or attending in discussions.

-Make proper use of word shifts.

-Understand the ideas of the interlocutors in detail, asking the questions needed to ensure their understanding.

-Explain financial products or services, and private insurance, in a persuasive way, establishing the necessary hypotheses or alternatives, and proposing the advantages and benefits of the various alternatives.

-Use the appropriate language repertoire for discussions by expressing agreement or disagreement, persuasion, or other attitudes, as well as typical phrases to start or end their conversation or word shift.

-To justify the importance of sociocultural aspects in communication between partners of different languages and cultures.

CE5.7 In conveniently characterized simulations in which sensitive or conflicting treatment situations arise in customer care for financial services, queries, complaints, or complaints:

-Observe due protocol rules to identify the caller and identify them.

-Report or inform, using the rules of protocol and courtesy, and the linguistic record, appropriate to the type of caller.

-Set the arguments to be expressed and the means or styles to tell them, valuing the effects on the listener.

-Express acceptance, non-acceptance, compliance, or rejection in the care of a query, complaint, or type claim, using appropriate language and intonation, and structured argumentation.

-Use contextual, grammatical and lexical keys by inferring possible attitudes or intentions, in order to anticipate them.

-Order apologies by clearly communicating the errors committed and placing the emphasis appropriately to express subtleties.

-Adopt all the gestural and contextual information to the posed situation.

-Reformulate the expressions in which difficulties are presented without interrupting the speech.

-To justify the importance of sociocultural aspects in communication between partners of different languages and cultures.

CE5.8 In a conveniently characterized simulation of visits to foreign companies:

-Organize the visit taking into account protocol norms, professional habits, time habits, or other socio-professional aspects that govern that country.

-To be adequately presented to the social and cultural uses and customs of the country.

-Report and inform yourself, using language with correction and ownership and, observing the rules of behavior that require the case, according to the professional protocol established in the country.

CE5.9 In suitably characterized simulations of social situations and events linked to the advice of private financial and insurance products and services-meals, cocktails, dinners or others:

-Attend and present itself in an appropriate manner to the social and cultural uses and customs of the country.

-To know and respect the protocol and, the uses and social customs of the different partners involved in the different situations and events proposed.

-Organize different professional situations and events taking into account the different socio-cultural characteristics of the participants.

-Justify the importance of conveniently using the rules of protocol, uses and social customs in the relations of the area of financial products and services, and of private insurance.

Contents

1. Advice and administrative attention in a foreign language to the client of financial products and services.

-Presentation of people.

• Greetings and identification of foreign language partners.

-Oral and written identification of technical requests for information.

• Messages or customer needs for financial products and services.

-Presentation of information about financial products and services in relation to identified customer needs.

-Structured argumentation by interacting with financial services and product advice.

• Questions.

• Responses.

• Agreement expression.

• Disagreement.

• Comparison.

• Persuasion.

• Other attitudes.

-Description of detailed box care instructions.

-Search and synthesis of information of an administrative or commercial nature in the field of financial services.

-Interpretation and drafting of texts of an administrative or commercial nature in the field of financial products and services.

-Fulfillment of professional or commercial forms and documents.

-Resources, language structures, and basic lexicon related to advice and cash management.

• Present.

• Telefónica.

• The following phonological aspects.

-Idiomatic expressions related to the scope of financial services.

-Searching and collecting socio-professional information.

• Basic rules and habits, related to the financial scope of countries where foreign clients come from.

2. Assistance and advice in a foreign language to the insurance client.

-Presentation and identification of the partners.

• Conventions.

• Courtesy guidelines.

-Concertation, deferral, and cancellation of appointments with insurance clients.

• Communicative formulas-formal and informal.

• Expression of apologies.

• Intentions.

• Preferences.

-Identification and resolution of simple, oral or written technical needs and requests relating to:

• Insurance and claims, in face-to-face or telephone attention.

• Expressions of persuasion, agreement, disagreement, and other attitudes.

-Interpretation of documentation.

• Fulfilling and explaining documents.

• Forms and common elements of different types of insurance: Contract, policy, premium, proposals, clause, risk, others.

-Structured argumentation in the assessment of different types of insurance for the achievement of professional objectives:

• Expression and interpretation of advice.

• Preferences.

• Comparations.

• Objections.

• Satisfaction.

• Agreements.

• Disagreements.

• Other.

-Applying verification strategies.

• Request for clarifications or repetitions.

• Confirmation of meanings.

• Reformulation of expressions.

-Persuasion and transmission of instructions in disaster assistance.

-Resources, language structures and basic lexicon related to insurance and casualty advice and assistance.

• Present.

• Telephone.

• The following phonological aspects.

-Idiomatic expressions related to insurance scope.

-Searching and collecting socio-professional information.

• Basic rules and habits, related to the insurance coverage of countries where foreign clients come from.

3. Attention to suggestions, queries, complaints and complaints, in a foreign language, to the financial services client.

-Conventions and patterns of courtesy relationships and professional guidelines used in resolving conflicting situations.

• Adequation to non-verbal language.

-Translation, fulfillment, and explanation of requests.

• Forms and written information documents, related to financial services suggestions, complaints, and complaints.

-Applying verification strategies.

• Request for clarifications or repetitions, confirmation of meanings, reformulation of expressions.

-Resources, language structures and basic lexicon related to the attention, face and telephone, of suggestions, queries, complaints and complaints of financial services and their consequent phonological aspects.

-Idiomatic expressions related to financial services.

-Searching and collecting socio-professional information.

• Basic rules and habits, related to the financial scope of countries of origin of foreign clients.

-Structured speech in the attention of requests, suggestions, queries, complaints, and complaints.

• Expression and interpretation of tips, preferences, comparisons, objections, oppositions, disagreements, others.

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Module	Number of total hours of the training module	90	80
	90	90	90

Access criteria for students

They shall be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree governing the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this Annex accompanies.

TRAINING MODULE 5

Denomination: Ofimatica.

Code: MF0233_2.

Professional qualification level: 2.

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC0233_2 Handle office applications in information and documentation management.

Duration: 190 hours.

FORMATIVE UNIT 1

Naming: Operating system, search for information: internet/intranet and e-mail.

Code: UF0319.

Duration: 30 hours.

Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP2, RP8, and RP7 for searching, storing, and sending the information.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Know the basic functioning of the elements that make up the computer equipment available in the development of the administrative activity, in order to guarantee its operability.

CE1.1 Identify computer hardware hardware by pointing to basic functions.

CE1.2 Different software and hardware.

CE1.3 Define what software is distinguishing between system software and application software.

CE1.4 Use the fundamental applications provided by the operating system, configuring the basic options of the workbench.

CE1.5 Distinguished the peripherals that are part of the computer's functions.

CE1.6 Successfully perform connection/disconnect tasks and use frequently used peripherals in a correct way.

CE1.7 Distinguished the parts of the operating system interface, as well as its utility.

CE1.8 In a practical case, sufficiently characterized, of which the basic documentation is available, or manuals or help files corresponding to the operating system and the software already installed:

-Get the computer equipment available.

-Identify by an examination of the computer equipment, its functions, the operating system, and the office applications installed.

-Check the operation of your network equipment and dial-up connections when starting the operating system.

-Explain the basic operations of updating the required office applications by using the wizards, identifying the files and execution procedures.

-Install the uncontained utilities in the default installed office applications on the available computer equipment, using the wizards, and the options provided.

-Explain which tools or utilities provide security and information confidentiality for the operating system, identifying the necessary antivirus and firewall programs.

C2: Use the tools of search, retrieval and organization of information within the system, and on the network-intranet or the Internet-accurately and efficiently.

CE2.1 Distinguished between a browser and a network finder-Internet and/or intranet-relating its utilities and features.

CE2.2 Identify the different risks and security levels of an Internet browser by describing its features.

CE2.3 Identify the different types of search engines and metabuses, checking their advantages and drawbacks.

CE2.4 Explain the basic features of the current regulations on copyright.

CE2.5 Before a scenario where guidelines for information organization are provided, and using the operating system search tools:

-Identify the utilities available on the system, appropriate for each operation to be performed.

-Create the different files or folders according to the received indications.

-Name or rename files or folders as directed.

-Create the necessary shortcuts to those folders or files that are to be used as usual according to the indications received.

CE2.6 Before a scenario where the information needs of an organization or type department are listed:

-Identify the type of information required in the scenario.

-Identify and locate information sources-intranet or Internet-appropriate to the type of information required.

-Perform searches by applying the appropriate constraint criteria.

-Get and retrieve the information according to the objective of the information.

-Identify, if necessary, the copyright of the information obtained.

-Register and save the information used in the formats and locations required by the type and use of the information.

-Organize information sources from the Internet for quick post-location and reuse on the available media: favorites, history, and links.

-Apply the functions and utilities of movement, copy, or removal of information that ensure the security, integrity, and confidentiality of the data.

C3: Use the functions of mail applications and in processes of receiving, issuing, and recording information.

CE3.1 Identify the capabilities, procedures, and assistants of electronic mail and calendar applications by distinguishing their usefulness in the processes of receiving, issuing, and recording information.

CE3.2 Explain the importance of respecting the safety and data protection rules in the management of email, describing the consequences of the infection of the system by viruses, worms, or other elements.

CE3.3 Organize and update the mail and e-mail contact book by using the application's utilities from the email addresses used in the classroom.

CE3.4 In the case of a scenario, where internal emission-receipt procedures for correspondence and information from an organization will be included:

-Open the email application.

-Identify the sender/s and the content in the receipt of correspondence.

-Check the delivery of the message at the mail receipt.

-Insert the recipients and the content, ensuring their identification in the correspondence issue.

-Read and/or write the message according to the information to be transmitted.

-Attach the required files according to the procedure set by the email application.

-Distribute information to all involved, ensuring, if applicable, receiving the information.

CE3.5 Before a scenario, where internal procedures and correspondence registration rules of a type organization will be included:

-Register the input/output of all information, complying with the procedure rules that are proposed.

-Use the capabilities of the different folder options that the email offers.

-Print and archive mail messages, in accordance with the economics and environmental impact standards.

-Save the correspondence according to the classification instructions received.

-Apply the application's movement, copy, or removal functions and utilities that ensure data security, integrity, and confidentiality rules.

-Use the help manuals, available in the application, in the incident resolution or doubts raised.

Contents

1. Introduction to the computer (hardware, software).

-Hardware.

• Tipologia and classifications.

• Architecture of a basic computer equipment.

• Components: Central Processing Unit (CPU), central memory, and memory types.

• Peripherals: Input and output devices, storage devices, and multimedia devices.

-Software.

• Definition and types of Software.

• Operating systems: Objectives, composition and operation.

2. Basic usage of common operating systems.

-Operating system.

-Interface.

• Workbench parts.

• Displacement by the workbench.

• Setting up the workbench.

-Folders, directories, operations with them.

• Definition.

• Creation

• Rename action.

• Open action.

• Copy action.

• Move action.

• Removing

-Ficheros, operations with them.

• Definition.

• Create.

• Rename action.

• Open action.

• Saved.

• Copy action.

• Move action.

• Removing

-Operating System Applications and Tools

-Scan/navigation by the operating system.

-Configuring operating system elements.

-Using user accounts.

-Creating Backup.

-Supports for performing a Backup.

-Performing basic operations in a network environment.

• Access.

• Searching for network resources.

• Operations with network resources.

3. Introduction to the search for information on the Internet.

-What is the Internet.

-Internet applications within the enterprise.

-Internet History.

-Related terminology.

-TCP/IP protocol.

-Routing.

-Internet access.

• Providers.

• Types.

• Software.

-Internet security and ethics.

• Ethics.

• Security.

• Contents.

4. Navigation by the World Wide Web.

-Definitions and terms.

-Navigation.

-Historical.

-Handle images.

-Saved.

-Search.

-Links.

-Favorites.

-Print.

-Cache.

-Cookies.

-Security levels.

5. Using and configuring Email as an exchange of information.

-Introduction.

-Definitions and terms.

-Operation.

-Email managers.

• Windows.

• Writing and sending a message.

• Reading the mail.

• Mail response.

• Organization of messages.

• Mail printing.

• Address book.

• Filtering of messages.

-Web Mail.

6. FTP file transfer.

-Introduction.

-Definitions and related terms.

FORMATIVE UNIT 2

Denomination: Word processing software applications.

Code: UF0320.

Duration: 30 hours.

Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP3 and RP7 for text processing.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Use the functions of the word processor, with accuracy and dexterity, in the processing of documents, inserting text with different formats, images, or other objects, of the same or other applications.

CE1.1 Identify the capabilities, procedures, and wizards of the word and autoedit processors by describing their features and utilities.

CE1.2 Use the wizards and templates that the application contains, or from blank documents to generate document templates such as reports, letters, trades, salutes, certificates, memos, authorizations, notices, circulars, statements, internal notes, requests, or others.

CE1.3 Explain the importance of the effects that cause a suitable color and format, from different documents and the parameters or style manual of a type organization, as well as in relation to environmental criteria defined.

CE1.4 Before a properly determined scenario, elaborate documents using the capabilities offered by the word processor office tool.

-Use the application and/or, where appropriate, the environment that allows and ensures the integration of text, tables, graphics, images.

-Use the necessary functions, procedures, and assistants for the elaboration of the required type of documentation, as well as, where applicable, the available help manuals.

-Retrieve the previously stored and used information whenever possible, necessary and advisable, in order to avoid transcription errors.

-To correct any misstatements committed when entering and manipulating data with the computer system, checking the document created manually or with the help of some delivery of the application itself, such as, spell check, find and replace, or other.

-Apply formatting utilities to text according to the characteristics of the proposed document in each case.

-Insert objects into the text, in the appropriate place and form, using available wizards or utilities, achieving reading agility.

-Add headers, footers, numbering, jumps, or other page configuration items in the appropriate place, and by setting the precise distinctions on first page, sections, or other parts of the document.

-Include in the document the elements necessary to speed up the understanding of your content and mobility by yourself (index, footnotes, titles, bibliography used, bookmarks, hyperlinks, or others).

-Apply the rest of the utilities that are delivered by the word processor with efficiency and opportunity.

-Apply the application's movement, copy, or removal functions and utilities that ensure data security, integrity, and confidentiality rules.

-Knowing the importance of body posture to the keyboard (position of the arms, wrists and hands), to achieve greater speed in the management of the keyboard and to prevent ergonomic risks, derived from a posture inadequate.

CE1.5 From printed, standardized documents and information, conveniently characterized, and taking into account the style manuals provided:

-Create the appropriate formatting styles and autotexts to apply to each part of the document.

-Build the templates of the standard printed and document by saving them with the precise type.

-Apply the security and integrity rules of the documentation generated with the appropriate application functions.

-Insert into the templates generated or available in the application the information and data provided, combining them, if any, with the information sources through the available wizards.

Contents

1. General concepts and fundamental characteristics of the text processing program.

-Input and output of the program.

-Description of the text processing screen (Interface).

-Document window.

-Status bar.

-Text treatment application help.

-Standard Toolbar.

2. Introduction, cursor offset, selection, and operations with document text.

-Generalities.

-Insert Text Mode.

-Overwrite mode.

-Deleted a character.

-Cursor offset.

-Different ways to select text.

-Copy and paste options.

-Use and particularities of the clipboard.

-Inserting special characters (symbols, non-separation space, etc.).

-Date and time insert

-Undo and redo the latest changes.

3. File, location, type, and operations application files with them.

-Creating a new document.

-Opening an existing document.

-Save changes to a document.

-Duplicate a document with save as.

-Close a document.

-Compatibility of documents from different versions or applications

-Window menu. Handling multiple documents.

4. Using the different possibilities offered by the word processor to improve the appearance of the text.

-Source.

• Type, style, size, color, underscore, and source effects.

• Spacing between characters.

• Shift to lowercase

• Quick keys associated with these operations.

-Paragraph.

• Alignment of paragraphs.

• Using different types of indents from the menu and from the rule.

• Spacing of paragraphs and lines.

• Quick keys associated with these operations.

-Borders and Shading.

• Paragraph and text borders.

• Paragraph and text sombreading.

• Quick keys associated with these operations.

-Numbering and bullets.

• Bullets.

• Numbered Lists.

• Numbered schema.

-Tabulations.

• Tab types.

• Handling tab stops from the tab dialog box.

• Using the rule to set and modify tabs.

5. Page configuration depending on the type of document to be developed using the application options. Viewing the result before printing.

-Page Setup.

• Margins.

• Page Orientation

• Paper size.

• Page layout.

• Using the rule to change margins.

-Viewing the document.

• Modos to display a document.

• Zoom.

• Preview.

-Headers and footers. Creating, removing, and modifying.

-Page numbering.

• Automatic numbering of pages in a given document.

• Removing numbering.

• Changing the format of the number of pages.

-Page borders.

-Inserting page and section breaks.

-Inserting of newspaper columns.

• Creating columns with different styles.

• Apply columns in different spaces within the document.

-Inserting Notes to the foot and to the end.

6. Creating tables as a means to display the content of the information, throughout the document or in part of e.

-Inserting or creating tables in a document

-Edit within a table.

-Movement within a table.

-Selection of cells, rows, columns, table.

-Modifying the size of rows and columns.

-Modifying the margins of the cells

-Applying formatting to a table (borders, shading, autoformat).

-Changing the structure of a table (insert, remove, merge, and split cells, rows, and columns).

-Other interesting tables options (Vertical alignment of cell text, change text direction, convert text to table and table in text, Sort a table, introduction of formulas, header row).

7. Correction of texts with the spelling and grammar tools, using the different possibilities offered by the application.

-Language selection.

-Correction while writing.

-Correction once written, with context menu (right button).

-Grammatical correction (from menu tools).

-Spelling and grammar options.

-Using the custom dictionary.

-AutoCorrect.

-Synonyms.

-Translator.

8. Printing documents created in different paper formats, and media such as envelopes and labels.

-Print (options when printing).

-Printer configuration.

9. Creating envelopes and individual labels and envelopes, labels, and model documents for bulk creation and shipping.

-Creating the model document for bulk shipping: letters, envelopes, tags, or email messages.

-Selecting recipients by creating or using data files.

-Creating envelopes and labels, configuration options.

-Mail merge: output to document, printer, or email.

10. Inserting images and self-forms into the text to improve the appearance of the text.

-From a file.

-Employing predesigned images.

-Using the clipboard.

-Fit images with text.

-Image enhancements.

-Autoshapes (incorporation and operations that are performed with the self-form in the document).

-Text, insert, and modify tables.

-Insertion of WordArt.

11. Creating styles that automate formatting tasks in repeating-style paragraphs and for creating indexes and templates.

-Standard styles.

-Assigning, creating, modifying, and deleting styles.

12. Using templates and wizards that incorporates the application and creation of your own templates based on these or newly created templates.

-Using templates and wizards from the new file menu.

-Creating, saving, and modifying document templates.

13. Working with long documents.

-Creating table of contents and indexes.

-Cross-references.

-Numbered titles.

-Master documents and subdocuments.

14. Merging documents from other applications in the office package using the Insert menu objects.

-With spreadsheets.

-With databases.

-With charts.

-With presentations.

15. Using document review tools and working with shared documents

-Inserting comments.

-Control of changes to a document.

-Comparison of documents.

-Protection of all or part of a document.

16. Automating repetitive tasks by recording macros

-Macro recorder.

-Using macros.

FORMATIVE UNIT 3

Denomination: Compute sheet computing applications.

Code: UF0321.

Duration: 50 hours.

Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP4.and RP7 as regards data sheets.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Use spreadsheets with skill using the usual functions in all activities that require tabulation and arithmetic-logical and/or statistical processing of data and information, as well as their presentation in graphics.

CE1.1 Identify the capabilities, procedures, and wizards of the spreadsheet by describing their characteristics.

CE1.2 Describe the protection and security features in spreadsheets.

CE1.3 In practical cases of confection of administrative, scientific and economic documentation, from media and IT applications of recognized value in the business field:

-Create spreadsheets by grouping them by the contents of their data in conveniently identified and localized books, and with the precise format to use the document.

-Apply the precise format to the data and cells according to the type of information they contain by facilitating their subsequent processing.

-Apply formulas and functions on cells or ranges of cells, named or not, according to the results searched, checking their operation and the expected result.

-Use representative titles, headers, footers, and other aspects of document configuration in spreadsheets, according to the needs of the activity to be developed or the document to be presented.

-Print spreadsheets with the quality, presentation of the required information and copies.

-Develop templates with the spreadsheet, according to the information provided.

-Confect standard and/or dynamic charts, from cell ranges of the spreadsheet, opting for the type that allows for the best understanding of the information and according to the activity to be developed, through the wizards available in the application.

-Filter data from the table elaborated in the spreadsheet.

-Apply the protection, security, and spreadsheet access criteria.

-Develop and adjust diagrams in documents and effectively use all of those capabilities that allow the spreadsheet to be applied.

-Import and/or export data to text processing applications, databases, and presentations.

-Apply the functions and utilities of motion, copy, or deletion of files that ensure the security, integrity, and confidentiality of the data.

-Use the manuals or help available in the application in the resolution of raised issues or doubts.

Contents

1. General concepts and fundamental characteristics of the spreadsheet application.

-Installing and starting the application.

-Configuring the application.

-Input and output of the program.

-Description of the spreadsheet application screen.

-Spreadsheet application help.

-Display options (zoom, views, quiesce of spreadsheet zones, etc).

2. Offset by the spreadsheet.

-Using keyboard.

-Using mouse.

-Large offsets.

-Offset bars.

3. Entering data into the spreadsheet.

-Data types:

• Numeric.

• Alphanumeric.

• Date/Time.

• Formulas.

• Functions.

4. Editing and modifying the spreadsheet.

-Selecting the spreadsheet:

• Ranges.

• Columns.

• Rows.

• Sheets.

-Modification of data:

• Editing the contents of a cell.

• Drafting the contents of a cell or range of cells.

• Using the spell checker.

• Using search and replacement utilities.

-Insert and Remove:

• Cells.

• Rows.

• Columns.

• Compute sheets.

-Coping or relocating:

• Cells or cell ranges.

• Spreadsheets.

5. Storage and retrieval of a book.

-Creating a new book.

-Open an existing book.

-Save changes to a book.

-Creating a duplicate of a book.

-Closed from a book.

6. Operations with ranges.

-Quick fill of a range.

-Multiple range selection (multiple range, three-dimensional range).

-Range names.

7. Modifying the appearance of a spreadsheet

-Cell format:

• Number.

• Alignment.

• Source.

• Borders.

• Fill.

• Protection.

-Width and height of columns and rows.

-By hiding and showing columns, rows, or spreadsheets.

-Format of the spreadsheet.

-Changing the name of a spreadsheet.

-Conditional formats.

-Autoformats or predefined styles.

8. Formulas.

-Operators and priority.

-Writing formulas.

-Copy of formulas.

-Relative, absolute, and mixed references.

-External references and links.

-Troubleshooting the formulas.

• Types of errors.

• Help tools in error resolution.

9. Functions.

-Predefined mathematical functions in the spreadsheet application.

-Rules for using the predefined functions.

-Using the most common functions.

-Using the function wizard.

10. Insertion of Graphics, to represent the information contained in the spreadsheets.

-Elements of a chart.

-Creating a chart.

-Modifying a chart.

-Deleted from a chart.

11. Inserting other elements within a spreadsheet

-Images.

-Autoshapes.

-Artistic text.

-Other items.

12. Printing.

-Print zones.

-Print specifications.

-Page Setup.

• Margins.

• Guidance.

• Headers and footers and page numbering.

-Preview.

• Print forms.

• Printer configuration.

13. Work with data.

-Data Validations.

-Schemas.

-Creating tables or data lists.

-Data list sorting, by one or more fields.

-Using Filters.

-Subtotals.

14. Using the review tools and work with shared books

-Inserting comments.

-Control of spreadsheet changes.

-Protecting a spreadsheet.

-Protection of a book.

-Shared books.

15. Importing from other applications in the office package.

-With databases.

-With presentations.

-With text documents.

16. Templates and macros.

-Creating and using templates.

-Macro recorder.

-Using macros.

FORMATIVE UNIT 4

Naming: Relational database computing applications.

Code: UF0322.

Duration: 50 hours.

Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP6 and RP7 in relation to relational databases.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Use the functions of relational database computing applications that allow information to be presented and extracted.

CE1.1 Describe the capabilities, procedures, and wizards of programs that handle relational databases, referring to the features and utilities related to the sorting and presentation of tables, and the importing and exporting data.

CE1.2 Identify and explain the different options in a relational database for the creation, layout, display, and modification of tables.

CE1.3 Describe field and record concepts, as well as their functionality in relational database tables.

CE1.4 Different data types that can be hosted on a table in a relational database, as well as their different general and search options:

CE1.5 Defer the characteristics that the relationship type of a table presents, in a one-to-one relationship, one to several, or several to several.

CE1.6 Design queries using the different existing methods of the application.

CE1.7 Know the different types of queries, their creation, and their use:

CE1.8 Run queries, taking into account the consequences that they may entail, such as data loss, etc.

CE1.9 Identify the utility of forms, in the business scope, through the introduction and modification of data and image functions.

CE1.10 Create forms using the different existing methods of the application.

CE1.11 Different types of forms in forms based on their use.

CE1.12 Use the forms design tools and elements by creating custom styles.

CE1.13 Describe the importance of the proper handling of the reporting option, as a relational database functionality for data presentation, by the wide range of possibilities for adaptation to the needs of the user or entity.

CE1.14 Create reports using the different existing methods of the application.

CE1.15 Design reports, according to sorting and grouping of data: as well as its distribution:

CE1.16 Use tools and report design elements by creating custom styles.

CE1.17 Distinguished and differentiate the utility of other objects from a relational database:

CE1.18 From a well-differentiated scenario for creating a relational database project:

-Create the tables by adjusting their characteristics to the data they must contain and the final use of the referential database.

-Create existing relationships between different tables, taking into account: Relationship types and/or referential integrity.

-Perform the design and creation of the forms required to facilitate the use of the relational database.

-Perform the design and creation of the queries required to achieve the target marked for the relational database.

-Perform the design and creation of the required reports to facilitate the presentation of the data according to the stated objectives.

CE1.19 In practical cases of confection of administrative documentation, from media and IT applications of recognized value in the business scope:

-Sort data from the table elaborated in the spreadsheet.

-Filter data from the table elaborated in the spreadsheet.

-Use the help manuals available in the application in the resolution of incidents or doubts raised.

CE1.20 From standardized documents and information, conveniently characterized, and taking into account the style manuals provided:

-Combine normalized documents with the data tables or databases provided.

-Combine envelopes or labels with the proposed tables or databases and in the order set.

-Use the help manuals available in the application in the resolution of incidents or doubts raised.

Contents

1. Introduction and general concepts of the database application.

-What is a database.

-Input and output of the database application.

-The database application window.

-Basic elements of the database.

• Tables.

• Views or Queries.

• Forms.

• Reports or reports.

-Different forms of creation a database.

-Opening a database.

-Saved a database.

-Close a database.

-Backup of the database.

-Database recovery and maintenance tools.

2. Creating and inserting data into tables.

-Concept of records and fields.

-Different forms of table creation.

• Elements of a table.

• Field properties.

-Introduction of data in the table.

-Movements by fields and records in a table.

-Removing records from a table.

-Modifying records in a table.

-Coping and moving data.

-Searching and replacing data.

-Creating filters.

-Field alphabetic sorting.

-Formats of a table.

-Creating indexes on fields.

3. Making changes to the table structure and creating relationships.

-Modifying the layout of a table.

-Changing the name of a table.

-Removing a table.

-Copied from a table.

-Export a table to another database.

-Importing tables from another database.

-Creating relationships between tables.

• Concept of the main key field.

• Types of relationships between tables.

4. Creating, modifying, and removing queries or views.

-Creating a query.

-Query types.

• Selecting table records.

• Modification of records, table structure, or database.

-Save a query.

-Running a query.

-Print query results.

-Opening a query.

-Modifying the query criteria.

-Removing a query.

5. Creating forms to enter and display records of the tables or query results.

-Creating simple table and query forms.

-Customizing forms using different design elements.

-Creating subforms.

-Form store.

-Modifying forms.

-Removing forms.

-Printing forms.

-Inserting images and graphics into forms.

6. Creating reports or reports for the printing of records in tables or query results.

-Creating simple table or query reports.

-Customizing reports using different design elements.

-Creating subreports.

-Report store.

-Modifying reports.

-Removing reports.

-Print reports.

-Inserting images and graphs into reports.

-Applying changes to the appearance of reports using the word processor.

FORMATIVE UNIT 5

Denomination: Computer applications for presentations: information graphs.

Code: UF0323.

Duration: 30 hours.

Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP5, and RP7 as regards presentations.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Set the layout of the presentations taking into account the characteristics of the company and its organization.

CE1.1 Explain the importance of the presentation of a document for the image transmitted by the entity, obtaining that the information is presented in a clear and persuasive way, based on different presentations of character professional of type organizations.

CE1.2 Advert the need to save the presentations according to the criteria of organization of files marked by the company, facilitating compliance with the security, integrity and confidentiality of the data.

CE1.3 Point out the importance of checking the results and the error correction, before making available to the persons or entities to whom the presentation is intended, as well as the respect of the deadlines intended and in the established form of delivery.

CE1.4 In case of case studies, duly characterized, in which the elaboration and presentation of documentation is required according to standard quality standards:

-Select the most appropriate format for each type of information for your final presentation.

-Choose the most appropriate means of documentation for each case (on the monitor, in the network, slides, animated with computer and projection system, paper, transparency, or other supports).

-Check the presentations obtained with the available applications, identifying inaccuracies and proposing solutions as a user.

-Apply the functions and utilities of motion, copy, or removal of the presentation that ensure the security, integrity, and confidentiality of the data.

C2: Use the functions of graphical presentation applications by presenting documentation and information on different media, and integrating objects of different nature.

CE2.1 Identify the capabilities, procedures, and wizards of a graphical presentation program by describing its features.

CE2.2 In practical cases, duly characterized, in which the elaboration and presentation of documentation is required according to standard quality standards:

-Apply the most appropriate format to each type of information for your final presentation.

-Use the most appropriate means of documentation for each case (on the monitor, in the network, slides, animated with computer and projection system, paper, transparency, or other supports).

-Use in an integrated and convenient way: Graphics, texts and other objects, obtaining a correct and appropriate presentation to the nature of the document.

-Effectively use and where required, the capabilities of the graphical presentation computing application: animations, audio, video, others.

-Use the manuals or help available in the application in the resolution of raised issues or doubts.

CE2.3 From sufficiently characterized information, and according to parameters for presentation in digital support provided:

-Insert the information provided in the presentation.

-Animate the various objects in the presentation according to the parameters provided and using, if applicable, the available wizards.

-Temporalize the occurrence of the various items and slides according to the time allocated to each of them using the available wizards.

-Ensure the quality of the presentation by testing and correcting the detected defects and, where appropriate, proposing the elements or parameters for improvement.

-Save presentations in the appropriate formats, preparing them to be easily used, protecting them from unwanted modifications.

Contents

1. Design, organization, and file of presentations.

-The corporate image of a company.

• Importance.

• Respect for organization style rules.

-Layout of presentations.

• Clarity in the information.

• Persuasion in the transmission of the idea.

-Evaluating the results.

-Organization and file of presentations.

• Confidentiality of information.

-Delivery of the work done.

2. Introduction and general concepts.

-Running the application for presentations.

-Application output for presentations.

-Creating a presentation.

-Recording a presentation.

-Close a presentation.

-Opening a presentation.

-Structure of the screen

-The application views for presentations.

• Normal.

• Slide Sorter.

• Outline.

3. Actions with slides.

-Insert new slide.

-Removing slides.

-Slide mirroring

-Slide sorting.

4. Working with objects.

-Selecting objects.

-Displacement of objects.

-Removing objects.

-Modifying the size of the objects.

-Duplicate objects.

-Relocation of objects.

-Alignment and distribution of objects within the slide.

-Work with texts.

• Inserting text (from the slide, from the outline of the presentation).

• Modifying the text format.

-Paragraph format.

• Alignment.

• Numbered Lists.

• Bullets.

• Styles.

-Tables.

• Creating tables.

• Operations with rows and columns.

• Horizontal and vertical alignment of cells.

-Drawings.

• Lines.

• Rectangules and squares.

• Circles and ellipses.

• Autoforms.

• Shadows and 3D.

• Rules and guides.

-Images.

• Predesigned and inserted.

-Graphics.

• Creating charts.

-Diagrams.

• Creating organizational charts and different styles of diagrams.

-Word Art or artistic text.

-Inserting sounds and movies.

• Format of objects.

• Fill in.

• Lines.

• Shadow or 3D effects.

5. Documentation of the presentation.

-Inserting comments.

-Preparing the speaker notes.

6. Layout or Presentation Styles.

-Using style templates.

-Combination of Colors.

-Slide funds.

-Patterns.

7. Printing slides on different media.

-Configuring the page.

-Headers, feet, and numbering.

-Configuring the different print formats.

-Print options.

8. Slideshow taking into account place and infrastructure.

-Animation of items.

-Slide transition.

-Time Intervals.

-Configuring the presentation.

• Presentation with speaker.

• Presentation on display.

• Custom presentations.

-Connecting to a projector and configuration.

-Essay of the presentation.

-Projection of the presentation.

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Unit

formative Unit 2-UF0320

30

Number of total hours of training units	Nº 30
		30	30		30
30	30
		45
Formative Unit 4-UF0322	50	45
Unit 5-UF0323	30	30

Sequence:

For access to training units 2, 3, 4 and 5 it will be essential to have passed the training unit 1.

The last four training units in the module can be programmed independently.

Access criteria for students

They shall be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree governing the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this Annex accompanies.

NON-LABOR PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE MODULE FOR MARKETING AND ADMINISTRATION OF FINANCIAL PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

Code: MP0114.

Duration: 80 hours.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Carry out advisory, marketing and procurement operations for financial products and services with banking clients through the various IT tools and channels marketing.

CE1.1 Transmit information orally and/or written to the client in a clear and precise manner.

CE1.2 Apply communication techniques and social skills that facilitate empathy with the client.

CE1.3 Participate in the customer's identification operations, investment, savings or financing needs, making the appropriate questions and using, where appropriate, the information provided through the client management computing tools.

CE1.4 Participate in the advice of products and financial services to clients, explaining with clarity the characteristics, advantages, disadvantages and tax effects of the same, through the different channels of marketing.

CE1.5 Collaborate on customer loyalty by drawing up appropriate writings for each situation-onomastics, Christmas, thanks, others-in a clear and concise manner according to their purpose and the channel used -email, postal, phone, mobile messages, others.

C2: Carry out cash operations and draw up information relating to a financial institution's account system, appropriately applying the accounting methodology and the principles and rules of the New Accounting General Plan.

CE2.1 Collaborate on performing banking operations through ATMs.

CE2.2 Verify how to perform cash, currency exchange, and identify potential fraud situations.

CE2.3 Participate in the accounting of cash operations, registering the seats according to the principles and rules of valuation of the New General Plan, through the banking applications.

C3: Analyse the various alternatives of wealth investment and forecast, banking services and insurance typology, identifying the characteristics and specifications of the same.

CE3.1 In a real working environment, providing the profile of a type client and its investment needs:

-Get the necessary information from different heritage investment products and forecast on the market.

-Analyze the tax effects of each of the proposed investment products.

-Offer the most customer-friendly investment or forecast alternatives, given their characteristics.

-To report periodically on the evolution of different investment or forecast alternatives, if any, through a comparative analysis of the alternatives.

C4: Understand clients by submitting suggestions, queries, complaints, and/or claims, with the aim of:

CE4.1 Identify the elements of suggestions, queries, complaints, and complaints.

CE4.2 Arguing the possible solution paths, depending on the type of situation and client, creating a climate of trust with it, using the active listening and the assertiveness techniques appropriately.

CE4.3 Collaborate on guidance on possible extra-judicial mechanisms.

CE4.4 Draft the necessary documents for the initiation of the resolution procedures, following the established procedures and the current regulations.

CE4.5 From a claim situation regarding products and services in financial institutions:

-Select and apply the conflicting situation resolution strategy that appears best suited to each situation.

-Propose objective attitudes to adopt that facilitate agreement between the parties.

-To present the relevant reports with rigor, conciseness and diligence.

-To distinguish aspects or clauses that are contained in a contract of a product/service that can lead to conflicting situations and those that are not.

C5: Obtain and interpret the main ideas of all types of oral information, in a foreign language, in the social field and in financial services, issued in person or through any means or support of communication without excessive noise or distortion.

CE5.1 Identify the different records, in typical situations in the area of financial products and services and private insurance-attention to suggestions, queries, complaints and complaints, needs detection financial, advisory, or other.

CE5.2 Interpret informal conversations on personal environment issues-personal identification, interests, others-family and professional of type clients, in order to tailor an appropriate response.

CE5.3 With agility, distinguish the linguistic elements used to express various communicative purposes, such as advising, explaining, describing, suggesting, or others, as well as non-verbal elements of communication.

CE5.4 Based on requests from financial services clients-request for information on products or services, or other type: understand the main ideas of the conversation following the normal rhythm of the speeches with facility.

CE5.5 Identify precisely the relevant details and your own technical vocabulary in oral communications with other professionals in your field of activity.

CE5.6 Interpreting with autonomy, different types of information and documents in the field of financial services, in foreign language, in their different supports, obtaining global and specific information or summarizing the most relevant points.

CE5.7 Drafting and/or completing documents or forms, in a foreign language, related to activities in the field of financial services, using appropriate technical language, and applying correction criteria formal, lexical, spelling, and syntactic in all types of support.

CE5.8 Understand possible foreign language incidents or claims of clients correctly interpreting information and acting appropriately in each situation.

C6: Use the search, recovery, mail, and electronic calendar tools in process-type of organization, receipt, issue, and information record.

CE6.1 Organize the information, using the operating system search tools.

CE6.2 Create the different files or folders according to the needs of the office, name or rename the files and create the necessary shortcuts to those folders or files that need to be used as usual indications received.

CE6.3 Perform on a daily basis according to internal issuance procedures-receiving correspondence and information from an organization, opening mail, checking message delivery, inserting recipients, and attaching files required.

C7: Develop documentation and information on different media, and integrate objects of different nature using the functions of word processing, spreadsheet, and graphical presentation applications appropriate.

CE7.1 Identify and use the capabilities, procedures, and wizards of text processing applications, spreadsheets, and graphical presentations.

CE7.2 In different situations of request for elaboration and presentation of documentation, according to standard quality standards, select and apply the most appropriate format to each type of information for presentation final by choosing and using the most appropriate means of documentation in an integrated and convenient way and by making a correct presentation to the nature of the document.

C8: Participate in the company's work processes, following the rules and instructions set out in the job center.

CE8.1 Behave responsibly in both human relationships and the jobs to be performed.

CE8.2 Respect the procedures and rules of the work center.

CE8.3 Diligently undertake the tasks according to the instructions received, trying to bring them into line with the work rate of the company.

CE8.4 Integrate into the production processes of the job center.

CE8.5 Use the established communication channels.

CE8.6 Respect at all times the measures of risk prevention, occupational health and environmental protection.

Contents

1. Commercial management of financial products and services.

-Customer segmentation.

-Client loyalty.

-Application of sales and advisory techniques.

2. Analysis of patrimonial and retirement investment products.

-Obtaining information from all heritage and retirement investment products.

-Analysis of the tax treatment of different investments.

-Analysis of the most recommendable alternatives for the client.

-Regular customer information of the evolution of your investments.

3. Administrative management of cash operations.

-Using and maintaining the ATM.

-Record cash operations.

-Using documentary media in cash operations.

-Identification of fraud operations.

-Realization of currency exchange.

4. Accounting management in banking software applications.

-Application of the New Accounting General Plan.

-Record the seats.

-Obtaining Major.

-Getting the Check Balances.

-Record the regularization and closing seats.

-Obtaining the result count and the Situation Balance.

-Customer care, query processing.

-Customer support techniques.

-Commercial product and financial services argument.

-Document redaction.

-Complaints and Complaints

-Specific treatment of complaints and complaints.

-Special clauses.

-Argument of reports and documents.

-Handling conflicting situations.

5. Communication by means of a foreign language in all marketing activities for financial products and services.

-Reception and attention of foreign language visits, taking into account the habits and customs of the attendees.

-Translation and interpretation of foreign language texts.

-Telephone communication and foreign language telematics.

-Elaboration of foreign language writing, customary and used in the company.

6. Office.

-Obtaining the Documentation: Internet. Intranet.

-Documentation Presentation: Written. Graphics. Animated.

-Issue and Documentation Reception: Email. Web pages.

-Review and Correction of the Information Process: Implications. Security. Confidentiality. Destruction of Files.

7. Integration and communication in the workplace.

-Responsible behavior in the job center.

-Respect to the procedures and rules of the work center.

-Interpreting and diligently performing the instructions received.

-Recognition of the organization's production process.

-Using the communication channels set in the job center.

-Adequation to the company's work rate.

-Tracking risk prevention, occupational health and environmental protection regulations.

IV. PRESCRIPTIONS OF TRAINERS

Modules	Required Accreditation	Professional experience required in scope of the competency
		With accreditation	No accreditation
MF0989_3: Product Advice and Management and financial services.	• Licentiate, engineer, architect or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. • Diplomate, technical engineer, architect technical or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles.	2 years	Essential
MF0990_3: Administrative Management of box.	• Licentiate, engineer, architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. • Diplomate, technical engineer, technical architect, or corresponding degree degree or other equivalent titles.	2 years	Essential
MF0991_3: Attention and Suggestion Processing, queries, complaints, and claims from financial services clients.	• Licensed, engineer, architect, or degree title or other equivalent titles. • Diplomate, technical engineer, technical architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles.	2 years	MF0992_3:
MF0992_3:	The_table_table_izq"> Professional foreign language for financial services advice and management.	• Licensed in Philology, Translation and Foreign Language Interpretation corresponding degree or degree of equivalent degree. • Any other higher titration with the following supplementary training: • Having passed a cycle of studies leading to the obtaining the Bachelor's Degree in Philology, Translation and Interpretation in Foreign Language or equivalent qualification. • Certificate or diploma of official accreditation of the language proficiency of the relevant language as the Advanced Level Certificate of the Official Language Schools or other recognised or higher equivalent. • A university degree completed in a foreign language speaking country, if any, with the relevant approval.	2 years	Essential Accreditation
MF0233_2: Ofimatica.	• Licensed, engineer, architect, or corresponding degree title or other titles equivalent. • Diplomate, technical engineer, technical architect or corresponding degree of degree or other equivalent qualifications • Senior technician of professional families Administration and management and Informatics and communications • Level 3 professionalism certificates from professional management and management and IT and communications families	2 years	4 years

V. MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR SPACES, FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT

Forming Space	Surface m2 15 pupils	Surface m2 25 pupils
the management and language skills	45	60

Forming Space

M1	M2	M3	M4	M5
Technique and Languages	X		X	X	X		X	X

Forming Space

management technique and	-Audiovisual equipment. -PCS installed in network, projection canon, and Internet. -Specialty specific software. -Pings to write with marker. -Rotafolios. -Classroom material. -Table and chair for trainer. -Messes and chairs for students. -Computer programs for language learning. -Reproducers and sound recorders. -bilingual dictionaries.

It should not be interpreted that the various identified learning spaces should necessarily be differentiated by closure.

The facilities and equipment must comply with the relevant industrial and sanitary sanitary regulations and respond to the universal accessibility and safety measures of the participants.

The number of units to be provided for the utensils, machines and tools specified in the training spaces shall be sufficient for a minimum of 15 students and must be increased, if appropriate, to attend to the top number.

In the event that the training is addressed to persons with disabilities, the adaptations and reasonable adjustments will be made to ensure their participation in equal conditions.

ANNEX V

I. IDENTIFICATION OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM

Denomination: Documentary and management assistance in offices and offices.

Code: ADGG0308.

Professional Family: Administration and Management.

Professional area: Information and Communication Management.

Professional qualification level: 3.

Professional reference qualification:

ADG310_3. Documentary and management assistance in offices and offices (RD 107/2008, 1 February).

Relationship of competency units that configure the certificate of professionalism:

UC0982_3: Manage and autonomously manage address communications.

UC0986_3: Develop professional documentation and presentations in different formats.

UC0987_3: Manage the information and file systems on conventional and computer support.

UC0988_3: Prepare and submit legal and business files and documentation to Organisms and Public Administrations.

UC0980_2: Perform Human Resources administrative support activities.

UC0979_2: Perform treasury management efforts.

General competition:

Attend the management of offices and professional offices, and/or Human Resources departments, proactively, organizing and supporting the administrative and documentary management of the same, and carrying out the communication efforts internal and external, the preparation and presentation of files and legal documents of their own to the Public Administrations, as well as the maintenance of the file, according to the objectives marked, respecting the internal procedures and the norms legal set.

Professional environment:

Professional scope:

Develops its professional activity as an employee in medium and small businesses, or in governmental and non-governmental organizations. It acts depending on office and office professionals, or the department of Human Resources departments, being able to make decisions with autonomy and responsibility for delegation.

Productive Sectors:

It is present in all the productive sectors, as well as in the Public Administration, highlighting for its high degree of transectoriality.

Occupations and related jobs:

3613.1039 Administrative Technicians, in general.

3613.1020 Secretaries/as, in general.

3613.1020 Office and office assistants.

4223,1017 Administrative employees/staff services.

4223.1017 Secretariats/os in Human Resources departments.

3612.1018 Legal-legal assistants.

Duration of the associated training: 750 hours.

Relationship of training modules and training units:

MF0982_3: (Transversal) Management and management of address communications (80hours).

MF0986_3: (Transversal) Elaboration, treatment, and presentation of work documents (140 hours).

• UF0327: Collecting and processing information with text processors (60 hours).

• UF0328: Organization and operations with spreadsheets and graphical document rendering techniques (40 hours).

• UF0329: Making and editing presentations with computer applications (40 hours).

MF0987_3: (Cross-sectional) Information and file systems management (120 hours).

• UF0347 File systems and document classification (30 hours).

• UF0348 Using relational databases in the data management and storage system (90 hours).

MF0988_3: Legal and business documentation management (150 hours).

• UF0522: Organizational and normative framework of the Public Administrations and the European Union (70 hours).

• UF0523: Managing the company's constitution and hiring documentation (80 hours).

MF0980_2: (Cross) Personal auxiliary management (90 hours).

MF0979_2: (Transversal) Operational Cash Management (90 hours).

MP0113: Non-working professional practice module for documentary and management assistance in offices and offices (80 hours).

II. PROFESSIONAL PROFILE OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM

Competition Unit 1

Denomination: Manage and autonomously manage address communications.

Level: 3.

Code: UC0982_3.

Professional realizations and realization criteria

RP1: Manage information flows, internal and external, by conventional mail, telematic or other means, autonomously, facilitating efficient documentary management, in order to ensure the correct circulation of communications.

CR1.1 The information received is organized by identifying and assessing its characteristics, urgency, importance, addressees or other relevant aspects, and verifying the presence and correction of all the necessary data.

CR1.2 Key aspects of information are identified with rigor and accuracy, deciding the treatment to be given in each case for subsequent management, or decision making of who corresponds.

CR1.3 The information received is recorded and encoded, if applicable, in the case of conventional or electronic support, in accordance with internal procedures and maintaining sustainability criteria.

CR1.4 Information is channeled to the corresponding recipients with agility and accuracy, according to the established procedures and organization chart, or by providing an answer as appropriate, ensuring that they are not issues pending resolution.

CR1.5 Transmission media-conventional, electronic, fax, burofax, messaging, or other-are selected and used, according to criteria of urgency, cost, security, time and limits required by the communication to be sent.

CR1.6 Additional procedures identified as necessary-translations, copies or other-for an effective transmission of information, are managed in time and form with autonomy and responsibility, applying criteria of respect to the environment.

CR1.7 The copies of the issued documentation are kept properly classified and archived in the support that comes-paper or computer-, applying sustainability criteria.

CR1.8 The possible effects of difficulties, distortions, or other aspects in the internal communication detected, are transmitted to the direct person with discretion and responsibility.

CR1.9 The errors or failures in the telematic communications are identified and corrected promptly and efficiently, in the field of their responsibility, requiring, where appropriate, the necessary technical support.

CR1.10 The security and confidentiality criteria of the information are strictly respected.

RP2: Manage the visits with autonomy, solving the contingencies presented and using in their attention protocol criteria, public relations and social skills, in order to transmit the image of the organization.

CR2.1 The visits are identified and filtered as to the origin, the hierarchical level and the reason for it, with autonomy, courtesy, social skills and consideration, using the appropriate means-agenda, network of contacts informal, internal query, and others.

CR2.2 Visits are served with autonomy and responsibility, using the necessary social skills and caring for the personal image according to the corporate image.

CR2.3 The visits are directed and/or accompanied with courtesy and kindness to the meeting place, in anticipation of possible contingencies and, if appropriate, are presented in accordance with the business protocol, indicating the reason for the visit.

CR2.4 Requests or requests for visits-locations, displacements or information of any kind-are addressed and/or managed promptly and efficiently, identifying their needs, and providing for and resolving possible contingencies.

CR2.5 The structure, products and/or services of the company or entity are promoted by describing, if appropriate, and deciding in each case whether documentation, products or information available, with autonomy and responsibility, according to defined criteria and transmitting the image of the organization.

CR2.6 In communications with customers, suppliers or other agents, the relevant information affecting the organization-commercial actions of competition, promotions, prices, others-is being collected. responsible for accuracy and speed through the appropriate channel.

CR2.7 In the attention of visits, the possible problems raised are solved, taking the decisions that come according to their scope of action, and giving an adequate response to each type of situation.

CR2.8 The security and confidentiality criteria of the information are rigorously respected.

RP3: Manage the issue and telephone attention, in own languages, with autonomy and initiative, in accordance with the rules and criteria of protocol, priority, confidentiality and established access, in order to contribute to the correct circulation of internal and external information.

CR3.1 Telephone calls issued or received are addressed with autonomy and responsibility, respecting the appropriate rules of courtesy, using the different resources of the telephone communication-active listening, empathy, smile, positive language, voice intonation, or others-and transmitting the image of the organization.

CR3.2 The key information about the caller of the phone call-provenance and hierarchical level-is identified using the appropriate means-agenda, informal contact network, internal query, or others.

CR3.3 The information provided or collected from the interlocutor, in the telephone communications, is personally managed with autonomy, determining the reason and the urgency, and facilitating the interlocutor to obtain the answer required in the shortest possible time.

CR3.4 Absences are justified with courtesy, kindness and by developing the necessary skills, transmitting accurately to the stakeholders, within the appropriate time, the messages collected.

CR3.5 In the telephone attention, the possible conflicting situations are resolved, taking the decisions that come, adopting a firm and conciliatory tone of voice, according to each type of situation.

CR3.6 Phone communications tools-call or user identification, multicall, call diversion, audio settings, video conferencing, others-are used with dexterity, controlling their perfect operation.

CR3.7 Errors or failures in telephone communications are identified by subsating them quickly and efficiently, requiring and managing, in the area of their responsibility, the necessary technical support.

CR3.8 The security and confidentiality criteria of the information are rigorously respected.

RP4: Control the correction of written communications, in form and content, by applying appropriate language, spelling and writing criteria, verifying their reliability, in order to transmit clear information, accurate and understandable.

CR4.1 Information and documentation is written or monitored, if appropriate, with precision, correction and within the prescribed period, using the relevant tools to meet the purpose of the document-minutes, external letter, post office electronics, reports, or others.

CR4.2 The structure of the documents is defined according to the character of the document-mercantile, labor, administrative, technical, or other-and of the corporate image that you want to transmit.

CR4.3 The information and documentation in own languages is monitored by checking the correct application of the criteria for lexical, orthographic and syntactic correction, according to the manual or book of relevant style, possible errors.

CR4.4 The terminology, courtesy formulas, and customary uses of the document character-commercial, technical, legal, or other-are applied with correction according to contextualization criteria.

CR4.5 The titles and labels of the images, photographs, graphics, tables, or other inserted objects are verified in terms of their wording and location, verifying that they facilitate and expedite the understanding of the content of the document.

CR4.6 The necessary modifications to be made to the communications written by others, are indicated with courtesy and accuracy to the relevant responsible, acting promptly.

CR4.7 Communications derived from the company's intranet or Internet page-forums, FAQ, work areas, employee portal-are regularly monitored by checking that they are clearly and easily written, and which provide the necessary answers, managing, if not, their modification with the relevant decision-makers.

CR4.8 The information protection and confidentiality criteria are strictly respected.

Professional Context

Production media

Local networks, intranet and Internet. Computer and office equipment, programs and applications: operating systems, text processors, databases, spreadsheets, video conferencing programs, presentation programs, image editing programs, tools translation, antivirus, firewall. Conventional archives, computer and conventional media, mail and mail services, copiers, fax, telephones, printers, scanners or other means of capture

Products and results

Control of the correction in written communications. Public, private or corporate documentation synthesized and/or translated. Documentation and information correctly registered, archived and protected. Optimal use of computer equipment and resources. Coded and restricted access information. Optimal transmission of the corporate image of the organization. Respect for the environment. In-person, telephone and telematic attention. Contingency resolution. Visits served efficiently. Correct use of the language.

Information used or generated

Guidelines, organization manual-organization regulations, organization responsibility areas information, organization quality plan, operational manuals, document issuance manuals, or other-, style manuals. Organization chart of the organization. Legislation concerning copyright and intellectual property, data protection, electronic security and protection and conservation of the environment. Company's own documentation: Reports, offers, presentations, or others. Manuals for the use of computer equipment and applications, of office equipment. Postal information. Information published in the networks. Various publications: official bulletins, specialist journals, statistical bulletins. Formats for the presentation of information and the production of documents. Communication and treatment protocols.

Competition Unit 2

Denomination: Develop professional documentation and presentations in different formats.

Level: 3.

Code: UC0986_3.

Professional realizations and realization criteria

RP1: Select the relevant information from the different sources of information available with initiative and responsibility, organizing it according to the object of the documentation to be elaborated, in order to transmit the information Broadly, accurately and truthfully.

CR1.1 Information needs are defined from the instructions received, and/or the content of the documents to be produced.

CR1.2 Information sources, internal and external, are selected according to the characteristics of the information to be located and taking into account the instructions or guidelines received, the ease of access, reliability checked, effective and, where applicable, the economic cost of the source.

CR1.3 Search and query strategies in the different sources-files, databases, Web pages, or others-are chosen efficiently and accurately according to the volume of information, and using criteria restrictive search if necessary.

CR1.4 Access to commonly used Web pages is automated by organizing them by groups of homogeneous features for reuse.

CR1.5 The information found is evaluated using relevance and validity criteria, and selecting the relevant content according to the objectives of the work to be performed.

CR1.6 The key aspects of the selected information are determined with rigour and efficiency, structuring for further processing.

CR1.7 The information collected for the elaboration of the document and that of a relevant character, is archived in the appropriate supports and formats for later recovery and treatment.

CR1.8 The rules of restriction and access to information are met, requesting permissions and restrictions in accordance with internal procedures.

CR1.9 The security and confidentiality criteria of the information are rigorously respected.

RP2: Process the required information with autonomy, in accordance with the type of value document, communication or decision, and using the appropriate computer applications, in order to proceed after its formal elaboration.

CR2.1 Information from annotations, voice dumps, or other means, is accurately and quickly incorporated into computer support, in accordance with the document's object-letters, reports, trades, salutes, certificates, Memos, authorizations, notices, circulars, statements, internal notes, requests, or others.

CR2.2 The information is organized according to its typology-alphabetic, numerical, graphic, other-being located in the draft of the document, for its treatment with the appropriate applications.

CR2.3 The terminology, courtesy formulas, and customary uses of the document character: commercial, legal, technical, or other are used in accordance with the document object, automating them as appropriate.

CR2.4 Alphabetical or numerical information, if applicable, is organized into tables-static, dynamic, or interactive-assigning a format that helps document clarity, and using the most appropriate computer application for the Subsequent processing of the data.

CR2.5 Accurate formulas and functions for arithmetic, statistical, search, logical, or other results are generated in spreadsheets, nesting them in their case, and referencing cells and sheets required.

CR2.6 Documentation text parameters are applied with clarity and precision.

CR2.7 The fields and data in the available databases are inserted into the base documents to complete.

CR2.8 The security and confidentiality criteria of the information are rigorously respected.

RP3: Develop quality and own documents based on the processed information in your area of action, with the appropriate IT tools, taking into account the objectives of these tools, the need for information and the corporate image.

CR3.1 Documentation is monitored by checking compliance with visual perception and readability requirements: dimensions, body of texts, color contrasts, reading habits-from left to right, above below.

CR3.2 The information processed is incorporated with autonomy in the documents-letters, reports, trades, salutes, certificates, memoranda, authorizations, notices, circulars, communiques, internal notes, requests or other-without inaccuracies, using the appropriate computer applications and respecting the organization's style manual.

CR3.3 The documentation that has a predefined format is completed by inserting the information into the base documents, or by applying the format to the available information.

CR3.4 The structure of the documents and reports is adapted to the formats that are compatible with the type of media, the printing system, and the binding binding.

CR3.5 The different parts of the document are related through the most appropriate elements-text, images, or other objects-facilitating mobility and quick access to them.

CR3.6 Simple and repetitive actions related to document processing are grouped into automated tasks, writing through the appropriate tools, efficiently streamlining their realization.

CR3.7 The printed documents are monitored by checking the quality of the inexistence of widowed lines and incorrect page breaks, the accuracy of the numbering and orientation of the pages, the color correspondence with the edited text, or other environmental impact criteria marked by the organization.

CR3.8 The final document is generated with creativity and pulchiness, checking the correct execution of finishes, bending, heft, binding and other aspects, enhancing the quality and improvement of results.

RP4: Customize the selected objects of the banks of videos, images, photos, audio files and other material, with creativity and according to the established parameters, incorporating them with autonomy in the documents in function of your objective.

CR4.1 Image banks are collected from internal and external sources according to the objectives of the documents, reports and presentations in question, in the formats that allow the memory space to be minimized with the highest quality in them.

CR4.2 The images are selected based on the technical characteristics of digitalization and reproduction, the price and the intellectual property rights.

CR4.3 The images are edited with the appropriate applications by adapting their format parameters-colors, shapes, sizes, others-to the document or report conditions, and to the organization's corporate image.

CR4.4 The images, if any, are incorporated into the document by framing according to their dimensions and those of the text where they are integrated, and accurately traversed if necessary.

CR4.5 The images-logos, drawings, other-and photographs are transformed with the specific computer applications in dynamic or sequential animations for incorporation into the presentations or the web pages of the organization.

CR4.6 Image capture is done by adjusting the input resolution to the output resolution, taking into account the original type and the printing system.

CR4.7 The sounds or narrations conform to the conditions of the presentation or the organization's Web page, with the appropriate applications at the user level and taking into account the times and formats.

CR4.8 The format and file of the images is shown to be appropriate to the screen or paper printing process.

CR4.9 The security and confidentiality criteria for information are rigorously respected.

RP5: Customize static, dynamic and interactive graphics, and other objects that need to integrate the documentation, with autonomy and ensuring their adequacy to the objective of the document and the image of the organization, facilitate understanding of the information represented.

CR5.1 The information that is to be part of the graphical representations is verified to be complete and ordered, accurately using the appropriate data ranges, and checking the correction of the arithmetic or arithmetic calculations. logical to which it refers.

CR5.2 The data and text that complement the information contained in documents, reports and presentations are represented in the precise types of graphs, maps, organigams or other objects, allowing the best understanding of the information.

CR5.3 The information contained in maps and organizational charts is checked to correspond to the content structure that you want to represent, correcting it in another case.

CR5.4 The type of chart used-histograms, polygons, warheads, representation of graphs, sectors, or others-to present the information is checked for the purpose of the information to be transmitted.

CR5.5 The graphs, maps and organigrams obtained are customized with representative formats, colors and titles, that allow the data to be displayed and interpreted accurately, quickly and clearly, and taking into account the objective of the document and the organization image.

CR5.6 Graphics are dynamited or interactive with the right tools, allowing you to restrict the data represented according to the purpose of the document, report or presentation.

CR5.7 The security and confidentiality criteria for information, as well as intellectual property rights, are strictly respected.

RP6: Generate presentations on the computer media appropriate to the type of document, or the need for information required in its scope of action, encouraging sound and visually the contents, for the transmission understandable and persuasive of them.

CR6.1 The types of presentations to be made-multimedia presentations, slides, transparencies, paper copies, videos, others-are selected with autonomy, according to the way the information is transmitted-exposures oral, written communications, interactive communications, internal or external networks to the company or others, or according to the indications received.

CR6.2 The information contained in the presentation is structured in a clear and precise manner, depending on the content of the exhibitions or documents to which they are to be supported, respecting the organization's style manual.

CR6.3 The presentation is done by introducing non-textual elements-images, drawings, narrations, sounds or others-and dynamizing them, respecting the times assigned to the exhibition, and applying the techniques of persuasion that better capture and maintain the attention of the recipient.

CR6.4 The content of the presentations on the intranet, Web page, or other formats is updated with the periodicity determined by the organization, monitoring the correct operation of the modifications.

CR6.5 The presentations in the required format are provided to the person or organization that requires them within the set time limit, by understanding them in their case, and by checking their perfect operation.

CR6.6 The security and confidentiality criteria of the information are strictly respected.

Professional Context

Production media

Local networks, Internet and Web. Computer and office equipment, programs and applications: operating systems, text processors, databases, spreadsheets, presentation programs, image editing programs or other objects, browsers, search engines, programs for video conferencing, antivirus, firewall. Conventional archives, copiers, fax, computer and conventional media, printers, scanners or other means of capture.

Products and results

Documentation developed without inaccuracies, clean, organized and structured, in which images, tables, graphics, animated presentations or others have been inserted and presented within the deadlines. Documentation correctly registered, archived and protected. Optimal use of computer equipment and resources. Coded and restricted access information. Optimal transmission of the company image. Compliance with internal and external standards to the organization. Respect for the environment. Professionalized elements: sounds, images, or others.

Information used or generated

Guidelines, organization manual-organization regulations, organization responsibility areas information, organization quality plan, operational manuals, document issuance manuals, or other-, style manuals, use of computer equipment and applications, office equipment. Information published in the networks. Various publications: official bulletins, specialist journals, statistical bulletins. Formats for the presentation of information and the elaboration of documents and templates. Regulations concerning: copyright, data protection, electronic security, electronic administration and environmental conservation.

Competition Unit 3

Denomination: Manage information and file systems on conventional and computer support.

Level: 3.

Code: UC0987_3.

Professional realizations and realization criteria

RP1: Manage conventional and computerised file systems, ensuring the use of resources optimally, in accordance with the guidelines received, established procedures and current legislation, depending on the of the information needs.

CR1.1 The different types of file, conventional and computerized, are identified in terms of their own characteristics for later design.

CR1.2 The transfer criteria and deadlines between the different files are set according to the requirements set by the company's legislation and regulations.

CR1.3 The file manual is kept up-to-date, clearly expressing the regulations of the file in question-the classification and literacy criteria, application and loan procedures of the information, access and time limits for conservation or destruction, in accordance with the guidelines and procedures established by the organisation.

CR1.4 Paper management files are organized by classifying documents based on their content, and identifying their frequency of use and the criteria set in the file manual.

CR1.5 Computer file systems are organized, using tree structures in a homogeneous and dynamic manner, meaningful names, and classification systems that are appropriate to their content.

CR1.6 The index of the file is generated using the appropriate computing tool for the case, or the one that stipulates the internal rules.

CR1.7 Paper management files are updated, incorporating new information or documents that optimize their use.

CR1.8 Both conventional and computerized files are modified by changing some content, to have reliable information and documentation, to expunge contents, and to obtain the intermediate file.

CR1.9 Obsolete files regarding content and frequency of use are removed by destroying them through the available media, or by transferring them to the historical file, according to the existing file manual and regulations.

RP2: Maintain in optimal operating conditions the computer system, obtaining the maximum performance of the means and applications used, in order to manage the incidents derived from the computer system at the level user.

CR2.1 The operation of the equipment is verified by checking that it has no use failures, with the periodicity set in the internal rules.

CR2.2 Available resources are optimized using only those required, improving efficiency in memory utilization, and getting the best performance from computer and computer applications.

CR2.3 The versions of the computer applications are updated according to the hardware needs, using the appropriate installation and uninstallation procedures, and incorporating programs and applications that agilize the development of the activity of the organisation, if applicable and the information security standards permit.

CR2.4 The anomalous operation of computer equipment and/or applications is resolved as a user or in accordance with the assigned autonomy, where appropriate, to internal or external technical officials and to verify the resolution.

CR2.5 Media conservation and optimization is guaranteed by using procedures that are appropriate to your nature.

CR2.6 The availability of consumables is ensured, choosing the appropriate ones, identifying their frequency of use, valuing their storage or not, depending on the existence of location for them, and the availability of them with in good time.

RP3: Maintain the documentary management system in operational conditions in accordance with established procedures, monitoring and updating its elements, in order to ensure traceability, validity and uniformity of documents and forms.

CR3.1 The processes of circulation and processing of the documents and forms established for each defined management procedure are analyzed by detecting the flows of the activities-in parallel, sequential, convergent, or other-the material and personal resources necessary for the complete representation of the same.

CR3.2 The different types of documents and forms in each procedure are related to those responsible for their management, generating or adapting the matrix of responsibilities.

CR3.3 The index of the document types and forms of each procedure is adapted or generated, as appropriate, according to the standard model, ensuring the reference and physical and computer file of all documents.

CR3.4 The representation of the processes with their description and references to the interveners, is updated and generates, if appropriate, keeping correspondence with the matrix of responsibilities and collecting the different stages of the flow management.

CR3.5 Meeting minutes, letters, faxes, shipments, changes, requests for information, plans or others, are coded to ensure that they reflect the type of management and phase in which it is located, ensuring uniformity, traceability and effective, and following established procedures.

CR3.6 The codification of the interveners in the different management procedures-emitters or receivers-is assigned according to their character, responsibility or other defined parameters, introducing or eliminating them from the system, if any, ensuring uniqueness and traceability.

CR3.7 The operation of the system is monitored with the established periodicity, controlling that the flow of the documents in the different activities that make up the process, corresponds to the procedure established by the organization, establishing the necessary corrective measures.

CR3.8 Improvement performances in the documentary management system are identified by proposing possible improvements in processes.

RP4: Design the basic and non-complex databases related to their daily or routine activities, to record information and/or documentation in relational files, allowing their link, consultation, search and modification.

CR4.1 The content and purpose of the database are identified, according to the guidelines received and needs of the organization.

CR4.2 The databases are designed, using flowcharts that identify processes, needs, and relationships efficiently, facilitating their handling.

CR4.3 The structure and nomenclature of the tables, depending on the content of the information to be stored, is organized, choosing the relevant information and using representative denominations according to their content.

CR4.4 The tables are related, through the precise keys, and applying integrity criteria.

CR4.5 The properties of each field are determined, choosing those that facilitate search, query, and access restriction and optimize resources with efficiency criteria.

CR4.6 The content of databases is protected by limiting access to authorized users exclusively, with the appropriate tools and respecting the file manual.

CR4.7 The operation of the database is verified, querying, searching, and checking the data.

CR4.8 The information contained in the database is protected by periodically backing up.

RP5: Manage the entry and search of information in databases quickly, accurately and in full respect of their integrity, applying the necessary criteria in electronic forms and queries, in order to guarantee their update, validity and recovery according to your own needs or the instructions received.

CR5.1 The information is entered into the tables in the databases, modifying, updating, or removing their content.

CR5.2 Queries are designed, according to the instructions, choosing between different types of action-which allow you to delete records, update data or others, automatically-or select-which allows you to work with the fields and records chosen, regardless of the rest-depending on the outcome sought.

CR5.3 Queries are formulated, selecting the tables that contain the precise information, relating them and choosing the search criteria and/or logical and/or comparison operators, and restrictions, according to the required information or instructions received.

CR5.4 Forms are used by creating or modifying existing forms, adapting them to the information required and selecting the tables and queries that contain that information.

CR5.5 Forms are completed, including separate tables, joining tables, or as subreports.

CR5.6 The fields of the required tables and queries are determined, according to received instructions, using groupings, sorts, and/or classifications, and meeting the objective of the query or form.

CR5.7 The results obtained from the searches performed are checked according to the needs or instructions received, verifying the data, the objective of the query and making the modifications that proceed.

CR5.8 The query and/or form is archived for future uses, choosing a representative name.

RP6: Automate the results of reporting through standardized reports, according to received guidelines, efficiently improving the quality and image of the service.

CR6.1 The tables and queries that contain the information that will be part of the report are chosen, according to instructions received, by selecting those contents of the same ones that will be inserted into the report, using models Previously designed normalized, or creating a new one with the precise format.

CR6.2 The structure of the report is designed using the controls appropriate to the needs of the report, distributing the content, and choosing the presentation style of the report according to the organization image.

CR6.3 The fields of the required tables and queries are chosen, selecting the relevant according to the content and result searched in the report.

CR6.4 The contents of the fields are grouped, applying sorting and sorting criteria that facilitate the understanding of the report, or according to the instructions received.

CR6.5 The results obtained from the automation are checked, verifying the data and the objective of the report, modifying the initial content, if necessary, altering the size, moving, or modifying the appearance of the controls and improving the quality of service.

RP7: Systematize repetitive actions in the management of the organization's database, using the utilities available by the IT application, and applying efficiency and quality of service criteria, simplifying or facilitating the execution of routine arrangements.

CR7.1 Simple and repetitive operations performed in the database-open and close forms, show or hide toolbars, run reports, easily and quickly link objects in the created database, or other-are grouped by representing through a flowchart along with their conditioning.

CR7.2 Database objects-macros, other command buttons-are distinguished, assigning the same short and meaningful names, facilitating their insertion into forms and reports.

CR7.3 Macros are created from their design using the database tools, describing the arguments that define actions efficiently and improving quality of service.

CR7.4 The macros created are inserted into the database object by associating with an event of the same-by clicking on the object, leaving the object, or others-and verifying its correct operation.

CR7.5 Command buttons are created from the tools in your own database or through editing other command buttons by facilitating the opening, closing, reading, changes to the forms data, reports, data access page, or others.

Professional Context

Production media

Local networks. Computer and office equipment, programs and applications: operating systems, text processors, databases, spreadsheets, document management, antivirus, firewall. Conventional archives, computer and conventional media, photocopiers, fax, telephones, printers, scanner, miscellaneous office material.

Products and results

Available and updated information available. Coded and restricted access information. Information obtained from the databases according to the required criteria. Documentation and conventional or electronic information correctly registered, archived and protected. Standardized reporting. Flujograms. Search, import, and export in internal and external databases. Optimal use of computer equipment and resources. Operational maintenance of documentary management systems. Optimal transmission of the image of the organization. Compliance with internal and external rules to the organization.

Information used or generated

Guidelines, organization manual-organization regulations, information about the organization's areas of responsibility, organization quality plan, operational manuals, document issuance manuals, or others. Regulations concerning copyright, data protection, electronic security, electronic administration and environmental conservation. Internal procedure manuals, style manuals, equipment usage manuals, and office and computer applications. Information published in the networks. Various publications: official bulletins, specialist journals, statistical bulletins. Information presentation and document processing formats and templates

Competition Unit 4

Denomination: Prepare and submit legal and business files and documentation to public bodies and administrations.

Level: 3.

Code: UC0988_3.

Professional realizations and realization criteria

RP1: Collaborate in the preparation of legal documents related to the economic and business activity of the organization, taking into account the compliance with the current regulations and instructions received, for their presentation to the competent official bodies.

CR1.1 The appropriate regulations for each document or case in particular are respected taking into account the various forms of commercial society-Company, Limited, Limited Liability Company, Single-Personal and Other Societies.

CR1.2 The main characteristics of the documents relating to corporate life are identified in accordance with their appropriate use and applicable law.

CR1.3 The documentation that requires elevation to the public is prepared in accordance with the local, regional, state and/or local regulations, in accordance with the instructions received. and the requirements required by the notary.

CR1.4 The books of the company and the documents that need to be entered in the Public Registry that proceed -Mercantil, Property, Furniture or other-are prepared according to the established requirements and the instructions received.

CR1.5 The procedures for submitting documentation to the Public Registry in support of paper, computer or by means of telematics are carried out in accordance with the procedures established by the corresponding Registry, complying with the required requirements of format, content, electronic signature as appropriate, or others and in accordance with the instructions received.

CR1.6 The documents required for the formulation and presentation of annual accounts, in accordance with the instructions received, are prepared in accordance with the legislation, verifying that they are a true reflection of the information provided by those responsible and, where appropriate, the auditors.

CR1.7 The presentation of the annual accounts is carried out on paper, computer or by telematics, in accordance with the instructions received, the models and formats established, and applying, where appropriate, the standards of authentication required by the business register.

CR1.8 Annual account formulation and reporting deadlines are monitored, complying with the provisions of the legislation and reporting to the person responsible for the time available.

RP2: Meet the different models of private contracts in the business scope or notarial documents, in accordance with the instructions received and the current regulations, using the available IT means, for your presentation and signature.

CR2.1 The information and documentation necessary for the completion of each contract-purchase-sale of goods, insurance, services, leases or other-, or notarial document-powers, deeds, other-, is collected and collected from agreement with the instructions received.

CR2.2 The different standard contract models of the organization-purchase-sale of goods, insurance, services, leases or other-, or notarial documents, are accurately completed through the applications Required information, in accordance with the instructions received and the information collected or templates available.

CR2.3 The data for each particular contract or notarial document is verified, checking the compliance and accuracy of the contractual and legal requirements, requiring, where appropriate, those that are necessary.

CR2.4 The security and confidentiality rules of the information are strictly adhered to, acting with absolute discretion.

RP3: Keep up to date the legal information required by the activity by searching, filtering and compiling the legislation and case law related to the activity, according to the instructions received or procedures set.

CR3.1 Legal sources or databases are identified, establishing shortcuts to them to streamline search and information localization processes.

CR3.2 The occurrence of new regulations, case law, notification of claims or other information required is detected by the use of the conventional or the official means. -EU, State, Autonomous Community or others-legal databases or other sources, and reporting on the developments found.

CR3.3 The information found is archived in the media and formats set for later retrieval and communication to the corresponding departments.

RP4: Prepare and present the documentation required by the Public Bodies in time and form, according to the different civil or judicial administrative procedures, complying with the current legislation and the guidelines defined.

CR4.1 The information available for the elaboration of the various types of administrative or judicial documentation is collected in time and form, ensuring its adequacy to the objectives of the document.

CR4.2 The deadlines for the formulation and presentation of the administrative, civil or judicial documentation are monitored in accordance with the provisions of the legislation, and informing the person responsible about the time available.

CR4.3 The renewals or periodic actions arising from the different obligations with the Public Administrations are prepared in advance of the maturity for submission to the relevant body.

CR4.4 Electronic certification for the presentation of the official models via telematics is requested in advance, adopting the recommended safety measures.

CR4.5 The physical or telematic presentation of the documents is carried out in accordance with the established-notification, allegation, resource, interposition of certain demands or other-in terms of place, date, means and form, ensuring the required in each case and the justification for the submission.

CR4.6 The notifications or requirements of the Public Administration in relation to errors of form in the procedures of the submitted documentation are remedied with autonomy and within the prescribed period, informing the person responsible.

RP5: Organize and control the documentation necessary to participate in the different procedures of public procurement and grant of grants, according to the basis of the call and the implementing regulations.

CR5.1 Information and legislation on public contracts or grants relating to calls, specifications and administrative requirements, results of the opening of the contract, award and formalisation of the contract, and any interest for the entity, were collected through the different channels of information using the public sources.

CR5.2 The documentation covered by the public tender or grant is prepared in accordance with the specifications of the call for inclusion in the file.

CR5.3 The documentation required at the bases of the public procurement call-writing of powers, endorsements and others-is organized for presentation in time and form.

CR5.4 The files to be presented in the public procurement process are checked that they are organized, complete, ready for delivery in form and, in accordance with the deadlines of formulation and presentation arranged in the bases of the call.

RP6: Custody the different documents and files related to Public Administrations and the private business scope, ensuring their preservation and integrity.

CR6.1 The scriptures, society books, contracts and other legal or commercial documents are organized into specific files according to the instructions received and the current regulations.

CR6.2 Vouchers, forms and models processed and/or cleared, and other documents, are retained for the time legally established in each case.

CR6.3 The resolutions to each administrative file are recorded in a feisty manner, affecting the date of entry if required.

CR6.4 Documents whose life cycle has ended and their transmission to the historical archive is not carried out are destroyed in accordance with current regulations and through the available means.

CR6.5 The security and confidentiality rules for guarded information are rigorously respected.

Professional Context

Production media

Networks-local, Internet, intranet-. Computer equipment and office materials, programs and applications: operating systems, text processors, databases, antivirus, firewalls. Conventional and telematic input/output records. Conventional archives, computer media, photocopiers, fax, telephones, printers, scanners, document-destroying machines. Office furniture and consumables. Contract and/or notarial document templates.

Products and results

Documentation and general information on aspects related to corporate life-requirements, deadlines and others-properly prepared, organized and monitored. Documentation prepared and/or completed free of inaccuracies and errors, and organized in the specified time limits. Legal information archived and updated. Compliance with internal and external rules of the organization, in particular regarding data protection and confidentiality of information. Documentation submitted and transmitted to the different Official Records-Commercial, Civil, Contractors ' Officer, Contract Officer, and other applicable-, records of the different Administrations and Public Institutions, one-stop shop, Electronic window, others. Optimal transmission of the company image. Respect for the environment.

Information used or generated

Reference legislation-European, state, regional and local-in the civil, commercial and administrative fields. In particular: General Plan of Accounting, regulations of companies and non-profit organizations, of the legal regime and of the contracting of public administrations, and of the procedures before them. Regulations concerning the administration and electronic security, protection and conservation of the environment. Information related to the scope of action published in the networks. Information obtained from the different official records of the Public Administrations. Information relating to legislative updates, competitions, auctions, general and private administrative clauses, or other, of various publications-Official Journal of the European Communities, official bulletins General government, specialised journals, statistical bulletins, or other. Legal documentary databases. Standard models of constitution, appointment of posts, notarial documents, or others. Book of inventories and annual accounts. Daily Book. Book of minutes for each of the social bodies. Book Record of Nominative Actions. Book of Partners book.

Competition Unit 5

Denomination: Perform human resource support activities.

Level: 2.

Code: UC0980_2.

Professional realizations and realization criteria

RP1: Update information and documentation derived from human resources-area processes and activities-selection, internal communication, training, development, compensation and benefits-in response to procedures established by the organization to contribute to the achievement of the objectives of the human resources area.

CR1.1 Database information is updated according to selection, internal communication, training, development or compensation and benefits, based on previously established classification and file criteria.

CR1.2 The information available in the databases is filtered, depending on selection, internal communication, training, development or compensation and benefits, based on criteria previously established by the superior hierarchical and generating the reports that proceed.

CR1.3 General interest information for employees, in internal communication channels-bulletin boards, counters, bookshelves, others-is updated periodically following the procedures established by the organization.

CR1.4 Information derived from human resource management is processed by applying the security, confidentiality, integrity, and accessibility criteria.

CR1.5 The documentation generated by the registration, assistance, evaluation and use of the training actions is collected individually from the interested parties in accordance with the established procedures and forms.

CR1.6 The quantitative reports derived from the documentation relating to the training actions are updated from the data entered in the IT application according to the established procedures, forms and deadlines.

CR1.7 Career or succession plan listings are updated by registering nominees for compliance with the training actions they perform, applying the criteria of security, confidentiality, and accessibility.

CR1.8 The documentation collected in the training actions together with the quantitative reports are attached to the administrative-documentary and computer file-of each of the participants in time and form and applying sustainability criteria.

CR1.9 In the job position, a position and organization are maintained in accordance with the appropriate health and safety conditions.

RP2: Prepare documents, materials, and other necessary elements in the selection and training of human resources, taking into account the internal procedures of the organization, in order to contribute to its effective management.

CR2.1 The logistical support for conducting tests and interviews of a selection process is done by the provision of materials, documents and printed or other, by disseminating the internal announcements and convening the candidates.

CR2.2 The reservation of rooms, prior to a selection process, is requested, according to the instructions received, to the department involved through the documentary or computer resources available through the procedure set.

CR2.3 The logistical support for training actions and hosting sessions is performed in accordance with established instructions and procedures, taking into account the dates, agenda, places and conditions of the same.

CR2.4 Daily actions are prepared in good time, allocating the maximum estimated times according to the activities you support.

CR2.5 The security and confidentiality criteria are strictly enforced.

RP3: To process the documentation derived from the process of hiring, completion and other variations of the professional situation of the staff, applying the current regulations, the criteria of confidentiality and security, using the IT applications to keep the information in place for the relevant employees, departments and agencies.

CR3.1 The documentation required for the opening of the new employee's file is communicated to you with sufficient time and form, through the usual channels of communication.

CR3.2 The new employee's file is created with the relevant documents in documentary support and in accordance with the established procedure keeping it in place at all times.

CR3.3 The high and, if applicable, Social Security affiliation form are processed through the electronic system or directly in documentary format, before the competent body.

CR3.4 The contract of work, commonly used in the organization for the discharge of the new employee and, the rest of the supplementary documentation, are completed through the available computer media according to the information provided.

CR3.5 The contract, once signed by the legal representative of the entity and the worker himself, is recorded in the internal information systems attaching copy to the file and, basic copy to the legal representatives if comes.

CR3.6 The work contract is communicated to the Public Employment Services in time and form.

CR3.7 In the elaboration of the extensions or renewals of the different employment situations of the employees, it is proven that the reports of the assessments of the responsible are present.

CR3.8 The date for the collection of the settlement and return of the assets of the organization is notified in writing to the employee who causes a low, through the usual channels, in the time and form established following the competent instructions.

CR3.9 Changes in personal and professional data relating to employees-marriage, children, bank details, domicile, qualifications, others-are recorded in the files and files corresponding to the established conventional or computerised procedures and supports.

CR3.10 The information derived from human resource management is processed by applying the security, confidentiality, integrity and accessibility criteria.

RP4: Carry out administrative operations and procedures for the making and formalisation of payment of remuneration, compensation and social benefits, using IT applications, and following the Pre-established instructions for meeting the obligations committed in the employment relationship with the staff.

CR4.1 The tables, scales and references applicable for the calculation of remuneration-IRPF, social security contributions on the basis of remuneration, collective agreement and others-are regularly updated with the (a) the information provided by the Commission in accordance with the legislation in force and in accordance with the instructions received.

CR4.2 Applications for advances, loans, reimbursement of travel and subsistence expenses, social benefits-marriage, children, school aid, training aid-or others, are recorded in the corresponding computer application, checking that they are duly authorized and in accordance with established procedures and forms.

CR4.3 The documentation of the amounts of variable remuneration of employees is organized by attaching it to the files in good time, established periodicity and following the established procedures.

CR4.4 The amounts of fixed, variable and in-kind remuneration concepts required for the calculation of remuneration-hours worked, overtime, holidays worked, guards, temporary incapacity, absences and their supporting documents, delays, achievement of objectives, vehicle, complementary health care, others, are introduced in the fields of the established IT supports, taking into account the criteria previously defined by the superior hierarchical.

CR4.5 The final amounts of the remuneration and advances that are integrated into the corresponding computer support, are sent to the contributing financial institution, through the usual electronic means, according to the Established instructions and periodicity and approval.

CR4.6 The formalised social security contributions and income on account of IRPF holds are sent through the financial institution or directly to the competent body by means of the appropriate documentary and computer media, in time and form, in accordance with the procedure laid down by the current rules.

CR4.7 The justifications for the remuneration are distributed to those interested in the formats, times and channels-physical or electronic-established.

CR4.8 The tax information necessary for the fulfillment of the obligations of the stakeholders is sent in time and form, through the established procedure.

CR4.9 Information derived from human resource management is processed by applying the security, confidentiality, integrity, and accessibility criteria.

RP5: Develop reports based on the data obtained in the internal procedures for control of attendance, absenteeism and other incidents, related to the development of the employees ' work activity, in order to give support in the decision-making of the human resources area manager.

CR5.1 Information generated by security procedures and attendance tracking, schedules, holidays, sickness, trade union hours, delays, breastfeeding, medical visit, private and other permits, is collected from through the records used in the different control procedures, with the periodicity established and following the established procedures.

CR5.2 The information obtained is periodically processed by arithmetic or statistical calculations through the appropriate computer applications.

CR5.3 The reports are produced by the appropriate computer applications, from the processed data, by attaching them to the administrative-documentary and computer file of each employee.

CR5.4 Information is delivered to the superiors according to established procedures, forms and deadlines, and observing the established environmental protection measures.

CR5.5 Information derived from human resource management is processed by applying the security, confidentiality, integrity, and accessibility criteria.

Professional Context

Production media

Local Network. Computer equipment, browsers, e-mail. Peripherals. Operating systems, firewalls, antivirus, general purpose applications. Communication devices. Staff management programmes. Payroll and social insurance. Copiers, fax. Miscellaneous office equipment and furniture.

Products and results

Updating the application management applications for collective agreements. Compliance with those most common models in the process of hiring and remuneration of the company's staff. Reports collected from the company's staff assistance control. Updated information on the company's staff. Support in the management of the declaration-settlement of withholding tax on account of IRPF and social security contributions. Logistic support in the management of courses for the training, retraining and promotion of staff. Logistical support in the control of training procedures. Effective communication at work.

Information used or generated

Collective Agreements. Extracts on labour, tax and social security regulations. Official tax, labor and insurance forms. Personnel databases. Internet and the websites of the competent public administration. Procedures for making and managing payrolls. Manual of procedures in the field of work. Information on job profile description. Information about the growth objectives of the organization. Standards of quality and prevention of occupational risks.

Competition Unit 6

Denomination: Perform the administrative management of treasury.

Level: 2.

Code: UC0979_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria

RP1: Fulfill the collection or payment documents, conventional or telematic, within its scope of responsibility and in accordance with the indications received, with the purpose of liquidating the operations derived from the activity business.

CR1.1 Payment orders received are verified by verifying that they are complete and duly authorized by the appropriate persons in accordance with the internal procedure manual, otherwise reporting to the person responsible for the job.

CR1.2 Payment documents-check, change letter, pay, receipt, transfer, and their telematic equivalents-are completed in their different modalities accurately, according to the payment order received.

CR1.3 The receipt of the income or payment made is attached to the document that generated it according to the established procedure.

CR1.4 Payment or payment documents-heel, transfer, or other-are checked with supporting documentation of transactions-invoices, payroll, others-verifying that the data and amounts are accurate.

CR1.5 The amounts shown in the payment or payment documents are reviewed by checking the accuracy of the calculations.

CR1.6 Established internal security and confidentiality rules apply throughout the process by ensuring the integrity of operations.

RP2: Manage the filing of collection and payment documents with banks, public administrations and organizations in general, in accordance with current regulations and internal procedures, in order to comply with the payment obligations to third parties in compliance with the deadlines.

CR2.1 Payment and/or payment documents are checked to meet the required requirements by completing, if applicable, in accordance with the requirements.

CR2.2 The collection and/or payment documentation is delivered to the financial institution within the prescribed time limits by collecting the relevant supporting documents.

CR2.3 Tax or labor settlements are presented in the form and term in accordance with the procedures established by the competent Public Administration.

CR2.4 The diligent guards in the entities and administrations are archived or delivered to the appropriate person, in accordance with the established procedure.

RP3: Make payments and charges through cash, taking into account the corresponding orders, maturities and cash availability, priorities and internal rules, in order to liquidate the transactions.

CR3.1 Cash opening is made by replenishing cash according to the instructions received, and/or the procedure set.

CR3.2 The received collection documents are verified by checking the accuracy of the data and the amounts of the data.

CR3.3 The information and data in the charging documents are processed according to the internal control manual, and through the appropriate use of the specific computer applications.

CR3.4 Payment documents received are verified by checking the accuracy of the data and the amounts with the supporting documentation of the operation, requesting, where appropriate, the conformity of the person or body established in the procedure manual before settlement.

CR3.5 The payments and collections made are recorded in the cash book, indicating the date, amount, document support, organization or person, and any other data required by the organization's procedure manual.

CR3.6 Cash needs are detected at the time they occur, communicating in their case the incidence, in the form and time established in the internal procedure, to the superior or responsible.

CR3.7 Cash operations are performed in accordance with the principles of integrity, responsibility and confidentiality.

RP4: Perform box tonnage according to the established procedure, to control the level of available liquidity.

CR4.1 Cash count, checks, and other credit or debit documents are performed, once the cash is closed, in accordance with the established procedure.

CR4.2 The credit and debit documents found in the tonnage are referred to the person responsible according to the established procedure.

CR4.3 The result of the tonnage is collected with the notes recorded in the cash book, verifying their agreement.

CR4.4 The anomalies-documentaries, calculations, or other-detected are communicated to the person responsible established in the procedure manual.

CR4.5 The arcing procedure is performed at all times in accordance with the principles of integrity, responsibility, and confidentiality.

RP5: Coding the movements of the bank statements with their accounting records and the documents that generated them, reporting the observed incidences, following the established procedures, in order to reconcile the differences.

CR5.1 The annotations of the extracts submitted by the financial institutions are drawn up with the accounting records, with the original documents, where appropriate, corresponding to the original documents, in accordance with the procedure laid down.

CR5.2 The annotations of the extracts whose data-amounts, identification or other-do not match the accounting records and/or supporting documentation, are detected and, if necessary, quantified, communicating the incidents to the responsible.

CR5.3 In the annotations of the extracts and/or the accounting records, the existence of the supporting documentation is checked, communicating to the person responsible, in another case, the descriptions and data of the observed incidents.

CR5.4 Documentation that is not reflected in the financial institution's statements is detected through the verification processes established by the organization, communicating the descriptions and data of the observed incidents.

CR5.5 The verification procedures are performed with the established periodicity, and in accordance with the principles of responsibility and confidentiality.

Professional Context

Production media

Local network. Computer and office equipment, electronic agendas, programs and applications-user environments-: operating systems, text processors, databases, spreadsheets, information presentation programs, management programs relationship with clients -CRM-antivirus, firewall, Internet browsers, email. Internet navigation help systems, instant messaging systems. Conventional archives, computer media, copiers, fax, printers, scanner, digital cameras, furniture and miscellaneous office material, calculator. Fixed and mobile phones.

Products and results

Managed and transmitted information to customers, suppliers, employees, financial entities. Invoices. Checks. Letters of Change. Commercial Effects. Cash collections, credit card, debit card, mobile phone collection, online, by email. Opening of current accounts. Transfers. Bank addresses. Payment of purchase transactions. Documentation and information correctly recorded, archived, encoded and restricted, processed to other departments. Updated databases. Payment movements, collections, income, updated expenses in the spreadsheet or book record. Cash tonnage. Documents reconciled with financial institutions. Development and application of social skills. Quality control of the work done. VAT settlements.

Information used or generated

Organization chart of the company. Organic data protection law. Law on the services of the information society. Commercial law. Financial legislation. Internal procedure manuals. Sample. Order Orders, Albarans. Invoices, cheques, bills of exchange, receipts. Customer and supplier databases. Spreadsheets: record of collection of collections, payments, income, expenses. Control of unpaid. Control of maturity times.

III. TRAINING OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM

FORMATIVE MODULE 1

Naming: Management and management of address communications.

Code: MF0982_3.

Professional qualification level: 3.

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC0982_3 Manage and autonomously manage address communications.

Duration: 80 hours.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Analyze the most common functions and command styles of type organizations in different economic sectors, distinguishing their basic characteristics.

CE1.1 Identify the types of business organizations that are common to the sector to which they belong, describing their characteristics in terms of legal form, functional structure, size, or other relevant aspects.

CE1.2 Analyze the predominant command styles in companies: "laissez-faire," paternalistic, bureaucratic, autocratic, democratic, or others.

CE1.3 Analyze the organization's type functions: address, planning, organization, execution, and control.

CE1.4 Value the importance of responsibility in the development of the functions of the organization, showing interest in the development of the same.

CE1.5 In a convenient case conveniently characterized, of activities coordinated in the organization:

-Develop the organization chart according to the proposed departmental structure.

-Identify the command style of the organization.

-Detect communication errors that result from that command style.

-Rate the importance of delivery and responsibility in the organization.

CE1.6 Rate the importance of controlling and confirming direction instructions, and identifying the organizational structure for quality service assistance or delivery.

CE1.7 Determine the objectives to be achieved and the actions that are derived from them, based on instructions or written or oral information, specific and appropriately characterized, in the field of the address.

C2: To integrate with technical skills of oral communication in face-to-face situations of the professional environment, adapting the message to the situation and the interlocutor in a precise and unequivocal way, solving the problems produced.

CE2.1 Identify the elements and stages of a communication process.

CE2.2 Identify common barriers that make it difficult to understand a message.

CE2.3 In a practical case properly characterized in oral communication, in which there is disparity between the emitted and the perceived.

-Detect the interference produced.

-Propose an alternative.

CE2.4 In practical cases conveniently characterized, related to simulated situations of presential communication type-visits, videoconferencing, other-, in a given organization:

-Observe due courtesy rules.

-Apply oral communication techniques properly-active listening, positive language, empathy, smile, pimp, others.

-Rate non-verbal communication as an organization image media.

-Transmit the organization's corporate image into in-person communications.

-conveniently adecuate nonverbal communication to the issued message.

-Adjust the message based on the perceived effects.

-Respect and take into account the opinions of others, even if they are contrary to their own.

-Analyze the actions performed by detecting the strengths and weaknesses and the needs for improvement.

CE2.5 Rate the importance of active listening and ease of speaking in public in order to improve communication processes, from simulated interviews and exhibitions.

CE2.6 In a practical case properly characterized in situations of professional communication type:

-Analyze the implications of the needs of the interlocutors.

-Determine appropriate responses, attitudes, and social skills.

CE2.7 Perform a presentation or an oral presentation on a proposed or own-choice topic of a specific professional scope.

C3: Analyze the formal and informal communication processes in organizations, characterizing the usual needs of information demanded, and the most appropriate responses to them.

CE3.1 Identify the characteristics, factors, and main problems of organizational, formal, and informal communication processes.

CE3.2 Valorar the influence of informal communications and the chains of rumors in the organizations, determining, in practical cases conveniently characterized, their repercussions on the performances of the service information provided.

CE3.3 Distinguished the most common information demand types in an information and communication system based on the type of client, internal and external.

CE3.4 Identify the processing of a demand for information according to the type of client, internal, and external that can intervene in it.

CE3.5 Rate the importance of the organization's corporate image transmission in formal communications usually made by management assistance.

CE3.6 Distinguished situations where claims are usually made.

CE3.7 Interpreting applicable legislation on data protection.

CE3.8 In properly characterized, actionable cases of information demand:

-Identify from an organization chart the formal channels of communication in the organization.

-Select and analyze information of interest based on situations.

-Register simulated queries and claims in the appropriate form and procedures.

-Classify the most common information demands and formulate the most appropriate responses.

-Rate the importance of anticipation to potential contingencies in simulated situations.

C4: Apply institutional and promotional communication techniques in the specific processes of circulation of information-internal and external-of organizations type of the professional environment.

CE4.1 Identify internal instruments-internal publications, intranet FAQ, other-and customary institutional communication techniques in an organization-suggestion mailbox, bulletin boards, others.

CE4.2 Apply corporate image transmission techniques in an organization's institutional communications.

CE4.3 In a convenient convenient scenario, in which institutional communication documents are provided or the objective of the same:

-Determine the most appropriate document type based on the objectives that you have set.

-Compose invitations and/or greetings in accordance with the proposed objectives using the appropriate language.

-Monitor invitations and greetings by checking the correct application of its structure and the language used.

CE4.4 Distinguished the main activities, functions and means of promotion of the structure, products and other elements of the organization.

CE4.5 Describe the features and utilities of advertising language and wording from informational and advertising brochures from different organizations.

CE4.6 Identify the most significant aspects that convey the corporate image in the organization's institutional and promotional communications.

CE4.7 In a properly characterized scenario:

-Develop daily press summaries over a given period of time, on the proposed issues.

-Compose basic press notes according to type-style manuals.

-Organize and identify the elements of a press dossier.

-Identify the most appropriate recipients and transmission media.

C5: Apply written communication techniques in the elaboration and/or monitoring of information and documentation of its own, internal or external circulation in type organizations, using the appropriate tools.

CE5.1 Explain the basic elements and resources of the written expression-scoring and spelling conventions, cohesion resources and textual coherence, discursive resources and persuasive structuring of texts, markers of text, others.

CE5.2 Identify the tools available for the correction of texts-dictionaries of own languages, grammars, dictionaries of synonyms and antonyms, others.

CE5.3 Describe the structures and styles of professional documentation of type-letters, reports, trades, salutes, certificates, memoranda, authorizations, notices, circulars, communiques, internal notes, requests or others.

CE5.4 Apply corporate image transmission techniques in written communications, valuing their importance for organizations.

CE5.5 In practical cases sufficiently characterized, related to the supervision and writing of content in Internet type or communications documents, of specific professional sector organizations:

-Verify that the information contained in the document is relevant and relevant.

-Check that the wording of the document is clear, concise, consistent.

-Compose and/or monitor documentation by applying linguistic-grammatical, spelling, semantic correction criteria.

-Check that the document's wording uses a proper structure, terminology, and form.

-Verify that treatments are tailored to the proposed recipients.

-Draft internal regime documents-letters to staff, notices, reports, memos, certificates, calls for meetings, others-with correction.

-To accurately elaborate the business correspondence of the professional sector-request for information, brochures, fax, others.

-Elaborate the official correspondence-instances, certificates, greetings, minutes, others.

-Attach the written documentation to the type organization style manual provided.

-Transmit the organization's corporate image into written communications.

CE5.6 Correct or accurately rewrite a text written by others, eliminating errors and getting:

-A correct organization.

-A proper wording.

-A clearly defined message.

CE5.7 Valor, on the basis of sufficiently characterized practical cases, the importance of the control of communication in the own functions of assistance to management and its impact on the achievement of its own objectives and the company.

CE5.8 Develop press releases in supposed type, from the proposed indications and ensuring their consistency with the image of the organization characterized.

C6: Analyze the processes of receiving, recording, distributing, and retrieving written, internal, and external communications, by conventional mail, or through telematic means.

CE6.1 Identify the most appropriate means, procedures and criteria in the reception, registration, distribution and transmission of written communication through the telematic means.

CE6.2 In convenient scenarios conveniently characterized for transmission of written communications:

-Determine advantages and disadvantages of using different media.

-Select the means of transmission based on the urgency, cost, and security criteria, depending on the type of document contributed.

CE6.3 Analyze the maintenance techniques of the conventional mapping management file.

CE6.4 To analyze, from case studies properly characterized, effective email management techniques:

-Creating and renaming folders.

-Movement of messages to the appropriate folders.

-Removing unwanted mail.

-Using recipient lists.

-Other.

CE6.5 In conveniently characterized practical assumptions, of correspondence flows by electronic means:

-Register mail documentation received or issued in an organized and rigorous manner.

-Add and remove tracking marks in emails.

-Open and save attachments to a particular location.

-Send messages to target groups using different priorities.

-Effectively perform the organization, removal, and quick search of messages.

CE6.6 In a convenient convenient scenario of using address books:

-Create new groups.

-Incorporate new contacts in an organized and systematic way.

-Add contacts to the address book from the received mail.

-Find contacts based on different criteria.

CE6.7 Rate the consequences of the danger of infection by some type of virus, from practical cases sufficiently characterized, in the opening of messages and attachments.

CE6.8 Distinguished in the sending and receiving of electronic correspondence the digital signature.

CE6.9 Analyze and value the process of sending and controlling advertising.

CE6.10 Detect, from practical cases sufficiently characterized, the translations, reproductions, or other necessary steps prior to the documentary distribution.

C7: Apply the most common calls and response techniques of the specific professional field, in the telephone and telematic communication processes, identifying their difficulties and treatment.

CE7.1 Apply telephone communication techniques in the issue and reception of calls-smile, tone, speech, active listening, positive language, others.

CE7.2 Identify the elements needed to make an effective phone call at its various stages: Preparing, presenting, and making a call.

CE7.3 Identify the different types of interlocutors by determining appropriate treatment according to their characteristics.

CE7.4 Apply different treatments according to different categories of calls-queries, claims, requests, complaints, others.

CE7.5 Apply corporate image transmission techniques in different simulations of telephone and telematic communications in various situations properly characterized by management assistance, valuing their importance for the organization.

CE7.6 In cases of practical use, related to simulated telephone and telematic communications situations, in a given organization:

-Observe appropriate courtesy guidelines.

-Identify and identify the interlocutors.

-Filter the communication, if applicable.

-Request and provide information.

-Collect and transmit telephone and telematic messages.

-Use appropriate expressions depending on the type of caller.

-Respect and take into account the opinions of others, even if they are contrary to their own.

-spell out names and addresses precisely.

-Indicate the following action alternatives after the call.

-Manage calls simultaneously.

-End a telephone and telematics conversation.

-Transmit the organization's corporate image into telephone and telematics.

-Develop a report of the performance by identifying strengths and weaknesses, and needs for improvement.

C8: Analyze conflict or contingency generating factors, distinguishing potential consequences, and identifying strategies and techniques for their prevention and resolution.

CE8.1 Classify the factors that can generate conflicts or contingencies in the professional actions of the specific work environment, distinguishing the interests and positions before them and, the foreseeable consequences.

CE8.2 Identify the different types of conflicts or contingencies in communication, internal or external actions, by any means, and strategies for their prevention and resolution.

CE8.3 Analyze, in sufficiently characterized assumptions, the differences between data and opinions in an argumentative discourse to prevent their confusion from generating problems.

CE8.4 In a practical case, conveniently characterized, of a labor conflict:

-objectively analyze the responsibilities of all the parties involved.

-Describe intra-personal and social skills-verbal and non-verbal communication skills, empathy, influence, leadership, channelling of change-needed for conflict resolution.

CE8.5 In conveniently characterized case studies, related to simulated application of conflict resolution tactics:

-Verify the existence of the conflict.

-Analyze the causes that cause the conflict by identifying its features and foreseeing its consequences.

-Show sensitivity and understanding to opinions, behaviors, or ideas that are not matched with your own.

-Apply the most appropriate communication style to the conflicting situation raised.

-Select the appropriate conflict resolution alternatives to the simulated situation.

-To act with perseverance and initiative in the search for solutions of the conflict by developing the necessary skills, without aggressiveness or rupture of communication.

-Apply the most common methods for conflict resolution.

CE8.6 Rate the power of influence that is generated between people involved in a conflict.

Contents

1. Management assistance in the information and communication processes of organizations.

-The company and its organization.

▫ Company Concept and Purposes.

▫ Enterprise items-land, work, capital, customers, suppliers, activities, production media, products.

▫ Enterprise functions-management, financial, productive, commercial, administrative, and human resource management.

▫ Classification of companies according to: size, ownership of capital, cost of production, economic sector to which they belong, their legal form and according to the geographical scope of their activity. The TNCs.

-The business organization.

▫ The organization of the company in History.

▫ Business Organization Principles.

▫ Internal organization of companies. Departments.

▫ The business organization's informal organization.

▫ The representation of the company by means of organizational charts. Their different types.

▫ Identification of organizational structure and corporate culture.

▫ Evaluation of organizational criteria: strengths and weaknesses. The needs for improvement.

-The address in the enterprise.

▫ Command levels-high address, middle, and intermediate or operational controls.

▫ The personality and behavior of the manager. Temperament

▫ Types of authority-formal, real, tradition, charisma, coercion, ownership, agreement.

▫ Address functions: address, planning, organization, execution, and control.

▫ Command Styles: Address and/or Leadership. The autocratic leader, the paternalist, the participatory or democratic, the bureaucratic and the laissez faire.

▫ Address by objectives.

▫ Adaptation of the assistance to the command system.

▫ Secretariat Deontology. Business ethical principles. Code of ethics.

-Interaction relationships between address and address assistance.

▫ Ascending relationships: the wizard and the manager.

▫ Top-down relationships: the assistant and the administrative human team in charge.

▫ Complementary relationships: the assistant and other managers. External relationships.

-Secretariat service functions.

▫ From the personal address secretariat. Self-esteem and assertiveness.

▫ Secretariat service types: economic, productive, scientific, legal, and public administration.

2. The process of communication.

-The process of communication

▫ Process elements -sender, message, transmission channel, code, receiver, context, referent.

▫ Types of communication-oral, in-person, non-face-to-face, non-verbal, written, audiovisual, electronic, formal, informal, internal, external.

▫ Informal communication: benefits, problems and their causes. The rumors.

▫ Communication effects.

▫ Obstacles or barriers to communication: physical and psychological-perception and preconceived schemes.

▫ Communication Decalogue.

-Communication in the enterprise. Their importance.

▫ Relationship types: labor and human.

▫ Information processing. Flows between departments. The deadlines and the cost. Confidential and restricted.

▫ The relationship between organization and communication in the enterprise. Centralisation or decentralisation.

▫ The corporate and institutional image in the information and communication processes in organizations. Internal and external (advertising, promotion and public relations).

3. In-person communications.

-Oral communication forms in the company-conversations, meetings, talk, discussions, round tables, telephone conversations, interviews, speeches or exhibitions.

-Precision and clarity in language:

▫ Realizing specific and correct questions.

▫ Using a particular vocabulary.

▫ Addiction Vicios.

-Oral communication elements. Effective communication.

▫ The loquacity, the tone, the rhythm, the clarity, the concision, and the coherence.

▫ Empathy.

▫ Assertiveness.

▫ Reformulation.

▫ The feed-back-feedback.

▫ The character.

▫ The active listener. Techniques.

-Driving the dialog.

▫ Open and closed issues.

▫ Alternative and directed issues.

▫ The conduct of interviews.

-Non-verbal communication. Functions.

▫ Forms of non-verbal communication: the parallax-tone, volume, cadence, pronunciation, rhythm, silences-, the look, the facial expression, the posture, the gestures-open, closed, of deception, of incongruity-the pimp -range of distances-personal appearance and welcome.

-The organization's corporate image in face-to-face communications.

4. The social protocol.

-General behavior rules: Knowing being-naturalness, talante, touch, sense of humor, self-control. Know being-courtesy, good manners at the table, smile, treatment-. Know how to function-rigor, punctuality, verbal expression, conversation.

-Presentations and greetings.

-Application of corporate image transmission techniques in presentations. Courtesy and punctuality.

-Using personal image techniques. -Indumentaria, elegance and movements.

5. Non-in-person communications.

-General rules.

▫ realization guidelines-concision, precision, clarity, consistency, wealth of vocabulary, cohesion and emphasis.

▫ Writing Styles: Content synthesizing techniques.

▫ grammatical rules and techniques: spelling correction, sentence building, and semantic correction.

▫ Application rules for acronyms and abbreviations.

-Text correction tools: Dictionaries, grammars, synonyms and antonyms dictionaries, and computer corrections.

-Specific rules.

▫ Professional document redaction. Language types and effective structures.

▫ Internal-memo, call, act, authorization, notices and announcements, newsletters and magazines, activities memory, statements, internal note, request, press summary.

▫ External-ads, circular letter, business card, business cards, business cards, cards, invitations, greetings, press release, telegrams.

▫ Private Company Basic-report, certificate, instance, complaint, resource.

▫ Mercantile-quote, order, delivery note, praise, pro-forma invoice, definitive invoice, credit note, purchase-sale contract, receipt, check, pagare, change letter, spins, transfers, refilling of books record.

▫ Administration-report, certificate, trade, home note, initiative sheets and claims, letter.

▫ Language and Ad Writing. Features.

▫ The letter: presentation, classes, and physical media.

▫ The commercial letter. Structure-Home or heading, content or body, end or close-. Types-order, claim, ad.

-The correspondence: its importance.

▫ Inbound mail: receiving, sorting, opening, checking, numbering, and recording, distributing, or dispatching, file-maintenance techniques.

▫ Output mail: crafting, signatures, numbering, recording, folding, enveloping, franking, and shipping. File.

▫ Post-list services, mailing list, telegram, burofax.

▫ Internal communications.

▫ Confidentiality.

-Urgent Communications:

▫ Cost and security.

▫ Own media and external services.

-The fax. Usage and drafting formats.

-The email:

▫ Hiring of mail and data printing addresses.

▫ Configuring the mail account.

▫ Using the mail application management tools: creating and changing folder names, moving messages to the appropriate folders, removing unwanted mail, using recipient lists, creating target groups, adding or adding contacts to the address book.

▫ Mail and mail: record, add and remove marks, open and save attachments, send messages to target groups.

▫ The danger of infection with some kind of virus. Security criteria.

▫ The digital signature. Requirements, use and operation.

-The transmission techniques of the corporate image in the written communications. Inherent prestige.

-Internal communication tools in an organization: suggestion mailbox, bulletin boards, notices, and internal notes.

-Claims. How to address them and how to perform them.

▫ Methods for the removal of tension.

▫ Solution target study.

▫ Proposal for a solution.

▫ Claim letters.

-Current data protection legislation.

▫ The Spanish Constitution of 1978.

▫ Organic Law 15/1999 of December 13, Personal Data Protection.

▫ RD 1720/2007 of 21 December Organic Law Development Regulation.

6. Telephone communication.

-Process.

-Intervinlient Parties. Types of partners. Appropriate treatment.

-Regular benefits for businesses:

▫ Agenda.

▫ Call-out.

▫ Re-call.

▫ Multi-conference.

▫ Call waiting.

▫ Voice or answering box.

▫ Emission of data and images.

▫ Other.

-Media and Equipment:

▫ Individual.

▫ Centralites.

▫ Mobile.

▫ Accountants.

▫ Writers.

▫ Dictaphones.

-Components of telephone attention: physical attitude, voice, timbre, tone, rhythm, articulation, eloquence, silences, smile.

▫ Appropriate expressions.

-Performing effective calls.

▫ Contact Take.

▫ Development of the dialog.

▫ Close the conversation.

-Collecting and transmitting messages:

▫ Phone notes.

▫ Phone Alphabet-accurately spelling names and addresses.

-Filtering of calls.

-Managing concurrent calls.

-Treatment of different categories of calls.

▫ Focus and make calls for queries, claims, requests, complaints.

-The phone protocol.

-Video Conference, FAQ-FAQ-FAQ-forums-messages, opinions, discussion-SMS-short message service for mobile-, news groups-communication via the Internet-:

▫ Use and use of them.

-Technical transmission of the corporate image in telematics communications.

7. Techniques and skills in conflict management.

-Conflict as a problem in the enterprise.

-Functions of the conflict.

-Causes of conflicts.

▫ Individual level.

▫ Group level.

-Types of conflicts. Depending on:

▫ The opposites.

▫ Of their manifestation.

▫ Of the media used.

▫ Your utility.

-Human aggressiveness and conflict.

-Conflict resolution.

▫ Stages in resolution: disclosure or manifestation, conflict classification or definition, analysis or evaluation, solution attempt, recap, and subsequent evaluation.

-determinants in conflict resolution.

-Previous relationship between the parties.

-Nature of the conflict.

-Features of the parts.

-Success estimates.

-Conflict prevention.

-Social skills development for conflict resolution -empathy, assertiveness, active listening, influence, leadership, channelling of change and dialogue.

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Module	Number of total hours of the module	Maximum hours Distance-
Formative Module-MF0982_3	80	70

Access criteria for students

They shall be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree governing the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this Annex accompanies.

FORMATIVE MODULE 2

Denomination: Elaboration, treatment and presentation of working documents.

Code: MF0986_3.

Professional qualification level: 3.

Associated with the Competition Unit

UC0986_3 Develop professional documentation and presentations in different formats.

Duration: 140 hours.

FORMATIVE UNIT 1

Naming: Collecting and treating information with word processors.

Code: UF0327.

Duration: 60 hours.

Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP2, and RP3.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Analyze the various sources of internal and external information in the organizations, depending on their availability, ease and access utilities, and the type of information required in the usual documents of the scope specific professional.

CE1.1 Analyze the various professional management documents in specific professional areas by identifying the type of information required in each case.

CE1.2 Identify the different sources of information available to organizations by comparing the efficiency of each one in terms of cost, accessibility, reliability and availability of information.

CE1.3 Analyze the fastest and most accurate access modes to information sources-search engines, search engines, directories, metabuses, portals, others.

CE1.4 Identify sources of information according to the criteria of quality and applicability of the concepts of self-regulation, reliability and utilization.

CE1.5 In a properly characterized case study, in which different standardized issues of a professional character are provided that need to be documented:

-Identify the central and ancillary information required by each particular subject.

-Set the search objectives according to the information needs detected.

-Determine information sources-Internet, files, press, or other-where to locate information.

-Identify the advantages and disadvantages of the most common sources, level of accessibility and reliability, solving the stress between effort and feasibility.

-Describe the most appropriate search process for each type of information.

-Organize information sources with criteria that improve their localization and subsequent access.

CE1.6 In a convenient scenario, where information is required for the preparation of a report or other document type:

-Identify the most appropriate and reliable source of information to the type of information required.

-Distinguished in the search process between browsers, search engines, directories, metabuses, portals, or other similar terms.

-Set the most appropriate advanced search criteria to restrict the maximum of obtaining relevant information.

-Analyze and contrast information obtained from different sources.

-Organize information obtained in an orderly manner, facilitating and streamlining subsequent access to it.

C2: Apply typing techniques with precision, speed and quality of writing to the touch, transcribing complex texts through specific computer applications.

CE2.1 Identify the composition and structure of a conventional keyboard.

CE2.2 Recognize the fingerprint technique, setting the differences between the various forms of keyboard configuration and using it accurately.

CE2.3 Analyze and assess the importance of body posture to the keyboard-position of the body, arms, wrists and hands-to acquire speed and prevent health risks.

CE2.4 Use with agility and precision the components of a conventional keyboard.

CE2.5 Define precisely the operation of the auxiliary keys: Shift, spelling, numeric, tab, or other signs.

CE2.6 Transcribir proposed complex texts-formulas, jergas, languages, galimatias, or others-notes taken to dictation, voice dump, recordings or other supports, with speed, precision and perfect keyboard handling numeric as alphanumeric.

CE2.7 In practical cases properly characterized by copying or dictation of various complex texts:

-accurately use the dominant line, bottom line, and top line.

-Use the rest of the keyboard characters accurately.

-Properly use the numeric keypad.

-Develop sufficient skill to reach between three hundred and three hundred and twenty-five pulsations per minute with a ten percent error level.

-Adopt a suitable position in relation to postural ergonomics.

C3: Syntise relevant information, saving it in the format of documents and supports that are most appropriate for the data type that it contains, with speed and accuracy, to facilitate its subsequent IT processing.

CE3.1 Precise the principles, phases and characteristics of the synthesis process-determination of objectives, distinction of the general and the particular, criteria of discrimination, recruitment, selection and integration, assessment of the information, others.

CE3.2 Determine the criteria for the assessment of reliability, validity or relevance, and levels of depth in the treatment of the information obtained-source of which is verified, date of update, others.

CE3.3 Identify the different formats and media that can be adopted by different types of documents, depending on the type of information they are to contain and the subsequent utility of them.

CE3.4 In a convenient scenario, where basic information is provided for its enlargement and synthesis, on a specific subject related to the specific professional field:

-Set clear and concise inquiry objectives.

-Locate all available information about the proposed subject and its sources.

-Analyze, compare and distinguish information obtained from different sources by applying rational selection, integration, and organization criteria.

-Distinguished the facts of the opinions in the information obtained.

-Sink the information, distinguishing the general from the particular, and collecting the most relevant data from each source.

-Save the information in the most convenient formats for further processing or editing.

-Make a comparative or documented report, based on the various information obtained-broad, accurate and truthful-, validating the information with rationality and according to the objective set.

C4: Incorporate information and objects obtained and recorded to valuative, communication or decision documents, in an organized manner, with correction and absence of inaccuracies, through the specific computer application and, according to the layout and format set.

CE4.1 Classifying common types of documents in the specific professional field-letters, reports, trades, salutes, certificates, memoranda, authorizations, notices, circulars, statements, internal notes, requests or others-according to their design and format.

CE4.2 Identify the main information processing applications-text processors, spreadsheets, autoedit programs, presentations, animation, others-based on the types of documents and data processing.

CE4.3 Determine the main features and procedures of different applications by specifying their similarities and differences.

CE4.4 Identify common procedures for the introduction and transfer of different file contents between different applications, to integrate them into a single document.

CE4.5 In appropriately characterized assumptions, data entry into documents or type reports:

-Identify the most appropriate application to the document type and objectives, for the introduction of data.

-Design the different styles to apply to each part of the document and the templates and/or forms that must contain them.

-Incorporate all information quickly and accurately, without errors, in the most appropriate formats or styles.

-Organize all information in an orderly manner through indexes, schemas, tables of contents, or other utilities available for this purpose.

-Save the document in the appropriate formats for later use, and play it on the appropriate media-physical or digital-for physical presentation.

CE4.6 In assumptions that are sufficiently characterized for custom documentation, with base information in different formats:

-Identify documents that contain the personal data of the recipients of the documentation.

-Get merged documents by integrating custom information into a base document.

Contents

1. Collecting information with word processors.

-Information search methodologies.

-Identification of specialized information sources: Web sites, institutional sites, personal pages, forums and newsgroups.

-Recovery of the information.

▫ Managing information retrieval tools.

▫ General search engines.

▫ Specialist search engines.

▫ Gateways and virtual libraries.

▫ Directories and thematic catalogs.

-Selection, discrimination and assessment of information.

▫ Quality assessment criteria for information sources.

-Searching for documents.

▫ Specifying a search path.

▫ Using wildcards to specify part of a file name.

▫ Specifying advanced search criteria.

▫ Search for files based on summary information.

▫ Viewing other information.

▫ Work with multiple files.

-Ethics and legality.

▫ Rules on Intellectual Property.

▫ Copyright.

▫ Data protection.

-Presenting information with tables:

▫ Creating a table.

▫ Properties: Add borders and shading, cell combination.

▫ Import, bind, and export tables.

▫ Editing a table: movement between records, aggregations, removals, data searches and replacements, copies, cuts, and data pasted.

▫ Relationships between the tables.

▫ The indexes.

▫ Format and formulas; text and table conversions.

▫ Customizing the Datasheet view: viewing, hiding, changing row and column height, scrolling, and quiesce.

▫ Printing a data sheet.

-Managing data banks and files:

▫ Creating a database.

▫ Opening, closing, compacting, and repairing a database.

▫ Encryption and decryption of a base.

▫ Conversion of a database.

-Recording files in different formats:

▫ Text only.

▫ Enriqued.

▫ Web.

▫ Images.

▫ Sounds.

▫ Videos.

-File protection.

-Creating, using, and assigning automated tasks.

2. Typing. Specific techniques for the assistant to the address.

-Composition of the keyboard.

▫ Shift.

▫ Spellings.

▫ Numeric signs.

▫ Tabulators.

-The fingerprint technique.

▫ Dominant line.

▫ Bottom line.

▫ Top line.

-Configuring the keyboard.

-Transscription of texts. -Formules, jergas, languages and galimatias.

-Postural ergonomics-position of the body, arms, wrists, and hands.

-The dictation. Note-taking.

▫ Voice over and writes.

3. Processing information with word processors.

-The appearance of characters.

▫ The typeface.

▫ The font size.

▫ Incorporation of effects to letters.

-The appearance of a paragraph.

▫ The alignment.

▫ The interline.

▫ Previous and later space.

▫ Sangrias in the text.

▫ Job with tabs.

▫ Work with the rule.

▫ Lists numbered. Style change.

▫ Bullets. Style change.

▫ Word partitioning.

-Document format.

▫ Auto-Format.

▫ AutoCorrect. Review of a document. The spelling and grammar checker. The synonym dictionary. Use of "Count words".

▫ Column formatting: creating columns, changing the number of columns within a document, inserting section changes, creating columns in each section, changing the width of columns with the rule, sections of formats.

-Application of style manuals:

▫ The styles: putting the border to a paragraph, applying a style to a text, the style gallery, creating styles based on other styles, and using self-format in the background.

▫ Layout of a page: notes at the bottom and end of the document, advanced character formats, bookmarks-insertion and use-cross-references, titles, indexes, page numbers, headers, and page creation opposite.

▫ Content tables.

▫ Table of illustrations.

▫ Document Map.

▫ Master Documents.

-Editing texts:

▫ Text search and replacement.

▫ Configuration of headers and footers.

▫ Configuring footnotes in different sections of text.

▫ Inter-textual work procedures.

-Inserting in text editions of:

▫ Tables.

▫ Graphics.

▫ Organization charts.

▫ Labels.

▫ Equations.

▫ Objects and images.

▫ Application and adjustments of image formats or other inserted objects.

▫ Management of hyperlinks.

-Professional documents:

▫ Creating and using templates, and automated tasks. Using a letter wizard, creating a new document based on a template, creating an agenda with the wizard.

▫ Work mode in schema mode: increase and decrease of titles, display of specific parts of the schema, display of levels of specific titles, expansion and contraction of titles, display of the Independent text, moving text blocks, applying schema numbering, creating a table of contents.

▫ Creating a custom report: the report wizard, creating a report (in columns, tabular, or justified), creating a self report, changing the default format of a self report, creating a report postal labels, and print a report.

-Creating forms.

▫ The form wizard.

▫ Creating a form: in columns, tabulation, data sheets, or justified.

▫ Creating forms that includes a sub-form.

▫ Creating a self-form.

▫ Default format change for a self-form.

▫ Opening, closing, changing, storing, removing, and printing a form.

▫ Using filter on forms: filter types, creating advanced filters, saving a filter as a query, editing, and removing a filter, using an existing query as a filter.

-Combining different mapping documents:

▫ Document Combination. Basic techniques.

▫ Creating a data source. Introduction of the data records.

▫ Work with main documents. Insert field name into the main document.

▫ Customizing documents using fields.

▫ Creating labels.

▫ Association of an existing data source.

-Comparison and control of documents.

-Text printing:

▫ Printer configuration.

▫ Inserting page breaks.

▫ Reducing the extent of a document.

▫ Print control.

▫ Text and file printing procedures.

-Inter-operations between applications.

FORMATIVE UNIT 2

Denomination: Organization and operations with spreadsheets and graphical document rendering techniques.

Code: UF0328.

Duration: 40 hours.

Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to the RP5.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Analyze the information contained in spreadsheets by identifying the most appropriate results and presentation, through graphs, using precisely the formulas, functions, or other appropriate tools for reach them.

CE1.1 Identify the different types of data that can be contained in spreadsheets, such as labels, values, formulas, dates, and times.

CE1.2 Identify the different types of functions available, their typology and syntax such as math, predefined, nested, paid, logical, statistical, and arithmetic.

CE1.3 With conveniently characterized assumptions, of numerical and alphabetic information presented in tables:

-Analyze the information stored or contributed by determining the arithmetic, logical or statistical results, which must be obtained for their most understandable presentation.

-Insert the functions or create the required formulas, nesting them in case, within one or more spreadsheets.

-Perform statistical summaries from the documentation provided by using the appropriate formulas or statistical functions.

-Planting different scenarios, looking for the best solutions or objectives for the issues raised, with or without restrictions.

-Present the results by highlighting those that present certain conditions by means of organizational charts, diagrams, and maps.

-Present results in dynamic tables, when appropriate, for the best understanding and synthesis of information, analyzing trends and performing visual comparisons.

CE1.4 Automate the capture of information from another application through the appropriate computer applications.

CE1.5 In the case of properly characterized dynamic tables, provide certain conditions and criteria for the restriction of information processing:

-Get data from queries or external sources, generating the necessary Web queries in your case.

-Create tables to get the most understandable presentation of the information.

-Redefine dynamic tables by recognizing their structure, sorting, and filtering information according to the constraint criteria set.

-Present the results by highlighting those that present certain conditions by means of different types of graphs, using the most appropriate in each moment to enhance the presentation and the information that we intend to mean.

-Apply dynamic tables to consolidate data.

Contents

1. Organization and operations with spreadsheets.

-Workbook and spreadsheet.

▫ I work with multiple sheets in one book. New leaf, sheet offset, erase, and name change.

-Data types: labels, values, formulas, dates, and times.

-Layout of spreadsheets:

▫ Custom data format.

▫ Setting ranges.

-Formulas and functions:

▫ Default math functions.

▫ Introduction of complex predefined functions.

▫ Job of logical functions.

▫ Absolute and relative references.

▫ Conversion between reference types.

-Editing spreadsheets:

▫ Data Introduction.

▫ arithmetic and logical operators.

▫ Nested use of formulas and functions-date and time, math, statistics, search, text, logical, and financial.

▫ Operations with different spreadsheets.

▫ Inmobilization of panels.

▫ Protection of sheets and cells.

-Custom installation of a spreadsheet.

-File management: Recording spreadsheet in different formats-including template and Web.

-Printing spreadsheets:

▫ Printer configuration.

▫ Print control and print procedures for worksheets, formulas, graphs, and files.

-Creating, using, and assigning automated tasks.

2. Graphical representation techniques in documents.

-Graphical representations.

-Making-legibility, representativeness, showiness.

-Graphics.

▫ Elements present in charts -ranges or series of chart, title, legend, axes, split lines, scales, labels, fonts, representation.

▫ Rules for charting.

▫ Configuring and modifying the elements.

▫ Chart types: lines, areas, bars, columns, or histograms, polygons, warheads, rings, radar, surface, scatter, bubble, graph representation, sectors, or cyclogram, motion, pictograms or elements, of Gantt, plannings, flowchart, or Pert, or others from conveniently tabulated data.

▫ Step-by-step creation of a chart. Selecting the chart type. Selecting the data ranges. Adding a new data series to the chart. Chart options. Location of the chart.

▫ Modification of the chart. Type of chart. Source data. Chart options. Location. Add data. Add trend line. 3D view.

▫ Deleted from a chart.

▫ Integration of graphics into documents.

-Organization charts, charts, and maps:

▫ Organigrams. Structure and toolbar Orgigrama. Drawing rules. Work in the organization chart. Size, position and background of the establishment plan. Types of organigams. Organizational styles.

▫ Diagrams: Diagram toolbar, chart types, chart editing, and dialog box, chart styles.

-Tables:

▫ Creating a table device. Its design.

▫ Rows and columns: cells.

▫ Tables and Borders toolbar.

▫ Introduction of data in the table, movement, and selection.

▫ Editing the table. Change of structure, height and width of rows and columns, lines, padding, text.

▫ Table size and position.

▫ Inserting a table.

-Graphical representations integration procedures in documents.

-Graphics printing:

▫ Printer configuration.

▫ Print control and graphics and file printing procedures.

-Inter-operations between applications.

FORMATIVE UNIT 3

Denomination: Elaboration and editing of presentations with computer applications.

Code: UF0329.

Duration: 40 hours.

Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP4 and RP6.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Perform presentations of professional documents-value, communication or decision-, visually and soundly enriched, incorporating images, graphics, videos, sounds or other objects conveniently customized, and in your case animated, through the specific computer applications and multimedia resources.

CE1.1 Identify the main applications of graphic presentations, treatment and animation of images and graphics, identifying their main capabilities.

CE1.2 Precise the various types of charts-histograms, polygons, warheads, representation of graphs, sectors, or others-determining the most appropriate type of information they represent.

CE1.3 Ante appropriately characterized data that are capable of graphical, static or dynamic representation:

-Choose and create the appropriate chart for the required message, accurately defining the string of values to represent.

-Apply graph editing techniques from dynamic tables with correction.

CE1.4 Value from specific documents, reports and presentations, the importance of the relationship between texts and images, or video effects or sound accompanying them.

CE1.5 Analyze the different elements of the image-lines, contours, color, composition, others-identifying their effects, consequences of space and impact on the image of the organizations.

CE1.6 Identify the main visual and sound animation techniques, and the main digital formats that adopt the documents on which these techniques are applied.

CE1.7 In appropriately characterized presentations of presentations on specific topics, providing certain characteristics of the image of a type organization, recipients and duration:

-Locate images, videos, or sounds related to the topics proposed over the Internet, saving them in the appropriate graphic and sound formats.

-Record images, photographs, sound effects, or others, appropriate to the theme to be completed, in the appropriate formats.

-Incorporate images into presentations accurately and, helping to understand text.

-Apply the colors, contrasts, luminosity, contours, and other characteristics to the images according to the characteristics contributed.

-Incorporate sound and visual effects in digital formats suitable for memory minimization, accurately and addressing the purpose of the document or presentation.

-Encourage the appropriate images, taking into account the usefulness of the images and the presentation format, in document or Web page.

-Assign the appropriate time to each item in the presentation according to the duration indicated.

-Save the presentation in the format most appropriate to the indicated recipient type.

-Projecting presentations by ensuring the sharpness and quality of content.

C2: Adapt any image-logo, photograph, drawing, video, other-or audio file to your own documents and established parameters of type organizations.

CE2.1 Distinguished the different ways of treating the colors of a logo or image to correctly incorporate them into documents and presentations with colored backgrounds.

CE2.2 Identify treatment and modification techniques for the size of an image, audio, or video file to minimize the occupied space.

CE2.3 Determine the usual techniques for dynamizing images or logos in order to incorporate it into a presentation or a Web page.

CE2.4 In a convenient case conveniently characterized, for the introduction of images in a text:

-Modify details of an image that you are not interested in.

-Clear or trim parts of the images.

-Add new elements to the images by grouping or ungrouping them.

-Incorporate bottomless logos within another document with its own background.

-Create transparent funds to enter images.

-Create a semi-transparent image and incorporate it as a background in the document or presentation.

-Change the color of an image, making it black and white, or apply a color tone.

CE2.5 In a convenient, convenient case of obtaining images from the Internet, you can retouch them and incorporate them into a document:

-Capture images, logos, or parts of a business Web page.

-Import saved digital images into different formats, saving them in other formats.

-Improve images with very clear or dark areas.

-Modify brightness or luminosity to any image, gaining in transparency and clarity.

-Create animations from images by creating animated files.

C3: Keep up to date Web pages according to the design and planned content, organizing them through the file system and directories, using the appropriate computer applications accurately.

CE3.1 Identify the applications or software for creating and designing sites and Web pages, describing their capabilities.

CE3.2 Determine the principles of organization of the contents of the Web sites through a system of files and directories in an orderly and precise way, using organigraps according to their importance.

CE3.3 Describe the process of publishing a Web site on a server.

CE3.4 In sufficiently characterized assumptions, in which a created Web site is provided, and a document relationship in Web format:

-Set the web page content organization chart.

-Propose and incorporate new documents into the Web site by explaining the location criteria in a row.

-Set the most appropriate links between the pages and the various elements of the Web sites, creating the necessary frameworks in your case.

C4: Maintain security, confidentiality and restriction on access to information and documentation created and stored electronically, respecting the copyright of the contents.

CE4.1 Identify and correct the capabilities of a computer application with which backups will be periodically performed.

CE4.2 Different protection and security measures in different document types.

CE4.3 Valorar and justify the need to periodically apply mechanisms or procedures for safeguarding and protecting information, describing the possible consequences of the lack of implementation in real situations.

CE4.4 Design and apply procedures and systems for security and protection of available information:

-In an installed application.

-From the operating system.

-From the hardware.

CE4.5 Describe the usual procedural errors in accessing and querying information, and prevention measures.

CE4.6 In a convenient convenient scenario, specifying the tasks to be developed and the available computer system:

-Make copies of the information files in each update, using the most efficient means and methods.

-Set file and folder or directory protections.

-Set access attributes.

-Detect failures in security procedures.

-Argument and propose solutions for the correction of detected faults.

CE4.7 Interpret the rules of intellectual property, copyright and data protection in the handling of documentation.

CE4.8 Use the antivirus programs periodically, keeping them updated to ensure the security of the obtained and elaborated documentation.

CE4.9 Rate firewall usage to avoid the inconvenience of leaving open ports on a network connection.

Contents

1. Preparing and editing presentations with computer applications

-Graphic presentation formats:

▫ Slides.

▫ Projection of videos.

▫ Web Pages.

-Creating a presentation.

▫ Using the wizard.

▫ With one of the built-in models.

▫ With a template.

▫ From scratch.

-The views.

▫ Normal.

▫ Schema.

▫ Slide.

▫ Slide Sorter.

▫ Zoom.

-Inserting, erasing, and ordering slides.

-Design and editing presentations:

▫ Effects and animation of elements.

▫ The speed of the transition.

▫ How to hide a slide.

▫ Automatic slide change.

▫ Creating hyperlinks.

▫ Action Buttons.

▫ Slide sequence change.

▫ Text, images, or other objects.

▫ Jobs with design texts (Word Art).

▫ Inserting graphics, objects, and images.

▫ Inserting sounds and movies and recording sounds.

-Recording, closing, and loading a presentation.

-Printing a presentation:

▫ Notes for the speaker.

▫ Documents for participants.

▫ Slides and schemas.

-Portable presentations: creation, installation, and execution.

-File management: Recording presentations in different formats, including Web.

▫ Creating a presentation for the Internet.

-Integration of presentations to the Intranet of the organization.

-Inter-operations between applications.

2. Editing multimedia objects and integration into documents

-Utilities and features of the projection resources.

-Video-projectors.

-Playing video and audio systems.

-Types of supported formats of multimedia objects: Images, video, and audio.

-Image and sound editing programs: Structure and functions.

-Image optimization operations:

▫ Modification.

▫ Removal.

▫ Crop or detail introduction.

▫ Modification of effects-color, lighting, others.

▫ Size modification.

▫ Reducing the memory space.

▫ Creating animations from one or more images or photographs.

-Scanning of images via scanner.

-Basic audio recording.

-Media object integration procedures in documents.

3. Integration of professional documents on the Web

-Creating a Web page.

▫ Creating a page from a document.

▫ Page Layout. Structure.

-Inserting and removing files.

-Inserting a hyperlink.

▫ Creating frames, creating links between pages.

-How the Web page is saved.

-Organization of Web sites:

▫ Web page update procedures.

▫ Basic functions of HTML, Adobe, and graphics editors.

-Data protection procedures.

▫ Security Copies.

-Current legislation and rules on intellectual property, copyright and data protection.

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Training Units

formative Unit 2-UF0328

30

Number of total hours of the training units	N.
	60	60		50
40	30
	40	30

Sequence:

The training units for this module can be programmed independently.

Access criteria for students

They shall be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree governing the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this Annex accompanies.

FORMATIVE MODULE 3

Naming: Managing information and file systems.

Code: MF0987_3.

Professional qualification level: 3.

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC0987_3: Manage the information and file systems on conventional and computer support.

Duration: 120 hours.

FORMATIVE UNIT 1

Naming: File systems and document classification.

Code: UF0347.

Duration: 30 hours.

Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1 and RP3, as regards file management and document classification.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Apply conventional and computer file techniques, using the appropriate classification, coding, and storage systems to the information and documentation that is managed.

CE1.1 Value, among the classification and file management systems, the most appropriate for the different management documents, considering advantages and disadvantages of the new electronic supports for the optimization of the information and documentation.

CE1.2 Identify the characteristics of the different file systems and record information and documentation in the company, for later design.

CE1.3 Set criteria and transfer deadlines among the different files the files necessary to store the information and documentation, in accordance with the requirements established by the company, complying with the legislation in force.

CE1.4 Keep the file manual updated, clearly listing the rules to follow in terms of classification and literacy criteria, application and loan procedures for information, access restrictions and retention or destruction periods, in accordance with the guidelines and procedures established by the organisation.

CE1.5 Organize paper-based management files, classifying documents based on their content, and identifying their frequency of use and the criteria set in the file manual.

CE1.6 Update management files on paper, incorporating new information or documents that optimize their use.

CE1.7 Organize the computer files, using tree structures in a homogeneous and dynamic way, as well as significant names and classification systems suitable for their content.

CE1.8 Generate the file index, using the appropriate computer tool for the case, or the one that stipulates the internal rules.

CE1.9 Modify the files, both conventional and computer, by replacing some contents to have reliable information and documentation, expurgating contents and obtaining the intermediate file.

CE1.10 Remove obsolete files, in terms of content and frequency of use, by destroying them, when appropriate, through the available means, or by transferring them to the historical archive, taking into account what is specified in the manual and the current regulations regarding the quality, use and conservation of the same.

CE1.11 From an appropriately characterized case, in which management documents are provided on paper or computer support (invoices, letters, customer or supplier tokens, means of payment, others):

-Identify the advantages and disadvantages of maintaining a conventional and computer file system.

-Identify the most appropriate encoding and classification systems to the document type.

-Classify and archive documents in an orderly and accurate manner for subsequent localization.

-Set control criteria necessary for efficient operation of the file.

-Establish conventional reception, registration, distribution and archiving procedures based on their nature, level of access or consultation, degree of confidentiality and security.

C2: Analyse procedures for standard documentary management, determining the elements involved, guaranteeing the traceability, validity and uniqueness of the same, using systems of representation of flows, through Documentary management software applications.

CE2.1 Detect the processes of circulation and processing of the documents and form, for each defined management procedure, taking into account the flows of the activities developed in the different units/departments (in parallel, sequential, convergent, or other), as well as the material and personal resources necessary for the complete representation of the same.

CE2.2 Relate the different types of documents and forms from each procedure with those responsible for their management, generating or adapting the matrix of responsibilities.

CE2.3 Adapting or generating the index of the document types and forms of each procedure, according to the standard model, by ensuring the reference and physical and computer file of all documents.

CE2.4 Update and generate if applicable, the representation of the processes with their description and references to the interveners, keeping correspondence with the matrix of responsibilities and collecting the different stages of the management of flows.

CE2.5 Codify documents (meeting minutes, letters, faxes, shipments, changes, requests for information, plans, or others), ensuring that they reflect the type of management and phase in which it is located, ensuring uniqueness, traceability and validity, and following established procedures.

CE2.6 Assign the codification of the interveners in the different management procedures (issuers or receivers), in accordance with their character, responsibility or other defined parameters, introducing or eliminating them from the system, if any, ensuring uniqueness and traceability.

CE2.7 Monitor the functioning of the system with the established periodicity, controlling that the flow of the documents in the different activities that make up the process, corresponds to the procedure established by the organization, establishing the necessary corrective measures.

CE2.8 Identify the actions to be optimized in the documentary management system, proposing the possible improvements in the processes, ensuring the full permanence of its contents and complying with the current regulations regarding data protection.

CE2.9 In a sufficiently characterized scenario, about processes and document management flows, by applying relational databases:

-Describe the documentary management process by identifying the various activities, the associated documents, and the agents involved in their processing.

-Represent the process described by a flowchart.

-Apply a referenced index to the different types of documents and forms proposed.

-Determine the type of document encoding, forms, and intervening in a type process.

-Explain the different phases for information exchange type processes, starting with type flujograms.

Contents

1. The File. Concept and purpose

-File classes.

▫ For its location: centralized, decentralized, or mixed.

▫ For its content: public or private.

▫ By the frequency of its use: active or management, semi-active, or definitive.

▫ By the type of media used: paper and electronic.

-Document record and classification systems.

▫ Alphabetic.

▫ Numeric.

▫ Alfico.

▫ Topic.

▫ Geographic.

▫ Timeline.

▫ Other.

-Maintenance of the physical file.

▫ Material resources.

▫ File infrastructure.

-Maintenance of the computer file.

▫ Methods.

▫ Conservation Units.

-Planning a documentation management file.

▫ Analysis of the structure of the organization and the type of activity, to fix the most appropriate file structure.

▫ Determining content and type of documents to be archived.

▫ Registration and Encoding Systems to be implemented.

▫ Classification of documents and levels of access and restrictions of staff.

▫ Defining the forms of access to the file.

▫ Obsolete Or Historical Documentation Preservation Rules: Destruction, Definitive File ...

▫ Elaboration of the File Manual, in accordance with current regulations, regarding the quality, use and preservation of files.

▫ Communication to employees access procedures.

-The Flows in the representation of procedures and processes.

▫ Concept.

▫ Features, types, symbology, design, and elaboration.

2. Use and optimization of office computing systems.

-Analysis of operating systems.

▫ Evolution, classification, and functions.

-Installing and configuring operating systems and applications.

▫ Drivers, patches, and peripherals.

-Managing the operating system.

▫ Management of processes, memory, files, users, and resources.

-Managing the file system.

▫ Elements, functions, and searches.

-Scan or navigation.

▫ Menu Bar.

▫ Main bar.

▫ Address bar.

▫ Side Panel.

▫ Display panel.

▫ Status Bar.

-Recording, modifying, and exchanging information.

▫ Static and dynamic documents.

▫ Linking and embedding information

-Tools.

▫ Compression and decompression.

▫ Multimedia.

-Procedures for using and sharing resources.

▫ Configuration of work groups.

▫ Communication protocols.

▫ Basic network services.

-Optimizing the systems.

▫ Graphical environment and accessibility.

-Basic diagnostic techniques and troubleshooting.

▫ Incident Catalog.

▫ Replay of incidents and solutions.

-Security, integrity, access, and information protection procedures.

▫ Security copies and alternative mechanisms.

▫ Malicious programs.

-Applicable legal regulations.

▫ Intellectual property.

▫ Organic Data Protection Law.

▫ Trading Code.

3. Implementation and transition of electronic documentation management systems.

-Organization and operation of documentation and file centers.

▫ Determination of the elements involved in a computerized document management system.

-The advantages and disadvantages of computer support, compared to conventional media.

▫ From the security point of view.

▫ From the point of view of the rational use of resources.

▫ From an economic point of view.

-Defining the documentary flow from specific computer applications.

▫ Parallel Flow.

▫ Sequential Flow.

▫ Convergent Flow.

▫ Iterative Flow.

-Design the general classification system for all documentation.

▫ Determination of the periods of validity, taking into account the legal precepts.

▫ Document encoding.

▫ Standardization of sorting and sorting systems: File Manual and Document Classification.

▫ Valuation of documents to be retained on paper, in accordance with legal regulations.

▫ Setting security levels (backup or other media), and access to each document.

▫ Instructions for tracking, storage, storage, file duration, expunge, and document control, in accordance with current regulations.

-Approaches and Quality Systems in documentation management.

▫ UNE-ISO 15489.

▫ EFQM Model of Excellence.

▫ Other Rules.

FORMATIVE UNIT 2

Naming: Using relational databases in the data management and storage system.

Code: UF0348.

Duration: 90 hours.

Competition referent: This training unit corresponds to RP2, RP3, RP4, RP5, RP6, and RP7, in relation to the IT systems and information management databases.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Solve the basic problems and incidents of computer equipment at the user level by achieving an appropriate degree of operation.

CE1.1 Check the operation of the equipment, verifying that it has no use failures, with the periodicity set in the internal rules.

CE1.2 Optimize the resources available, using only the necessary ones, improving efficiency in memory utilization, and getting the best performance from computer and computer applications.

CE1.3 Update versions of computer applications, according to hardware needs, using the appropriate installation and uninstallation procedures, and incorporating programs and applications that agilize the development of the activity of the organisation, if applicable and the information security standards permit.

CE1.4 Resolving the anomalous operation of computer equipment and/or applications, as a user or in accordance with the assigned autonomy, by using, if necessary, internal or external technical officials and verifying the solution of the failure.

CE1.5 Ensure the preservation and optimization of media, using procedures appropriate to their nature.

CE1.6 Ensure the availability of consumables, choosing the appropriate ones, identifying their frequency of use, valuing the possibility of their storage, depending on the existence of location for them, and guaranteeing the availability of them in good time

CE1.7 In a convenient convenient case, on a local area network system that has the basic documentation for the operating system and office management applications already installed:

-Identify by a system exam: The computers, their functions, the operating system, the installed applications, and the shared resources.

-Identify the necessary consumable material and its availability on the market.

C2: Design basic and non-complex relational databases, according to daily management goals, determining the different storage and recovery files of the information along with the most appropriate to the type of information they contain.

CE2.1 Identify the content and purpose of the database, in accordance with the guidelines received and needs of the organization.

CE2.2 Design databases, using flowcharts that identify processes, needs, and relationships efficiently, facilitating their handling.

CE2.3 Organize the structure and nomenclature of the tables, depending on the content of the information to be stored, choosing the relevant information and using representative denominations according to their content.

CE2.4 Relate the tables, through the precise keys, and apply integrity criteria.

CE2.5 Determine the properties of each field, selecting those that facilitate search, query and access restriction and optimize resources with efficiency criteria.

CE2.6 Protect the content of databases, limiting access to authorized users exclusively, with appropriate tools, respecting the file manual and in accordance with current regulations regarding the data protection.

CE2.7 Verify the operation of the database, by querying, searching, and checking the accuracy of the data.

CE2.8 Protect the information contained in the database by periodically backing up.

CE2.9 In the face of an appropriately characterized case, of tasks of daily administrative management:

-Identify the main information management processes that you want to resolve.

-Determine the type of information to be handled by assigning the encoding and the precise properties for proper subsequent processing.

-Group information in tables homogeneously by identifying them conveniently and avoiding the existence of redundant information.

-Relate the information in the different tables by setting the layout of the relationships by way of organizational charts.

-Ensure the reliability and integrity of data management when records are removed or updated by avoiding duplication or unrelated information.

C3: Analyze the utilities of database management computing applications by determining the most appropriate formats for the introduction, retrieval and presentation of information quickly and accurately, and agreement with protocols of type organizations.

CE3.1 Introduce information in database tables, modifying, updating, or removing their content.

CE3.2 Design the queries, following the instructions received, choosing between the different types of action-which allow to delete records, update data or others, automatically-or of selection-which allow to work with the chosen fields and records, regardless of the rest, depending on the outcome.

CE3.3 Perform the queries by selecting the tables that contain the precise information, relating them and choosing the search criteria and/or logical and/or comparison operators, and restrictions, according to the information required or instructions received.

CE3.4 Use forms by creating or modifying existing forms, adapting them to the information that is required at each time, and selecting the tables and queries that contain that information.

CE3.5 Complete forms including separate tables, by joining tables or as subreports.

CE3.6 Determine the fields of the required tables and queries, according to the instructions received, using groupings, ordinations, and/or classifications, and meeting the objective of the query or form.

CE3.7 Check that the results obtained in the searches carried out are in accordance with the needs or instructions received, verifying the data, the objective of the consultation and, if necessary, making the modifications that proceed.

CE3.8 Archive the query and/or form for future uses, choosing a representative name.

CE3.9 From a convenient convenient scenario, in which you need to build a form according to the information to be entered:

-Create the necessary forms for the introduction of data in a custom way or using the automated authoring tools.

-Modify forms by formally enriching them with images, graphics, and other objects.

-Link or embed subforms, conveniently specifying the linked fields, if any.

-Verify the registration of the starting information in the appropriate files through the forms created by checking its proper operation.

C4: Automate simple repetitive operations and access to information in databases by identifying their primary execution instructions and using the available IT tools accurately creating macros.

CE4.1 Choose the tables and queries that contain the information that will be part of the report, according to the instructions received, selecting those contents of the same ones that will be inserted into the report, using models Previously designed normalized, or creating a new one with the precise format.

CE4.2 Design the structure of the report using the controls that are considered most appropriate to the needs of the report, distributing the content, and choosing the presentation style according to the image of the organization.

CE4.3 Choose the fields of the tables and queries, selecting the most relevant, based on the content and result searched in the report.

CE4.4 Group the content of the fields by applying sorting and sorting criteria that facilitate the understanding of the report, or according to the instructions received.

CE4.5 Check the results obtained from the automation, verifying the data and the objective of the report, modifying the initial content, if necessary, altering the size, moving, or modifying the aspect of the controls and improving the quality of the service.

CE4.6 In conveniently characterized, report generation scenarios:

Select the tables and queries that the requested information requires.

-Design the structure of the report, looking for the most appropriate presentation.

-Group the contents of the fields to facilitate their understanding.

-Verify the report results.

C5: Analyze procedures that ensure the integrity, security, availability, and confidentiality of the computer management system.

CE5.1 Group simple and repetitive operations performed in the database (open and close forms, show or hide toolbars, run reports, easily and quickly link database objects created, or others), by representing them through a flowchart, along with their conditioning.

CE5.2 Distinguished database objects (macros, command buttons, others), assigning the same short and meaningful names, facilitating their insertion into forms and reports.

CE5.3 Create macros, based on their design, using the tools in the database, describing the arguments that define the actions efficiently and improving the quality of service.

CE5.4 Insert the macros created in the object of the database, associating with some event of the same (when you click on the object, when you exit the object, or others), verifying its correct operation.

CE5.5 Create the command buttons from the tools of the database itself or through editing other command buttons, facilitating the opening, closing, reading, changes to the forms data, reports, data access page or others.

CE5.6 Apply existing data protection legislation to the processing of personal data.

CE5.7 In sufficiently characterized assumptions, in which macros created and different objects are provided in a type database:

-Assign the different macros to the most appropriate identified controls or objects.

-Determine the appropriate control event for macro execution.

-Check the correct execution of the macro when the event occurs.

-Create user interfaces, managing access to database objects easily, quickly and accurately.

Contents

1. Architecture and basic maintenance of office computing equipment.

-Basic architecture of a computer: evolution, types, elements, and functional schemas.

▫ Hardware or physical media: Central unit of processes, adapters, storage devices, and peripherals.

▫ Software or logical support: from the system, from specific applications, others.

-Using Local Area Networks.

▫ Local Area Network Concept: (Local Area Network).

▫ Network types: ethernet, wireless, ATM, others.

-Installing physical communications components.

▫ Switched, dedicated, or other access lines and associated equipment.

-Preventive maintenance procedures.

▫ Documentation.

▫ Periodicity.

▫ Reposition of fungible elements.

▫ Risk Factors.

▫ Security and Information Integrity.

▫ Documentation for breakdowns.

2. Non-complex relational databases.

-Data storage manager system concept.

▫ Structure.

▫ Dictionary.

▫ Administrator.

▫ Programming languages: definition, manipulation, and control.

-Planning and designing a database manager system.

▫ Information to be incorporated.

▫ Database structure.

▫ Table structure and nomenclature based on content.

▫ Information redundancy control.

▫ System administrator/s determination.

▫ Keys and levels access to users.

▫ Data Restriction: Query levels, updates, report generation.

▫ Security systems and controls: Data loss, modification, or destruction.

3. Finding the information in the databases.

-Structure and types of a database.

▫ Relational.

▫ Documentals.

-Main functions of management computing applications.

▫ Database functions.

▫ Math functions.

▫ Statistics functions.

▫ Search and reference functions.

▫ Text functions.

▫ Logical functions.

▫ Information functions.

-Basic database operations on spreadsheets.

▫ Sorting.

▫ Filtering.

▫ Validations.

▫ Forms.

▫ Reports.

▫ Subtotals.

▫ Dynamic tables and charts reports and reports.

▫ Link to spreadsheets or other types of tables with databases.

-Commands. General concepts.

▫ Handling and formatting commands: sort, filters, forms, subtotals, ...

▫ For data analysis: audit, circular reference, conditional formatting, scenarios, tables, find targets, pivot tables, ...

▫ Utility commands: find, replace, protect, hyperlink, validate, ...

-The charts. General concepts.

▫ Chart types.

▫ Graphics Wizard.

▫ Customization.

▫ Using the secondary axis.

-Database managers systems. Definition.

▫ Types.

▫ Functionality.

▫ Tools.

-Data simplification functionality.

▫ Information presentation formats: reports and forms

4. Advanced data searches.

-Queries. Data query language elements: SQL or others.

-Creating, developing, and customizing advanced forms and reports.

▫ Definition and forms types, creating and modifying a form, autoforms, subforms, and properties window: pop-up or modal.

▫ Report Definition, sections of a report, report creation and modification, self-reports, introduction of calculations and totals, sub-reports, and tag creation.

▫ Introduction of images and graphics.

-Creating and using controls:

▫ Concept and types.

▫ Calculated Controls.

▫ Assignment of actions.

-Display and print processes for files, forms, and reports.

▫ Display modes: Form or Layout.

▫ Printing a form or report: Print Preview, Page Setup, and Print dialog box.

5. Systematization of repetitive actions in databases.

-Creating basic macros.

▫ Concept and macro properties.

▫ Assignment of macros to controls.

▫ Creating a macro with a group of macros.

▫ Modification of macros.

-Generating and exporting HTML or other documents.

▫ Generation of a data access page with AutoPage.

▫ Generating a data access page with a wizard.

▫ Importing and exporting a table from an HTML file.

-Customizing the database manager system user interface.

▫ A basic, advanced, and expert level.

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Unit

Number of total hours of the training units	N. maximum capable hours of training at a distance
Formative Unit 1-UF0347	30	30
Unit 2-UF0348	90	80

Sequence:

The training units in this module can be programmed independently.

Access criteria for students

They shall be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree governing the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this Annex accompanies.

FORMATIVE MODULE 4

Naming: Legal and business documentation management.

Code: MF0988_3.

Professional qualification level: 3.

Associated with the Competition Unit

UC0988_3. Prepare and submit files and legal and business documentation to Organisms and Public Administrations.

Duration: 150 hours.

FORMATIVE UNIT 1

Denomination: Organisational and regulatory framework for public administrations and the European Union.

Code: UF0522.

Duration: 70 hours.

Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP3 and RP4.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Distinguished the organization of public administrations established in the Constitution, as well as the institutions of the European Union, identifying the applicable legal norms and their publication.

CE1.1 Identify the powers set out in the Constitution and describe the function assigned to each of them.

CE1.2 Precise the governing bodies of each of the public authorities, describing their functions in accordance with their specific legislation.

CE1.3 List and classify the main governing bodies of the executive branch of an Autonomous Administration.

CE1.4 Precise the main governing bodies of a local government and its functions.

CE1.5 Describe the basic structure and function of the main institutions of the European Union.

CE1.6 On the basis of current news or news reports, referring to the issues of the organization of the various Public Administrations, or of the European Union:

-Identify the related governing bodies in them, establishing the power and administration to which they belong.

-Describe the functions or competencies involved of the identified organs by putting them in relation to the applicable regulations.

-Describe correctly, if any, the relationships between them, and the rest of the Administrations.

CE1.7 List and describe the sources of law according to the legal order.

CE1.8 Precise the characteristics of the different legal norms, as well as those of the organs that make them, dictate, approve and publish.

CE1.9 Precise different sources or databases of legal documentation on the Internet.

CE1.10 In practical cases sufficiently characterised, and with the use of different sources of legislation and case-law-Official Bulletins, specialized databases on the Internet, others:

-Identify the structure of the Official Bulletins and the Administration responsible for publishing them.

-Identify the appropriate documentary source to the proposed case.

-Distinguished the laws of the rules that develop them by identifying the organs responsible for their approval.

C2: Apply the rules of administrative and litigation procedures, in the filling, drafting and presentation of documents and printed official type of the Public Authorities and Administrations, agreement with the nature of the information to be expressed.

CE2.1 Explain the concept of administrative act.

CE2.2 Describe the different phases of the common administrative procedure in accordance with applicable regulations.

CE2.3 Explain the sense of the administrative silence and the enforcement that the administration has to answer.

CE2.4 List the characteristics, legal requirements and format of the most common official documents generated in each of the phases of the administrative procedure and resources before the administrative-administrative procedure:

-Instance.

-Office.

-Certificates.

-Claims.

-Ordinary and extraordinary administrative resources: Alzada, replenishment, and review.

-Administrative-litigation resources.

CE2.5 In practical cases conveniently characterized, requesting, communicating or written to the administration:

-Search the Internet for proposed communications models by identifying their characteristics.

-Identify the documentation to be used, the consequences of the administration's lack of response-administrative silence, application for a certificate of alleged acts-, interposition organ, application deadlines, or other relevant aspects.

-Meet the printed, model or documentation accurately according to the data and information available, and the legal requirements set forth.

CE2.6 In a duly characterized case, describe the rights of corporations and citizens in relation to the filing of documents with the Administration:

-Right to obtain sealed copy of the original delivered, as proof of its presentation.

-Right to obtain proof of the date of filing of a particular document.

-Right to the return of original documents, except where these are necessary in the course of a particular administrative procedure and to make certified copies, where the necessary is not strictly necessary delivery of the original.

-Right of access to public records.

CE2.7 Describe the characteristics of the electronic signature, state and European Union regulations, and their legal effects, as well as the process for obtaining them.

Contents

1. The organization of public administrations.

-The Spanish Constitution: structure and contents.

-Division of powers:

▫ Executive Power.

▫ Legislative power.

▫ Judiciary.

-State Administration:

▫ Government: composition, organization, and functions.

▫ The General Administration of the State: Central, territorial and collegiate bodies. Public bodies.

-The Autonomic Administration:

▫ Autonomous Communities competencies.

▫ Autonomic Organization.

▫ Relations of the Autonomous Communities with the State.

-Local Administration:

▫ Local entity classes.

▫ Local Administration Regulation.

▫ Local entity competencies.

-Right sources:

▫ The law.

▫ The custom.

▫ The general principles of law.

-Identification of legal norms and organs of elaboration, approval and publication.

-The Official State Bulletin and the Autonomous Bolletins.

-Legal documentation databases on the Internet.

2. Organisational and regulatory framework for the European Union.

-The European Union:

▫ Principles.

▫ Community Integration Process. Spain in the EU.

-Community institutions and bodies:

▫ European Parliament.

▫ Council of the European Union.

▫ European Commission.

▫ Court of Justice of the European Communities.

▫ European Court of Auditors.

▫ European Ombudsman.

▫ European Data Protection Supervisor.

-Community legal order:

▫ Source Law: Features. Reviews. Reforms.

▫ Institutional Law (Derivative): Regulation. Directive. Decision. Opinion. Recommendation.

▫ Other rule-forming procedures.

▫ Direct Applicability. Primacy of Community law.

-Official Journal of the European Union.

3. Action before the Public Administrations.

-The administrative act:

▫ Concept.

▫ Form.

▫ Elements.

▫ Classes.

▫ Null administrative acts and nullable administrative acts.

▫ Administrative privileges: Presumption of validity, not suspension, enforced execution.

▫ The communication of the administrative act.

-Administrative procedure:

▫ Features.

▫ Stages: Initiation, Sorting, Instruction, and Termination.

▫ The response from the Administration. The administrative silence.

-The administrative resource:

▫ Citizens ' Rights in Front of Public Administrations.

▫ Concept and basic issues of resources.

▫ Resource classes.

▫ Requirements for the presentation of an administrative resource.

▫ Writes.

-The administrative litigation process:

▫ Acts that end the administrative path.

▫ Concept and timeframes.

▫ Writes.

▫ Bodies that integrate the administrative-administrative jurisdiction.

-Documents of the stages of the administrative procedure and resources:

▫ Types.

▫ Features.

▫ Legal requirements.

▫ Format.

▫ Model search.

▫ Fulfillment.

-Electronic signature:

▫ Get process.

▫ Features.

▫ Regulations.

FORMATIVE UNIT 2

Denomination: Managing the company's constitution and hiring documentation.

Code: UF0523.

Duration: 80 hours.

Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP2, RP5, and RP6.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1 Analyse the legal documents necessary for the constitution and legal functioning of the various organizations, taking into account the civil and commercial regulations in force.

CE1.1 Identify the differences and similarities between the different legal forms of enterprise: individual business and company-Limited Company, Limited Company, Cooperative Society, Labor Society, or others.

CE1.2 Describe the process of establishing a merchant company by indicating the applicable business rules and the legal documents that are generated.

CE1.3 Define the characteristics, structure, language and style of writing of the minutes of the society, respecting the rules that govern its elaboration:

-Meeting Acts.

-Board of Directors Minutes.

-Shareholders ' Meeting Acts.

CE1.4 Precise the functions of the notaries, and the structure and characteristics of the usual notarial documents in the field of business.

CE1.5 In a duly characterized practical case, in which different scriptures are provided concerning the societarian life-writing of constitution, appointment of posts, enlargement or decrease of capital, change of object social or registered office, and others:

-To distinguish the characteristics and the most significant aspects related to the documents provided: Requirements, object of writing, social statutes-denomination, social object, domicile, administrators, and others-, notary protocol, registration in the corresponding register, type of copy-authorized, second copy, and others.

-Analyze the models of contributed writes by identifying the existing errors and, if applicable, correcting them in accordance with applicable mercantile legislation.

-Develop corresponding writes from the contributed data by modifying the contributed writing models.

-To analyze the importance of the performance of the notaries in the public elevation of the documents, estimating the consequences of not performing the necessary procedures.

CE1.6 Identify the economic elements of the activity of a particular type organization and the requirements to meet:

-Economic concept of enterprise and heritage.

-Accounting concept.

CE1.7 Explain the characteristics and general operation of the double-split accounting method.

CE1.8 Describe the relevant processes and aspects of the material accounting required of the different types of organizations-individual entrepreneur and societies:

-Formulating and presenting annual accounts.

-Verification or audit reporting obligation.

-Repository of accounts via conventional or telematics in the corresponding record.

CE1.9 Define the formal characteristics and requirements of the books of the society-books records, inventories, journal, others.

C2: To distinguish public procurement processes and procedures by interpreting the legal regulations applicable to procedures for the preparation and presentation of type documentation.

CE2.1 Identify sources of information and publicity about public competitions.

CE2.2 Distinguished the characteristics of different types of administrative contracts.

CE2.3 Interpreting legislation related to public contract award processes: Contests.

CE2.4 In a duly characterized case, describe the coordination and planning tasks necessary for the submission of proposals to a given public tender:

-Time: Start, development, review, and delivery dates of the contract.

-Human resources required for the preparation of the specification.

-Documents annexed to be submitted: -scriptures, bank documents, photocopies of documents TC1 and TC2 of settlement of quotas to the Social Security relative to the staff that the company itself has destined in each of the centres and services covered by the competition, certificates relating to the current payment of the payments in respect of the tax and social security obligations and any other documentation deemed necessary.

-Guarantees and resguardos according to the type of contract to be awarded.

-Requirements to be met for budget, price, and revision.

CE2.5 In a properly characterized case:

-Describe the mode of physical presentation of the documentation required by the specifications of a particular contest.

-Describe the number of envelopes to present, their characteristics and contents.

-Specify the presentation procedure to the Registry.

C3: Meet the most common private procurement models in the business field, identifying and applying the current civil and commercial regulations.

CE3.1 Identify the different hiring modalities and their characteristics: Sales, insurance, services, leasing, factoring and others.

CE3.2 Identify rules related to different types of contracts in the business scope.

CE3.3 In a properly characterized, practical case of preparing the procurement documentation, check that they are present:

-Legitimation of the contracting parties.

-The obligations of the parties.

-The period of validity of the contract in question, the date of delivery of the product covered by the contract or the execution of the work, where applicable or the provision of the service.

-The parties ' responsibilities for the performance of the contract and any damages that may arise.

-Contract resolution compliance and causes.

-The warranty period, depending on the nature of the service.

-The requirements necessary for the payment of the contract price and the documents to be submitted.

CE3.4 In convenient case studies, in which standard contract and type information models are provided and specific procurement clauses are provided:

-Identify the convenient contract model to the related information type.

-Apply the relevant civil or commercial rules by reasoning why certain rules apply and other rules are discriminated against.

-Fulfill contracts models accurately.

CE3.5 In a convenient case conveniently characterized, in preparation of an insurance contract:

-Identify the various intervening parties in the insurance contract.

-Get an insurance model from different insurers by specifying each of the parts it contains.

-Meet the insurance contract by detailing the specific clause that is provided.

Contents

1. Legal documentation of the company's constitution and ordinary functioning.

-The company as a legal and economic entity.

-The business plan.

-Types of companies according to their legal form: Features. Formalities for the constitution. Legal documents needed for the constitution and operation. Taxation. Advantages and disadvantages. Applicable legislation:

▫ Individual business enterprise.

▫ Community of Goods.

▫ Comandaria Society.

▫ Collective Society.

▫ Cooperative Society.

▫ Limited Society.

▫ Anonymous Society.

▫ Job Society.

-Elaboration and analysis of the documents of constitution and functioning of the various corporate legal forms.

-Elevation to public of constitution and business management documents.

-Accounting Obligations:

▫ New Accounting General Plan.

▫ Accounting principles.

▫ Accounting Books. Record books.

▫ Audit of accounts.

-Tax Obligations.

-Labor Obligations.

-Public record:

▫ Civil. Mercantile. Others.

▫ Registration Obligations.

▫ Access.

▫ Data protection.

2. Contracting the Company with Organizations and Public Administrations.

-Legislation applicable to public procurement processes.

-Contract parties.

-General procurement procedure:

▫ General requirements.

▫ Advertising requirements.

-Technical specifications. Specification of administrative clauses. Certificate of existence of credit. Audit of expenditure.

-File handling modes:

▫ Ordinary.

▫ Urgent.

▫ Emergency.

-Award:

▫ Concept, forms, and application rules in the adjudication process.

▫ Notification and publication of the award.

-Formalization of the contract.

-Sources of information and publicity for public competitions.

3. Private hiring of the Company.

-Private hiring process.

-Applicable civil and commercial rules.

-Contract Types: Sales. Franchise. Commercial intermediation (Agency. Commission. Mediation). Leasing and Renting. Factoring and Confirming.Transportation. Secure.

▫ Analysis of the contracting parties: legitimization, obligations.

▫ Content: Fundamental Clauses.

▫ Contract resolution compliance and causes.

▫ Applicable Regulations.

▫ Contract Models.

-Searching for contract models.

-Fulfilling contract models through computer applications.

-File the information and documentation for each contract.

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Unit

formative Unit 2-UF0523

Number of total hours of the training units	N. maximum capable distance training
Formative Unit 1-UF0522	70	60
80	70

Sequence:

The training units for this module can be programmed independently.

Access criteria for students

They shall be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree governing the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this Annex accompanies.

TRAINING MODULE 5

Denomination: Auxiliary management of personnel.

Code: MF0980_2.

Professional qualification level: 2.

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC0980_2 Perform Human Resources administrative support activities.

Duration: 90 hours.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Organize information regarding the processes of recruitment, selection, internal communication, training, development and compensation and benefits, using the IT tools provided.

CE1.1 Identify the usual techniques of recruitment and selection of personnel using conventional or telematic channels and maintaining due confidentiality.

CE1.2 Recognize the closest or most important training entities by contacting them preferably through their websites.

CE1.3 Classify the main sources of training grants based on their size and requirements.

CE1.4 Explain the data protection rules in place for the maintenance of documentation and databases.

CE1.5 Explain the basic standards of occupational risk prevention and environmental protection by applying them to your job.

CE1.6 In one or more practical simulations, properly characterized:

-Update personnel management databases while maintaining due confidentiality and making effective and full protection of files.

-Query the databases by applying the filters that are indicated.

-Develop individual listings and reports by applying environmental and health protection standards.

-Organize listings of training and recycling activities based on subsidized programs.

-Citate risk corrective measures in your job.

C2: Prepare documentation, materials and other necessary elements in the selection, training and development of human resources, based on quality criteria and standards.

CE2.1 To differentiate the basic aspects of a management system based on quality standards.

CE2.2 Explain the staff training procedure according to quality standards.

CE2.3 In a practical scenario in which information is proposed, it is conveniently characterized:

-Prepare manuals, listings, schedules, control sheets and other materials for a training activity by applying quality criteria.

-Identify required resources, as well as time and time, to perform a selection process

-Differentiate the different interview types and elaborate the communications derived from them.

C3: Develop the documentation derived from the hiring process, completion, and other variations of the labor situation using the most common computer media.

CE3.1 Distinguished the usual high and social security membership procedures, using the computer system facilitated by Social Security.

CE3.2 Recognize all phases of the hiring process.

CE3.3 Defend the most common types of contract by obtaining and completing them by means of computer applications.

CE3.4 Communicate the selected procurement mode to the Competent Administration.

CE3.5 Explain the causes and procedures for modification, suspension and termination of the contract, based on the regulations.

CE3.6 Identify the basic elements that make up a finite.

CE3.7 In one or more practical simulations, properly characterized:

-Get or download from the official public administration page the specified and the high and affiliate contract models.

-Meet print and model using computer tools.

-Modify certain clauses or data from an existing previous contract.

-Calculate the final amount of a finite given some specific data.

-Citate the required deadlines and documents for the realization of the assumptions.

-Rate the importance of making models and documentation with thoroughness, good presentation and details as well as the consequences of not contemplating it.

C4: Obtain the necessary documentation for the payment of the remuneration to the staff, the contribution to the Social Security and the deductions to the account of the IRPF, demonstrating rigorousness and contemplating the regulations corresponding.

CE4.1 Identify the basic payment and contribution process.

CE4.2 Defend the most common types of pay and basic salary structure.

CE4.3 Distinguished the most common situations that can modify the quotation bases and the amounts-diets, excesses of the SMI, holds of the IRPF, others.

CE4.4 Precise the models and deadlines stipulated by the collective agreement, the taxpayer's calendar and the social security contribution rules concerning working conditions, payment periods and formulas of deferment.

CE4.5 In one or more practical simulations, properly characterized:

-Get and update the tables, scales and references needed concerning working conditions-collective agreement-to social security contributions-bases and rates-and to the deductions of the IRPF-tables and formulas calculation.

-Identify what workers ' data has an impact on the calculation of their remuneration and/or contribution.

-Draw up payment order listings to refer to financial institutions or, where applicable, referral files via electronic.

-Create the electronic system files to be submitted to Social Security.

-Print the remuneration justifications that must be made to the employees.

-Develop the sequence of IRPF tax forms.

-Rate the consequences of not meeting the payment and delivery times of the documentation.

-Apply environmental and health protection standards in document procurement and print-making.

C5: Elaborate the documentation for the control of the incidents related to the development of the employees ' work activity by observing the current legislation and the established internal communication rules

CE5.1 Identify the basic aspects of labor relations with regard to internal communications.

CE5.2 To differentiate the most relevant aspects of the working conditions contained in the Constitution, in the Workers ' Statute, in the collective agreement and in the contract.

CE5.3 Explain the basic environmental protection standards related to the incident control documentation, applying, at your level, 3R techniques-Reduce, Reuse, Recycle.

CE5.4 In one or more practical simulations, properly characterized:

-Meet data collection forms on presence control, temporary disability, permissions, vacations, and the like.

-Perform basic calculations and statistics derived from the above data, using a spreadsheet and graphic formats.

-Develop basic reports that summarize presence and graphic control data, using text processing and presentation applications.

-Rate the consequences of not following a presence control for the sake of company efficiency.

C6: Use human resource management applications, related to in-person control, contract processing, salary and quotes, as well as tracking employee training.

CE6.1 Identify the structure of the computer program, at least in the areas of: Master tables, monthly processes, and processes of duration higher than month.

CE6.2 Apply, at your level, the data protection rules in place in the use of the computing application.

CE6.3 In one or more practical simulations, properly characterized:

-Introduce tables, scales, and updated references into computer applications.

-Define the contract and/or collective agreement data in the wage management application.

-Introduce the most common incidents with the established periodicity.

-Get payroll and quote documents, as well as control listings.

-Create electronic referral files for both financial institutions and public administration.

-Update employee tables with the results of training activities.

-Perform backups that ensure proper safeguarding of data in its integrity.

-Rate the consequences of a lack of organization prior to the introduction and update of the data.

Contents

1. Labour standards and the organisation of industrial relations in the company.

-Constitutional Labor Rules.

-The Staff Regulations:

▫ Rights and Duties.

▫ Of collective representation.

-General Social Security Law:

▫ Application field.

▫ Rights and duties of obligated subjects.

-Collective Conventions:

▫ Scope: territorial, functional, personal, and temporal.

▫ Convention negotiation.

▫ Content.

▫ Vigency.

2. The job contract.

-Requirements.

-Contract Parties: Worker. Entrepreneur.

-Contract form.

-Validity.

-Duration:

-Contract modes:

▫ Common or ordinary work contract.

▫ A given duration contract.

▫ Training Contracts.

▫ Part-time, fij-discontinuous character contracts.

▫ Other modes of the work contract.

-Obtaining contract models on the official pages of the administration.

-Fulfilling contract models with computer media.

-Communication of the modalities of employment contracts.

-The workday:

▫ Maximum day.

▫ Special days.

▫ Worktime.

▫ Extraordinary hours.

▫ Weekly break and work parties.

▫ Annual holidays. Other outages.

-Contract modification:

▫ Causes.

▫ Classes.

▫ Geographic Mobility.

▫ Ascensuses.

-Contract contract suspension:

▫ Causes.

▫ Excess: Forced, voluntary, by family care.

-Contract Extinction::

▫ By force majeure.

▫ By the worker's will.

▫ By the will of the entrepreneur.

▫ Other causes.

-Target firing:

▫ Causes.

▫ Formal and procedural requirements.

-Collective Redundancy:

▫ Procedure.

-Disciplinary dismissal:

▫ Causes.

▫ Procedures.

-The end:

▫ Content and form.

▫ Calculation of the final amount.

3. Pay remuneration and social security action.

-Pay structure:

▫ Base Salary.

▫ Wage supplements.

▫ Extraordinary pages.

▫ Other.

-Salary receipt structure:

▫ Devengos.

▫ Deductions.

▫ IRPF retention.

-Interprofessional minimum wage.

-Payment of salary: time, place and form.

-Wage guarantees.

-Social Security Regulations.

-Enterprise Enrollment in Social Security.

▫ Formalization.

▫ Quote Account.

-Affiliate. Highs. Casualties:

▫ Formalization.

▫ Place.

▫ Deadline.

▫ Effects.

-Obligation to list Social Security.

-Period of formalization, settlement, and payment.

-The employer's responsibility for Social Security.

-Electronic data communication system. Authorisation. Operation. Quote.

-Infractions.

-Sanctions.

-Calculation of remuneration and quotation using computer media.

-Updating workers ' tables, scales, and data references.

-Creating files for electronic referral to Social Security and financial institutions.

4. Human Resource Management.

-Staff selection:

▫ Process phases.

▫ More used techniques.

▫ Documents supporting the selection process.

▫ Result.

-Human Resource Training:

▫ Training types: income, perfecting, development, complementary.

▫ Training project: needs, strategy creation, search for training entities and grant sources, documents.

▫ Incorporation and data update of the training process.

-Staff control:

▫ Basic documents: listings, schedules, control sheets.

-Computer applications for Human Resources management:

▫ Type and features.

▫ Data Load: Introduction and Update.

-Fundamentals and basic principles of a total quality model.

-Data protection rules.

-Job Risk Prevention:

▫ Responsible Security Agencies.

▫ Professional risk identification and assessment process.

▫ Damage.

-Basic standards for environmental protection in the workplace.

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Module	Number of total hours of the module	Maximum hours Distance-
Formative Module-MF0980_2	90	70

Access criteria for students

They shall be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree governing the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this Annex accompanies.

FORMATIVE MODULE 6

Denomination: Operational Management of Treasury.

Code: MF0979_2.

Professional qualification level: 2.

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC0979_2 Perform treasury management efforts.

Duration: 90 hours.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Identify the business and tax regulations governing financial instruments and payment and payment documents, as well as entities related to their issuance.

CE1.1 Distinguished organizations, entities, and companies linked to the issuance of the charging and payment documents.

CE1.2 Describe the characteristics and purpose of basic financial products and services to businesses.

CE1.3 Describe the purpose and content of the various collection and payment documents-letter of exchange, check, pay, receipt and transfer and of their telematic equivalents.

CE1.4 Identify the basic aspects of the business rules that allow the fulfillment of the payment and payment documents.

CE1.5 Identify aspects concerning the date of issuance and expiration of commercial and tax documents related to collection and payment transactions.

CE1.6 Identify the self-settlement documents of the tributes that come, describing the content of the taxes.

CE1.7 In a scenario where commercial and tax payment documents are provided, duly characterized:

-Identify the document.

-Precise the regulations that regulate it.

-Explain the tax or merchant operation that generates it.

-Explain the contents of each of the sections that make up the same.

C2: Confect charging and payment documents by applying commercial and tax regulations, using conventional and telematic means, registering the same in the corresponding books.

CE2.1 Identify the different basic payment means-check, pay, change letter, home receipt, transfer and their telematic equivalents-as well as their main features.

CE2.2 Describe the characteristics of the record books of the means of payment.

CE2.3 Identify the functions of financial management computing applications on line.

CE2.4 In a practical scenario in which information is provided, duly characterized by a series of economic transactions that give rise to payments to companies and to Public Administrations:

-Establish in each case the possibilities of conventional presentation and/or telematics of the payment.

-Identify the tax or commercial document, conventional and/or telematics, to be completed.

-Meet each document in a conventional or telematic manner in accordance with the legal regulations governing it.

-Perform annotations for movements in conventional and computer format.

C3: Apply the methods and functions of the treasury control by detecting the deviations produced and identifying the consequences of their non-application.

CE3.1 Precise the basic methods of treasury control.

CE3.2 Describe the purpose and procedure of the box tonnage.

CE3.3 In a real situation, with documentation properly characterized:

-Reconsider existing cash.

-Classify the various credit and debit documents found in the tonnage according to their nature and purpose.

-Anote in the box book the documents found in the tonnage according to the guidelines received.

-Coding the result of the tonnage with the records in the box book and documenting the differences found by proposing possible solutions.

-The detected failures are communicated to the manager set in the procedure manual.

CE3.4 Describe the purpose and procedure of the bank reconciliation.

CE3.5 In a real situation, with documentation properly characterized:

-Coding the bank statement annotations with the bank book records and supporting documentation.

-Perform the corresponding arithmetic checks through the precise calculations.

-Document the differences and anomalies found between the contents of the bank statements, the bank book records, and the supporting documentation.

-Explain the importance of segregation of functions in the banking reconciliation procedure.

-Identify the existing problems and implications of the lack of application of the banking reconciliation.

CE3.6 Explain the importance of integrity, responsibility and confidentiality in the management and control of the treasury, as well as the negative consequences of actions contrary to these principles from practical cases or actual.

C4: Perform calculations for treasury management using conventional and computer-based media.

CE4.1 Precise the concept of simple and composite interest and its use in treasury management operations.

CE4.2 In a scenario, where information is provided that is characterized by certain types of operations:

-Determine for each operation the simple or compound capitalization law that should be used in the calculation of the interest according to the nature and duration of the interest.

-Calculate the interests produced in each of the transactions in accordance with the relevant financial law.

CE4.3 Precise the concept of effects discount and its use in treasury management.

CE4.4 In a real situation, where documentation and information is provided properly characterized by the discount of a table of effects:

-Calculate the discount for the operation.

-Calculate bank fees according to the information provided.

-Confect the banking documentation for the effect remittance.

CE4.5 Precise current account and credit account concepts and their employment in treasury management.

CE4.6 In a real situation, where documentation and information is provided properly characterized by the movements of a current account and another credit:

-Meet current account movements in established documents.

-Liquidate the current account by the procedures set forth in the statement.

-Meet credit account movements in established documents.

-Liquidate the interest of the credit account.

C5: Identify the means and time limits for the submission of the collection or payment documentation to different public or private recipients, in accordance with the current regulations.

CE5.1 Identify public and private bodies to which the payment or payment documents are to be filed.

CE5.2 Describe the registration process to public bodies.

CE5.3 Describe the process of downloading from the web pages of public payment print agencies to public administrations.

CE5.4 Identify payment and collection mechanisms in financial institutions.

CE5.5 In appropriately characterized assumptions, in which data is provided for the settlement of taxes or other payment obligations to public bodies, or financial institutions:

-Describe public or private bodies, and the process of filing the payment or payment documents to the recipient within the legal or agreed time limit.

Contents

1. Business and tax rules governing financial instruments.

-Financial brokers and Economic agents.

▫ Definition and role.

▫ Classification according to the guidelines of the C.E.E.

▫ Banco de España.

▫ Private Banking.

▫ Savings Boxes.

▫ Insurance Companies.

▫ Pension funds.

▫ Social Security.

▫ Societies and Investment Funds.

▫ Mortgage Banks.

-The characteristics and purpose of the financial instruments at the company's service.

▫ Current account credits.

▫ Loans.

▫ Banking Discount.

▫ Commercial Discount.

▫ Leasing.

▫ Renting.

▫ Factoring.

-The Change and Cheat Law.

▫ Formal requirements.

▫ Nominee checks "to order".

▫ Nominee "no to order".

▫ Checks To Bearer.

▫ Issue and expiration date.

▫ Conformation, crossover, and transmission.

▫ Knowledge of your executive power and your taxation.

-The Change Letter.

▫ Formal requirements; form defects.

▫ Library.

▫ Issue and expiration date.

▫ Clauses.

▫ Acceptance, endorsement, transmission (endorsement, and cession).

▫ Taxation of the change letter.

-The Pagare.

▫ Pager definition.

▫ Recognize its features.

▫ Issue and expiration date.

▫ Differences and Analogies with the change letter.

▫ Taxation of the pagare.

-Other means of collection and payment. Features and purpose.

▫ The home receipt.

▫ Bank Transfer.

▫ Electronic Remittance.

-Identification of taxes and taxes.

▫ Identification of VAT declarations.

▫ Identification of IRPF declarations.

2. Preparation and use of collection and payment documents in treasury management.

-Payment and payment documents in conventional or telematic form.

▫ Receipts on line.

▫ Preparing transfers on line for later signing.

▫ Check-making.

▫ Garment of Pages.

▫ Making of effects remittance.

-Identifying basic financial operations in charge and payment management.

▫ Factoring operations.

▫ Confirming clients.

▫ Effects Management.

-Fulfillment of record books.

▫ Checks.

▫ Of endorsements.

▫ Transfers.

-Credit and debit cards.

▫ Identification of movements in cards.

▫ Card Movements

▫ Reconciliation of moves with bank settlement.

-Cash management through online banking.

▫ Query of extracts.

-Obtaining and completing official documents over the Internet.

3. Basic methods of cash flow control.

-The treasury budget.

▫ Budget Finality.

▫ Features of a quote.

▫ Making a simple budget.

▫ Budget Approval.

-The box book.

▫ The box tonnage.

▫ Purpose.

▫ Procedure.

▫ A movement of movements in the Box book.

▫ Cuadre with accounting.

▫ Identification of differences.

-The Book of Banks.

▫ Purpose.

▫ Procedure.

▫ Punching of bank moves.

▫ Accounting accounts.

▫ Reconciliation in Bank Books.

4. Financial and commercial calculation operations.

-Use of simple interest in basic treasury operations.

▫ Simple Capitalization Act.

▫ Simple interest calculation.

-Application of compound interest in basic treasury operations.

▫ Composite Capitalization Act.

▫ Composite interest calculation.

-Simple discount.

▫ Commercial Discount Calculation.

▫ Rational Discount Calculation.

-Current accounts.

▫ Concept.

▫ Movements

▫ Settlement procedure.

▫ Interest calculation.

-Credit accounts.

▫ Concept.

▫ Movements.

▫ Settlement procedure.

▫ Interest calculation.

-Calculation of bank fees.

5. Media and Presentation Plashes of the documentation.

-To present documentation on collections and payments.

▫ Telematics.

▫ Presential.

-Bodies to be presented with documentation.

▫ Tax Agency.

▫ Social Security.

-Presentation of documentation over the Internet.

▫ User certificate.

▫ Plazos for the presentation of the payment.

▫ Log over the Internet.

▫ Search for information about filing deadlines on the Finance and Social Security web pages.

-Download help programs for the fulfillment of payment documents.

-Using payment mechanisms in financial institutions over the Internet.

-Using the Banking on line.

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Module	Number of total hours of the module	Maximum hours Distance-
Formative Module-MF0979_2	90	70

Access criteria for students

They shall be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree governing the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this Annex accompanies.

NON-WORKING PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE MODULE FOR DOCUMENTARY AND MANAGEMENT ASSISTANCE IN OFFICES AND OFFICES

Code: MP0113.

Duration: 80 hours.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Collaborate in management of address communications.

CE1.1 Analyze the formal and informal communication processes in organizations, characterizing the usual needs of information demanded, and the most appropriate responses to them.

CE1.2 Integrate with skills, oral communication techniques in face-to-face situations of the professional environment, adapting the message to the situation and the interlocutor precisely and unequivocally, solving the problems produced.

CE1.3 Apply the most common calls and response techniques of the specific professional field, in the telephone and telematic communication processes, identifying their difficulties and treatment.

CE1.4 Demonstrate interest in the broad knowledge of the organization and its processes.

C2: Participate in the development of professional documentation and presentations in different formats.

CE2.1 Analyze the different sources of internal and external information in organizations, depending on their availability, ease and access utilities, and the type of information required in the usual documents of the scope specific professional.

CE2.2 Incorporate information and objects obtained and recorded to valuative, communication or decision documents, in an organized manner, with correction and absence of inaccuracies, through the specific computer application and, according to the layout and format established in the organization.

CE2.3 Participate in the performance of presentations of professional documents-value, communication or decision-, visually and soundly enriched, incorporating images, graphics, videos, sounds or other objects conveniently customized, and in your case animated, through the specific computer applications and multimedia resources.

CE2.4 Maintain security, confidentiality and restriction on access to information and documentation created and stored electronically, respecting the copyright of the contents.

CE2.5 Maintain the work area with the appropriate degree of order and cleanliness.

C3: Apply to the information received by the company, the techniques of classification, coding, recording, distribution and storage of the information received or generated, taking into account the instructions received, applying the current regulations regarding the quality and use of the files.

CE3.1 Classify the types of documents received, based on their content.

CE3.2 Code the information received or generated, depending on the type of document in question.

CE3.3 Register the information received, following the instructions given by the company, using the means assigned by the company for this purpose, whether conventional or computer, so that its location is assured immediate at any later time.

CE3.4 Distribute information to the persons responsible for their management, ensuring receipt within the time and form established by the company.

CE3.5 Back up (backup or other means), taking into account the instructions or procedures established by the organization, in terms of the forms of performance and periodicity of the organization, with the purpose of restore the information in case of fortuitous loss of the information.

C4: Collaborate on the preparation and presentation of files and legal and business documentation to Organisms and Public Administrations.

CE4.1 Distinguished features and specific documentation of the legal form of incorporation and operation of the company.

CE4.2 Prepare the documentation for a contract, seeking a model, checking the legitimacy of the contracting parties, their obligations, the term of the contract, the causes of resolution, and the content.

CE4.3 To convey information clearly, in an orderly, structured and accurate way.

CE4.5 Value the fundamental rights of corporations and citizens to the administration.

CE4.4 Maintain security and confidentiality in access to information and documentation.

C5: Perform administrative support activities for Human Resources:

CE5.1 Search and fill in the forms and models of work contracts, adapting these models to the specific case of the company and participate in the communication of the same to the competent administration.

CE5.2 Update the tables, scales, and data needed to calculate Social Security contributions and IRPF holds.

CE5.3 Check the files to be submitted by the company to the Administrations and financial institutions through the electronic referral system by participating in their communication.

C6: Participate in the company's work processes, following the rules and instructions set out in the job center.

CE6.1 Behave responsibly in both human relationships and the jobs to be performed.

CE6.2 Respect the procedures and rules of the work center.

CE6.3 Diligently undertake tasks according to the instructions received, trying to bring them into line with the company's work rate.

CE6.4 Integrate into the production processes of the job center.

CE6.5 Use the established communication channels.

CE6.6 To respect at all times the measures of risk prevention, occupational health and environmental protection.

Contents

1. Communication in the company.

-verbal communication, applying courtesy techniques and adapting non-verbal language with appropriate responses, attitudes and social skills.

-Phone call attention.

-Receiving and attention to external and internal organization clients.

2. Using IT to search for information, develop documents and presentations in the company.

-Search for information, -Internet, files, press-and incorporate it in an organized way through computer applications.

-Making presentations and professional documents incorporating images, graphics, videos and sounds.

-Maintaining security, confidentiality, and restricting access to the documentation

3. Classification, coding, recording, distribution and document security techniques.

-Using computing to search for information, build documents and presentations in the enterprise.

-Classification, coding, and recording and distribution operations of information.

-Systematization of relevant information safeguarding processes.

-Rating criteria for information to be sent to historical or definitive files

-Destruction of obsolete documents, taking into account current regulations.

4. Preparation and presentation of legal and business documents to Organisms and Public Administrations.

-The company's constitutive form: documentation and features.

-Private Contract Models: Search and Fulfillment by following the instructions received and the current regulations.

-Fundamental Rights to Public Administrations.

5. Administrative support activities for Human Resources.

-Searching and completing print and model work contracts, adapting these models to the specific case of the company.

-Communication of the modalities of employment contracts.

-Updating the tables, scales, and data needed to calculate Social Security contributions and IRPF holds.

-Checking files to present to the Administrations and financial institutions.

6. Integration and communication in the workplace.

-Responsible behavior in the job center.

-Respect to the procedures and rules of the work center.

-Interpreting and diligently performing the instructions received.

-Recognition of the organization's production process.

-Using the communication channels set in the job center.

-Adequation to the company's work rate.

-Tracking the regulations for risk prevention, occupational health and environmental protection.

IV. PRESCRIPTIONS OF TRAINERS

Modules	Required Accreditation	Professional experience required in scope of the competency
		With accreditation	No accreditation
MF0982_3 Administration and management of the address communications.	• Licentiate, engineer, architect or corresponding degree of degree or other equivalent titles. • Diplomate, technical engineer, technical architect or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles.	2 years	Essential
MF0986_3 Elaboration, treatment and presentation of work documents.	• Licentiate, engineer, architect or corresponding degree of degree or other equivalent titles. • Diplomat, technical engineer, technical architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles.	2 years	Essential accreditation
MF0987_3: Information and File Systems Management.	• Licensed, engineer, architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. • Diplomate, technical engineer, technical architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles.	2 years	MF0988_3:
MF0988_3: The_table_table_izq"> Legal and business documentation management.	• Licensed, engineer, architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. • Diplomate, technical engineer, technical architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles.	2 years	Essential		MF0980_2: Staff Auxiliary Management.	• Licensed, engineer, architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. • Diplomat, technical engineer, technical architect, or corresponding degree degree or other equivalent titles. • Senior technician in the professional family of administration and management. • Certificates of professionalism of level 3 of the professional family of administration and management.	2 years	4
MF0979_2: Operational Management cash.	• Licensed, engineer, architect or degree title or other equivalent titles. • Diplomate, technical engineer, technical architect, or the corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. • Management and Management Professional Family Technician. • Professional Management and Management Family Level 3 Professional Certificates.	2 years	4 years

V. MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR SPACES, FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT

Forming Space	Surface m2 15 pupils	Surface m2 25 pupils
Classroom	45	60

Forming Space

X

M1	M2	M3	M4	M5	M6
Classroom	X	X	X	X		X	X	X

Forming Space

Equipment
Classroom.	-Audio-visual equipment. -network-installed PCs, projection canon, and internet. -Specialty specific software. -Pizarra to write with marker. - Flip-chart. -Classroom material. -Table and chair for the trainer. -Table and chairs for students

It should not be interpreted that the various identified learning spaces should necessarily be differentiated by closure.

The facilities and equipment must comply with the relevant industrial and sanitary sanitary regulations and respond to the universal accessibility and safety measures of the participants.

The number of units to be provided for the utensils, machines and tools specified in the training spaces shall be sufficient for a minimum of 15 students and must be increased, if appropriate, to attend to the top number.

In the event that the training is addressed to persons with disabilities, the adaptations and reasonable adjustments will be made to ensure their participation in equal conditions.